Deuteronomy

<Numbers Joshua>


ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΝΟΜΙΟΝ (A-second-parceleelet)

DEUTERONOMY

Inscr δευτερονομιον B A F*? 1?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 1:1 ΟΥΤΟΙ οἱ λόγοι οὓς ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς παντὶ Ἰσραὴλ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ πρὸς δυσμαῖς πλησίον τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς ἀνὰ μέσον Φαρὰν Τόφολ καὶ Λοβὸν καὶ Αὐλῶν καὶ Καταχρύσεα·

The-ones-these the-ones forthees to-which it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, unto-all unto-an-Israêl to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês in unto-the-one unto-solituded toward unto-sinkeeings to-nigh-belonged of-the-one of-red up to-middle of-a-Faran of-a-Tofol and of-a-Lobon, and of-an Aulôn and of-a-Katachrusea;

Note: of-a-Katachrusea : also has a meaning, goldened-down/to-goldened-town.

Note: of-an Aulôn : also has a meaning, of-channelings.

Note: of-a-Lobon : also has a meaning, to-a-lobe.

1:1 ουτοι] pr και A

[Appendix] ανασμεσον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History 1489 B.C. Zif 21 - Thammus 28)

Deu 1:2 ἕνδεκα ἡμερῶν ἐν Χωρὴβ ὁδὸς ἐπ' ὄρος Σηεὶρ ἕως Καδὴς Βαρνὴ.

of-one-ten of-dayednesses in unto-a-Chôrêb a-way upon to-a-jutteedness of-a-Sêeir unto-if-which of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê.

Note: this information is to clarify the 3 journeys that took place after leaving Seina. The 11 days in the direction of-a-Sêeir identifies the midpoint in the last 2 legs.

(1) Israel travels 15 miles south into to-Memoryings-to of-a-passioning-upon-unto, an area near to-a-jutteedness to-a-Chôrêb (Num_33:16 Num_10:33).

(2) Israel travels 80 miles northeast in the direction of-a-Sêeir into to-a-Hasêrôth (Num_33:17 Num_11:35).

(3) Israel travels 80 miles northwest unto-if-which of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê into to-a-Rathama from where a-Môusês sent men to spy the land of-a-Chanaan (Num_33:18 Num_12:16).

1:2 εν] εκ A F | οδος] οδον F1 vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 1:3 καὶ ἐγενήθη ἐν τῷ τεσσαρεκοστῷ ἔτει, ἐν τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ μηνὶ μιᾷ τοῦ μηνός, ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς πάντας υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο Κύριος αὐτῷ πρὸς αὐτούς,

And it-was-became in unto-the-one unto-fortieth unto-a-yeareedness, in unto-the-one unto-one-tenth unto-a-month unto-one of-the-one of-a-month, it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, toward to-all to-sons of-an-Israêl down to-all to-which-a-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-it toward to-them.

1:3 τεσσαρακοστω Bb | υιους] pr τους F | αυτω Κυριος Ba

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Cp. Num_21:23-35)

Deu 1:4 μετὰ τὸ πατάξαι Σηὼν βασιλέα Ἀμορραίων τὸν κατοικήσαντα ἐν Ἑσεβὼν καὶ Ὢγ βασιλέα τῆς Βασὰν τὸν κατοικήσαντα ἐν Ἀσταρὼθ καὶ ἐν Ἐδράειν,

With to-the-one to-have-smote to-a-Sêôn to-a-ruler-of of-Amor-belonged to-the-one to-having-housed-down-unto in unto-a-Hesebôn and to-an-Ôg to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-Basan to-the-one to-having-housed-down-unto in unto-an-Astarôth and in unto-an-Edraein,

1:4 παταξαι] + αυτον F | Σηων] pr τον A F | Αμορραιων (Αμαρρ. F)] pr των A F | Ωγ] pr τον A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 1:5 ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἐν γῇ Μωὰβ ἤρξατο Μωυσῆς διασαφῆσαι τὸν νόμον τοῦτον λέγων

in unto-the-one to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês in unto-a-soil of-a-Môab it-firsted, a-Môusês, to-have-evidented-through-unto to-the-one to-a-parcelee to-the-one-this forthing,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:6 Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν ἐν Χωρὴβ λέγων Ἱκανούσθω ὑμῖν κατοικεῖν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ·

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us it-spoke-unto unto-us in unto-a-Chôrêb forthing, It-should-be-en-ampled unto-ye to-house-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness unto-the-one-this;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:7 ἐπιστράφητε καὶ ἀπάρατε ὑμεῖς καὶ εἰσπορεύεσθε εἰς ὄρος Ἀμορραίων καὶ πρὸς πάντας τοὺς περιοίκους Ἀραβά, εἰς ὄρος καὶ πεδίον, καὶ πρὸς λίβα καὶ παραλίαν γῆν Χαναναίων καὶ Ἀντιλίβανον, ἕως τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου Εὐφράτου.

ye-should-have-had-been-beturned-upon and ye-should-have-lifted-off, ye, and ye-should-traverse-into-of into to-a-jutteedness of-Amor-belonged and toward to-all to-the-ones to-housed-about of-an-Araba, into to-a-jutteedness and to-a-footinglet, and toward to-a-south and to-beside-salt-belonged to-a-soil of-Chanan-belonged and to-an-Antilibanos, unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of of-the-one of-great of-a-Eufratês.

Note: to-an-Antilibanos : meaning ever-a-one of-a-Libanos; this refers to the eastern range of mountains separated by the valley Beqa, the main western range called Libanos; LIBANOS is transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

1:7 ορος 1°] pr το F | Χαναναιων] ναι sup ras B? vid | Ευφρατου] pr ποταμου Ba b F

[Appendix] εισπορευεσθαι A | παιδιον A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:8 ἴδετε παραδέδωκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν τὴν γῆν· εἰσπορευθέντες κληρονομήσατε τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν, τῷ Ἀβραάμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, δοῦναι αὐτοῖς καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτῶν μετ' αὐτούς.

Ye-should-have-had-seen, it-had-come-to-give-beside to-in-look-belonged of-ye to-the-one to-a-soil; having-been-traversed-into-of ye-should-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which I-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye, unto-the-one unto-an-Abraam and unto-an-Isaak and unto-an-Iakôb, to-have-had-given unto-them and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-them with to-them.

Note: PARADEDWKEN (it-had-come-to-give-beside) in 03: PARADEDWKA (I-had-come-to-give-beside) in 02; probably a scribal error in 03 with the EN in PARADEWKA ENWPION.

1:8 παραδεδωκα A F | εισπορευθεντες] εισελθοντες A F | Ισαακ] pr τω Ba b A F | Ιακωβ] pr τω Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:9 καὶ εἶπα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ λέγων Οὐ δυνήσομαι μόνος φέρειν ὑμᾶς·

And I-said toward to-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither forthing, Not I-shall-able stayeed to-bear to-ye;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:10 Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐπλήθυνεν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἰδού ἐστε σήμερον ὡσεὶ τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει·

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye it-repletened to-ye, and thou-should-have-had-seen, ye-be this-day as-if the-ones en-starrings of-the-one of-a-sky unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness;

1:10 υμων] ημων A | εσται A | ωσει] ως F* (ει superscr F1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:11 Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν προσθείη ὑμῖν ὡς ἐστὲ χιλιοπλασίως, καὶ εὐλογήσαι ὑμᾶς καθότι ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν.

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-ye it-may-have-had-placed-toward unto-ye as ye-be unto-thousand-fold-belonged, and it-may-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-ye down-to-which-a-one it-spoke-unto unto-ye.

1:11 ως εστε] ως εσται A ωστε F (εσ superscr F1)

[Appendix] χειλιοπλασιως B* A (χιλ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:12 πῶς δυνήσομαι μόνος φέρειν τὸν κόπον ὑμῶν καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν ὑμῶν καὶ τὰς ἀντιλογίας ὑμῶν;

Unto-whither I-shall-able stayeed to-bear to-the-one to-a-fell of-ye and to-the-one to-a-standing-under of-ye and to-the-ones to-ever-a-one-fortheeings-unto of-ye?

1:12 φερειν μονος A | κοπον, υποστασιν] notas lectt marg adiec F ipsae notae evan

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:13 δότε ἑαυτοῖς ἄνδρας σοφοὺς καὶ ἐπιστήμονας καὶ συνετοὺς εἰς τὰς φυλὰς ὑμῶν, καὶ καταστήσω ἐφ' ὑμῶν ἡγουμένους ὑμῶν.

Ye-should-have-had-given unto-selves to-men to-wisdomed and to-standinged-upon-of and to-sendable-together into to-the-ones to-tribings of-ye, and I-shall-stand-down upon of-ye to-leading-unto of-ye.

1:13 εαυτοις] αυτοις F* (ε superscr F1) | καταστησω] + αυτους A F | εφ υμων ηγουμ.] εφ υμας ηγο sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:14 καὶ ἀπεκρίθητέ μοι καὶ εἴπατε Καλὸν τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησας ποιῆσαι.

And ye-were-separated-off unto-me and ye-said, Seemly the-one an-uttering-to to-which thou-spoke-unto to-have-done-unto.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:15 καὶ ἔλαβον ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνδρας σοφοὺς καὶ ἐπιστήμονας καὶ συνετούς, καὶ κατέστησα αὐτοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι ἐφ' ὑμῶν, χιλιάρχους καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους καὶ δεκαδάρχους καὶ γραμματοεισαγωγεῖς τοῖς κριταῖς ὑμῶν.

And I-had-taken out of-ye to-men to-wisdomed and to-standinged-upon-of and to-sendable-together, and I-stood-down to-them to-lead-unto upon of-ye, to-firsts-of-thousand and to-firsts-of-hundred and to-firsts-of-ten and to-scribing-toer-leaders-into-of unto-the-ones unto-separaters of-ye.

1:15 ηγεισθε A | δεκαδαρχους] pr πεντηκονταρχους και Ba b A F

[Appendix] χειλιαρχους B* (χιλ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:16 καὶ ἐνετειλάμην τοῖς κριταῖς ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ λέγων Διακούετε ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ κρίνατε δικαίως ἀνὰ μέσον ἀνδρὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀδελφοῦ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον προσηλύτου αὐτοῦ.

And I-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-separaters of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither forthing, Ye-should-hear-through up to-middle of-the-ones of-brethrened of-ye, and ye-should-have-separated unto-course-belonged up to-middle of-a-man and up to-middle of-brethrened and up to-middle of-comeable-toward of-it.

1:16 κρινετε A F | αδελφου] του αδ. αυτου A F

[Appendix] κρεινατε B* (κριν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:17 οὐκ ἐπιγνώσῃ πρόσωπον ἐν κρίσει· κατὰ τὸν μικρὸν καὶ κατὰ τὸν μέγαν κρινεῖς, οὐ μὴ ὑποστείλῃ πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἡ κρίσις τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν· καὶ τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐὰν σκληρὸν ᾖ ἀφ' ὑμῶν, ἀνοίσετε αὐτὸ ἐπ' ἐμέ, καὶ ἀκούσομαι ὑμῶν.

Not thou-shall-acquaint-upon to-looked-toward in unto-a-separating; down to-the-one to-small and down to-the-one to-great thou-shall-separate, not lest thou-might-have-set-under to-looked-toward of-a-mankind, to-which-a-one the-one a-separating of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) it-be; and the-one an-uttering-to which if-ever stiffened it-might-be off of-ye, ye-shall-bear-up to-it upon to-ME and I-shall-hear of-ye.

1:17 επιγνωση] επιγνωσεσθε A | η σκληρον A | υμων 2°] αυτο A F

[Appendix] μεικρον B* (μικρ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 20 Num_10:11-32)

Deu 1:18 καὶ ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ πάντας τοὺς λόγους οὓς ποιήσετε.

And I-finished-in unto-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-which ye-shall-do-unto.

1:18 παντας τους] τους παντας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Zif 21 - Thammus 28 Num_10:33 - Num_12:16)

Deu 1:19 ¶ Καὶ ἀπάραντες ἐκ Χωρὴβ ἐπορεύθημεν πᾶσαν τὴν ἔρημον τὴν μεγάλην καὶ τὴν φοβερὰν ἐκείνην ἣν εἴδετε, ὁδὸν ὄρους τοῦ Ἀμορραίου, καθότι ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἤλθομεν ἕως Καδὴς Βαρνή.

And having-lifted-off out of-a-Chôrêb we-were-traversed-of to-all to-the-one to-solituded to-the-one to-great and to-the-one to-en-feareed to-the-one-thither to-which ye-had-seen, to-a-way of-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-Amor-belonged, down-to-which-a-one it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, unto-us, and we-had-came unto-if-which of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê.

1:19 Χωρηβ] Σοχωθ A | ο θεος F1 vid (mg) (om F*)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Thammus 29 Num_13:1-20)

Deu 1:20 καὶ εἶπα πρὸς ὑμᾶς Ἤλθατε ἕως τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ Ἀμορραίου, ὃ ὁ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν·

And I-said toward to-ye, Ye-came unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-Amor-belonged, to-which the-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us it-giveth unto-ye;

1:20 του ορους] om του A F | υμιν] ημιν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Thammus 29 Num_13:1-20)

Deu 1:21 ἴδετε παραδέδωκεν ὑμῖν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν τὴν γῆν· ἀναβάντες κληρονομήσατε, ὃν τρόπον εἶπεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ὑμῖν· μὴ φοβεῖσθε μηδὲ δειλιάσητε.

ye-should-have-had-seen, it-had-come-to-give-beside unto-ye, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, before of-looked-toward of-ye to-the-one to-a-soil; having-had-stepped-up ye-should-have-lot-parceleed-unto, to-which to-a-turn it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, unto-ye; lest ye-should-fearee-unto lest-then-also ye-might-have-dire-belonged-unto.

1:21 om υμιν 1° A F | ημων 1°] υμων A F | κληρονομησατε] κληρονομειτε A F | ημων 2°] υμων A F | δειλιασητε Ba b (διλ. B* δηλ. F) διλιασηται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Thammus 29 Num_13:1-20)

Deu 1:22 καὶ προσήλθατέ μοι πάντες καὶ εἴπατε Ἀποστείλωμεν ἄνδρας προτέρους ἡμῶν καὶ ἐφοδευσάτωσαν ἡμῖν τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἀπαγγειλάτωσαν ἡμῖν ἀπόκρισιν, τὴν ὁδόν δι' ἧς ἀναβησόμεθα ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ τὰς πόλεις εἰς ἃς εἰσπορευσόμεθα εἰς αὐτάς.

And ye-came-toward unto-me, all, and ye-said, We-might-have-set-off to-men to-more-before of-us and they-should-have-wayed-upon-of unto-us to-the-one to-a-soil, and they-should-have-leadeeered-off unto-us to-a-separating-off, to-the-one to-a-way through of-which we-shall-step-up in unto-it, and to-the-ones to-cities into to-which we-shall-traverse-into-of into to-them.

1:22 om μοι F* (superscr F1) | αποστειλατε F* (αποστειλωμεν F1 mg) | απαγγειλατωσαν] αναγγειλ. Ba b A F | εισπορευομεθα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Thammus 29 Num_13:1-20)

Deu 1:23 καὶ ἤρεσεν ἐναντίον μου τὸ ῥῆμα, καὶ ἔλαβον ἐξ ὑμῶν ιβ´ ἄνδρας, ἄνδρα ἕνα κατὰ φυλήν.

And it-pleased to-ever-a-oned-in of-me, the-one an-uttering-to, and I-had-taken out of-ye to-two-ten to-men, to-a-man to-one down to-a-tribing.

1:23 εναντιον] ενωπιον A F | ιβ´] δωδεκα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Thammus 30 - Elul 10 Num_13:21-24)

Deu 1:24 καὶ ἐπιστραφέντες ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ ἤλθοσαν ἕως Φάραγγος βότρυος, καὶ κατεσκόπευσαν αὐτήν.

And having-had-been-beturned-upon they-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, and they-hath-had-came unto-if-which of-a-chasm of-a-cluster and they-scouted-down-of to-it.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 10 Num_13:25-27)

Deu 1:25 καὶ ἐλάβοσαν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τῆς γῆς καὶ κατήνεγκαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἔλεγον Ἀγαθὴ ἡ γῆ ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν δίδωσιν ἡμῖν.

And they-hath-had-taken in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-them off of-the-one of-a-fruit of-the-one of-a-soil and they-beared-down toward to-us, and they-were-forthing, Excess-placed the-one a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us it-giveth unto-us.

1:25 ελαβοσαν] ελαβον A F | ημιν] ημων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 10 Num_13:28-31)

Deu 1:26 καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε ἀναβῆναι, καὶ ἠπειθήσατε τῷ ῥήματι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν·

And not ye-determined to-have-had-stepped-up, and ye-un-sured-unto unto-the-one unto-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us;

1:26 ηθελησα.εν, ηπειθησα.εν F* (ηθελησατε, ηπειθησατε F1) | και 2°] αλλ A F | ημων] υμων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:1-6)

Deu 1:27 καὶ διεγογγύζετε ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ὑμῶν καὶ εἴπατε Διὰ τὸ μισεῖν Κύριον ἡμᾶς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, παραδοῦναι ἡμᾶς εἰς χεῖρας Ἀμορραίων, ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ἡμᾶς·

and ye-were-through-murmuring-of-to in unto-the-ones unto-tentings of-ye and ye-said, Through to-the-one to-hate-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-us it-had-led-out to-us out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, to-have-had-given-beside to-us into to-hands of-Amor-belonged, to-have-destructed-out-of to-us;

1:27 διεγογγυσατε A F | εις χειρας Αμ. εξολεθρ. ημας] εις τας χ. των Αμ. εξολεθρ. ημας A εις τας χ. των Αμ. αποκτειναι ημας F1 mg inf (om F*)

[Appendix] μεισειν B* F (μισ. Bb A) | εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:1-6)

Deu 1:28 ποῦ ἡμεῖς ἀναβαίνομεν; οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ὑμῶν ἀπέστησαν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν λέγοντες Ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ καὶ δυνατώτερον ὑμῶν, καὶ πόλεις μεγάλαι καὶ τετειχισμέναι ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· ἀλλὰ καὶ υἱοὺς γιγάντων ἑωράκαμεν ἐκεῖ.

of-whither we we-step-up? The-ones brethrened of-ye they-stood-off of-ye to-the-one to-a-heart forthing, A-placeedness-belonging-to great and much and more-able of-ye, and cities great and having-had-come-to-be-lineationed-to unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-sky; other and to-sons of-mighty we-had-come-to-seeee-unto thither.

1:28 οι αδελφοι] οι δε αδ. A F | την καρδιαν υμων A F | υμων 3° B* b] ημων Ba b A F

[Appendix] τετιχισμ. B* (τετειχισμ Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:7-9)

Deu 1:29 καὶ εἶπα πρὸς ὑμᾶς Μὴ πτήξητε μηδὲ φοβηθῆτε ἀπ' αὐτῶν·

And I-said toward to-ye, Lest ye-might-have-flutterered lest-then-also ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto off of-them;

1:29 [Appendix] πτηξηται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:7-9)

Deu 1:30 Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ὁ προπορευόμενος πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν, αὐτὸς συνεκπολεμήσει αὐτοὺς μεθ' ὑμῶν κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἡμῖν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ.

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye the-one traversing-before-of before of-looked-toward of-ye, it it-shall-war-out-together-unto to-them with of-ye down to-all to-which-which it-did-unto unto-us in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos.

1:30 υμων 1°] ημων F | ημιν] υμιν A F | Αιγυπτω] + κατ οφθαλμους αυτων in mg et sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:7-9)

Deu 1:31 καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ ἣν εἴδετε ὁδὸν ὄρους τοῦ Ἀμορραίου, ὡς ἐτροφοφόρησέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὡς εἴ τις τροφοφορήσει ἄνθρωπος τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν εἰς ἣν ἐπορεύθητε ἕως ἤλθετε εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον.

And in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one-this to-which ye-had-seen to-a-way of-jut of-the-one of-Amor-belonged, as it-nourish-beareed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, as if a-one it-might-have-nourish-beareed-unto, a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-son of-it, down to-all to-the-one to-a-way into to-which ye-were-traversed-of unto-if-which ye-had-came into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this.

1:31 om οδον ορους του Αμ. A F | om τις A F | τροφοφορησει Ba] τροποφορησει B* τροφοφορησαι A F | εις ην] om εις Ba (vid) b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:10)

Deu 1:32 καὶ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ οὐκ ἐνεπιστεύσατε Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν,

And in unto-the-one unto-a-forthee unto-the-one-this not ye-trusted-in-of unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us,

1:32 ημων] υμων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:10)

Deu 1:33 ὃς προπορεύεται πρότερος ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐκλέγεσθαι ὑμῖν τόπον, ὁδηγῶν ὑμᾶς ἐν πυρὶ νυκτός, δεικνύων ὑμῖν τὴν ὁδόν καθ' ἣν πορεύεσθε ἐπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐν νεφέλῃ ἡμέρας.

which it-traverseth-before-of more-before of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-way to-forth-out unto-ye to-an-occasion, way-leading-unto to-ye in unto-a-fire of-a-night, showing unto-ye to-the-one to-a-way down to-which ye-traverse-of upon of-it, and in unto-a-clouding of-a-dayedness.

Note: showing : from DEIKNUW.

1:33 προπορευεται] πορευεται A F | δεικνυων] δειγνυων A F (διγν.) | πορευεσθαι A | επ αυτης] εν αυτη A F

[Appendix] δικνυων B* (δεικν. Ba? b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:11)

Deu 1:34 καὶ ἤκουσεν Κύριος τὴν φωνὴν τῶν λόγων ὑμῶν, καὶ παροξυνθεὶς ὤμοσεν λέγων

And it-heard, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-sound of-the-ones of-forthees of-ye, and having-been-sharpened-beside it-en-oathed forthing,

1:34 ηκουσεν] pr ως A | om και 2° A | παρωξυνθεις B* (παροξ. Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11 Num_14:12-23)

Deu 1:35 Εἰ ὄψεταί τις τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων τὴν ἀγαθὴν ταύτην γῆν, ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν·

If it-shall-behold, a-one of-the-ones of-men of-the-ones-these, to-the-one to-excess-placed to-the-one-this to-a-soil, to-which I-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them;

1:35 την αγ. ταυτην γην] την γην την αγ. ταυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11-12 Num_14:24-39)

Deu 1:36 πλὴν Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννή, οὗτος ὄψεται αὐτήν, καὶ τούτῳ δώσω τὴν γῆν ἐφ' ἣν ἐπέβη καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ προσκεῖσθαι αὐτὸν τὰ πρὸς Κύριον.

to-beyond, a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê, the-one-this it-shall-behold to-it, and unto-the-one-this I-shall-give to-the-one to-a-soil upon to-which it-had-stepped-upon and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it, through to-the-one to-situate-toward to-it to-the-ones toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11-12 Num_14:24-39)

Deu 1:37 καὶ ἐμοὶ ἐθυμώθη Κύριος δι' ὑμᾶς λέγων Οὐδὲ σὺ οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃς ἐκεῖ.

And unto-ME it-was-en-passioned Authority-belonged(Yahveh) through to-ye forthing, Not-then-also thou not lest thou-might-have-had-came-into thither.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11-12 Num_14:24-39)

Deu 1:38 Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυὴ ὁ παρεστηκώς σοι, οὗτος εἰσελεύσεται ἐκεῖ· αὐτὸν κατίσχυσον, ὅτι αὐτὸς κατακληρονομήσει αὐτὴν τῷ Ἰσραήλ.

An-Iêsous a-son of-a-Nauê the-one having-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-thee, the-one-this it-shall-come-into thither; to-it thou-should-have-force-held-down, to-which-a-one it it-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-it unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.

1:38 υιος] seq ras 1 (ut vid) lit in B | κατακληρονομησει] κατακληροδοτησει A F | Ισραηλ] + και τα παιδια υμων α ειπατε εν διαρπαγη εσεσθαι (εσεσθε A) A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11-12 Num_14:24-39)

Deu 1:39 καὶ πᾶν παιδίον νέον ὅστις οὐκ οἶδεν σήμερον ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακόν, οὗτοι εἰσελεύσονται ἐκεῖ, καὶ τούτοις δώσω αὐτήν, καὶ αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν αὐτήν.

And all a-childlet new which-a-one not it-had-come-to-see this-day to-excess-placed or to-wedge-wedged, the-ones-these they-shall-come-into thither, and unto-the-ones-these I-shall-give to-it, and them they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.

1:39 η sup ras 2 litt Ba b | τουτοις] το, οις sup ras B? vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 11-12 Num_14:24-39)

Deu 1:40 καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπιστραφέντες ἐστρατοπεδεύσατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης.

And ye having-had-been-beturned-upon ye-foot-amassed-of into to-the-one to-solituded, to-a-way to-the-one upon of-the-one of-red of-a-flourisheredness.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 13 Num_14:40)

Deu 1:41 καὶ ἀπεκρίθητέ μοι καὶ εἴπατε Ἡμάρτομεν ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. ἡμεῖς ἀναβάντες πολεμήσομεν κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἡμῖν. καὶ ἀναλαβόντες ἕκαστος τὰ σκεύη τὰ πολεμικὰ αὐτοῦ καὶ συναθροισθέντες ἀνεβαίνετε εἰς τὸ ὄρος.

And ye-were-separated-off unto-me and ye-said, We-had-un-adjusted-along in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-us. We having-had-stepped-up we-shall-war-unto down to-all to-which-a-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, unto-us. And having-had-taken-up, each, to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-war-belonged-of of-it and having-been-flurried-along-together-to ye-were-stepping-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness.

1:41 μοι και ειπατε] και ειπατε μοι A F | εναντιον A F | πολεμησωμεν A | ανεβεννετε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 13 Num_14:41-43)

Deu 1:42 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Εἰπὸν αὐτοῖς Οὐκ ἀναβήσεσθε οὐδὲ μὴ πολεμήσετε, οὐ γάρ εἰμι μεθ' ὑμῶν· καὶ οὐ μὴ συντριβῆτε ἐνώπιον τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑμῶν.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Thou-should-have-said unto-them, Not ye-shall-step-up not-then-also lest ye-shall-war-unto, not too-thus I-be with of-ye; and not lest ye-might-have-had-been-rubbed-through to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-ye.

1:42 ειπον] ειπ.. F | αναβησεσθαι A | πολεμησητε F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 13 Num_14:44)

Deu 1:43 καὶ ἐλάλησα ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ εἰσηκούσατέ μου· καὶ παρέβητε τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου, καὶ παραβιασάμενοι ἀνέβητε εἰς τὸ ὄρος.

And I-spoke-unto unto-ye, and not ye-heard-into of-me; and ye-had-stepped-beside to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and having-beside-dureeated-to ye-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness.

1:43 και 3° sup ras Ba b vid

[Appendix] εισηκουσαται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 13-18 Num_14:45)

Deu 1:44 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἀμορραῖος ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκείνῳ εἰς συνάντησιν ὑμῖν, καὶ κατεδίωξαν ὑμᾶς ὡς εἰ ποιήσαισαν αἱ μέλισσαι, καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ Σηεὶρ ἕως Ἑρμά.

And it-had-came-out, the-one Amor-belonged the-one housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness unto-the-one-thither, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-ye, and they-pursued-down to-ye as if they-may-have-done-unto, the-ones honeyeresses, and they-were-wounding to-ye off of-a-Sêeir unto-if-which of-a-Herma.

Note: honeyeresses : used to refer to bees.

1:44 κατεδιωξεν A | om και 3° B* (hab Ba b A F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 18 Num_14:45)

Deu 1:45 καὶ καθίσαντες ἐκλαίετε ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς ὑμῶν οὐδὲ προσέσχεν ὑμῖν.

And having-sat-down-to ye-were-sob-belonging in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-us, and not it-heard-into, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-the-one of-a-sound of-ye not-then-also it-had-held-toward unto-ye.

1:45 om του θεου ημων A F

[Appendix] καθεισαντες F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1489 B.C. Elul 18 - 1488 B.C. Abib 4 Num_33:18-19)

Deu 1:46 καὶ ἐνεκάθησθε ἐν Καδὴς ἡμέρας πολλάς, ὅσας ποτὲ ἡμέρας ἐνεκάθησθε ἐκεῖ.

And ye-were-sitting-down-in in unto-a-Kadês to-dayednesses to-much, to-which-a-which whither-also to-dayednesses ye-were-sitting-down-in thither.

Note: unto-a-Kadês : i.e. in the area of-a-Kadês, the exact name being a-Rathama Num_33:18-19.

1:46 om εκει Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:1 Καὶ ἐπιστραφέντες ἀπήραμεν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὁδὸν θάλασσαν ἐρυθράν, ὃν τρόπον ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ, καὶ ἐκυκλώσαμεν τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σηεὶρ ἡμέρας πολλάς.

And having-had-been-beturned-upon we-lifted-off into to-the-one to-solituded, to-a-way to-a-flourisheredness to-red to-which to-a-turn it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, and we-en-circled to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one of-a-Sêeir to-dayednesses to-much.

2:1 om ερημον B* (hab Ba b A F) | το Σηειρ] om το A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:2 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:3 Ἱκανούσθω ὑμῖν κυκλοῦν τὸ ὄρος τοῦτο, ἐπιστράφητε οὖν ἐπὶ βορρᾶν·

It-should-be-en-ampled unto-ye to-en-circle to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one-this, ye-should-have-had-been-beturned-upon accordingly upon to-a-north;

2:3 επι] προς A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:4 καὶ τῷ λαῷ ἔντειλαι λέγων Ὑμεῖς παραπορεύεσθε διὰ τῶν ὁρίων τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν υἱῶν Ἠσαύ, οἳ κατοικοῦσιν ἐν Σηείρ, καὶ φοβηθήσονται ὑμᾶς καὶ εὐλαβηθήσονται ὑμᾶς σφόδρα.

and unto-the-one unto-a-people thou-should-have-finished-in forthing, Ye ye-should-traverse-beside-of through of-the-ones of-boundlets of-the-ones of-brethrened of-ye of-sons of-an-Êsau, which they-house-down-unto in unto-a-Sêeir, and they-shall-be-feareed-unto to-ye and they-shall-be-goodly-taken-unto to-ye to-vehemented.

Note: they-shall-be-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

2:4 om υμας 2° A F

[Appendix] εντειλε B | παραπορευεσθαι A | ορειων B* (οριων Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:5 μὴ συνάψητε πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλεμον· οὐ γὰρ μὴ δῶ ὑμῖν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός, ὅτι ἐν κλήρῳ υἱοῖς Ἠσαὺ δέδωκα τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σηείρ.

Lest ye-might-have-fastened-together toward to-them to-a-war; not too-thus I-might-have-had-given unto-ye off of-the-one of-a-soil of-them not-then-also to-a-stepping-to of-a-foot, to-which-a-one in unto-a-lot unto-sons of-an-Êsau I-had-come-to-give to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one of-a-Sêeir.

2:5 δω] δωσω A | οτι sup ras Ba | δεδωκα τοις υιοις Ησαυ Ba vid A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:6 βρώματα ἀργυρίου ἀγοράσατε παρ' αὐτῶν καὶ φάγεσθε, καὶ ὕδωρ μέτρῳ λήμψεσθε παρ' αὐτῶν ἀργυρίου καὶ πίεσθε·

To-feedeeings-to of-a-silverlet ye-should-have-lead-alongednessed-to beside of-them and ye-shall-devour, and to-a-water unto-a-measure ye-shall-take beside of-them of-a-silverlet and ye-shall-drink;

2:6 αργυριου βρωματα A F | παρ αυτων 1°] απ αυτων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 5-18. Cp. Num_21:4-10)

Deu 2:7 ὁ γὰρ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν εὐλόγησέν σε ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ τῶν χειρῶν σου. διάγνωθι πῶς διῆλθες τὴν ἔρημον τὴν μεγάλην καὶ τὴν φοβερὰν ἐκείνην· ἰδοὺ τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη Κύριος ὁ θεός σου μετὰ σοῦ, οὐκ ἐπεδεήθης ῥήματος.

the-one too-thus Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us it-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee in unto-all unto-a-work of-the-ones of-hands of-thee. Thou-should-have-been-acquainted-through unto-whither thou-had-came-through to-the-one to-solituded to-the-one to-great and to-the-one to-en-feareed to-the-one-thither; thou-should-have-had-seen, to-forty to-yeareednesses Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee with of-thee, not thou-was-binded-upon of-an-uttering-to.

2:7 ημων] υμων A | διαγνωθι] α sup ras ut vid post θ vero ras 1 certe lit Ba? | εκεινην] ταυτην A F* (εκ. F1 mg) | τεσσαρ. Bb

[Appendix] διαγνωθει B* vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 19-25. Cp. Num_21:11)

Deu 2:8 καὶ παρήλθομεν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν υἱοὺς Ἠσαύ, τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Σηεὶρ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν Ἀραβὰ ἀπὸ Αἰλὼν καὶ ἀπὸ Γασιὼν Γάβερ· καὶ ἐπιστρέψαντες παρήλθομεν ἔρημον ὁδὸν Μωάβ.

And we-had-came-beside to-the-ones to-brethrened of-ye to-sons of-an-Êsau, to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto in unto-a-Sêeir beside to-the-one to-a-way to-the-one of-an-Araba off of-an-Ailôn and off of-a-Gasiôn of-a-Gaber; and having-beturned-upon we-had-came-beside to-solituded to-a-way of-a-Môab.

Note: of-ye in 03 : of-us in 02 03C1 is correct.

2:8 υμων] ημων Ba A F | επιστρεψαντες] επιστραφεντες A F | παρηλθομεν] ανεβημεν F | οδον ερημον Ba? A om ερημον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 19-25. Cp. Num_21:11)

Deu 2:9 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Μὴ ἐχθραίνετε τοῖς Μωαβείταις, καὶ μὴ συνάψητε πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλεμον· οὐ γὰρ μὴ δῶ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν ὑμῖν ἐν κλήρῳ, τοῖς γὰρ υἱοῖς Λὼτ δέδωκα τὴν Σηεὶρ κληρονομεῖν.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Lest ye-should-en-enmity unto-the-ones unto-Môab-belongers, and lest ye-might-have-fastened-together toward to-them to-a-war; not too-thus lest I-might-have-had-given off of-the-one of-a-soil of-them unto-ye in unto-a-lot, unto-the-ones too-thus unto-sons of-a-Lôt I-had-come-to-give to-the-one to-a-Sêeir to-lot-parcelee-unto.

2:9 Μωαβιταις Bb A | υμιν απο της γ. αυτων A F | Σηειρ B A* vid] Αροηρ Aa? (sup ras) F

[Appendix] εχραινετε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 19-25. Cp. Num_21:11)

Deu 2:10 οἱ Ὀμμεὶν πρότεροι ἐνεκάθηντο ἐπ' αὐτῆς, ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολύ, καὶ ἰσχύοντες ὥσπερ οἱ Ἐνακείμ·

The-ones Ommein' more-before they-were-sitting-down-in upon of-it, a-placeedness-belonging-to great and much, and force-holding as-very the-ones Enakeim';

2:10 Οομμειν A | προτεροι] το προτερον A F | ισχυοντες] ισχυρον A F | Ενακειμ] Ενακειν F*? 1?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 19-25. Cp. Num_21:11)

Deu 2:11 Ῥαφαεὶν λογισθήσονται καὶ οὗτοι ὥσπερ οἱ Ἐνακείμ· καὶ οἱ Μωαβεῖται ἐπονομάζουσιν αὐτοὺς Ὀμμείν.

Rafaein' they-shall-be-fortheed-to and them as-very the-ones Enakeim'; and the-ones Môab-belongers they-upon-name-to to-them to-Ommein'.

2:11 Ραφαειμ A | Ομμιειν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 19-25. Cp. Num_21:11)

Deu 2:12 καὶ ἐν Σηεὶρ ἐνεκάθητο ὁ Χορραῖος πρότερον, καὶ υἱοὶ Ἠσαὺ ἀπώλεσαν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐξέτριψαν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ κατῳκίσθησαν ἀντ' αὐτῶν· ὃν τρόπον ἐποίησεν Ἰσραὴλ τὴν γῆν τῆς κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ, ἣν δέδωκεν Κύριος αὐτοῖς.

And in unto-a-Sêeir it-was-sitting-down-in, the-one Chor-belonged, to-more-before, and sons of-an-Êsau they-destructed-off to-them and they-rubbed-out to-them off of-looked-toward of-them, and they-were-housed-down-to ever-a-one of-them; to-which to-a-turn it-did-unto, an-Israêl, to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it, to-which it-had-come-to-give, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-them.

2:12 προτερον] pr το Ba b A F | υιοι] pr οι A F | εξετριψαν αυτους και απωλεσαν αυτους A | κατοικεισθησαν A F (κατοικισθ.) | της κληρον.] om της A F | δεδωκεν] εδωκεν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:13 νῦν οὖν ἀνάστητε καὶ ἀπάρατε ὑμεῖς, καὶ παραπορεύεσθε τὴν φάραγγα Ζάρετ. καὶ παρήλθομεν τὴν φάραγγα Ζάρετ,

Now accordingly ye-should-have-had-stood-up and ye-should-have-lifted-off, ye, and ye-should-traverse-beside-of to-the-one to-a-chasm of-a-Zaret. And we-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-chasm of-a-Zaret,

2:13 om και απαρατε A | Ζαρετ 1°] Ζαρε.’ F | om και παρηλθομεν την φαρ. Ζαρετ A* vid (hab in mg et sup ras φαραγγα| Ζαρετ…Ζαρε [sic] Aa?) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:14 καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι ἃς παρεπορεύθημεν ἀπὸ Καδὴς Βαρνὴ ἕως οὗ παρήλθομεν τὴν φάραγγα Ζάρετ τριάκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη, ἕως οὗ διέπεσεν πᾶσα γενεὰ ἀνδρῶν πολεμιστῶν ἀποθνήσκοντες ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, καθότι ὤμοσεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεός·

and the-ones dayednesses to-which we-were-traversed-beside-of off of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê unto-if-which of-which we-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-chasm of-a-Zaret to-thirty and to-eight to-yeareednesses, unto-if-which of-which it-had-fallen-through, all a-becomedness of-men of-war-belongers, dying-off out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, down-to-which-a-one it-en-oathed unto-them, the-one a-Deity;

2:14 Ζαρεθ F | γενεα] pr η A | πολεμιστων] pr των F | om αποθνησκοντες A* vid (hab sup ras et in mg αποθν. εκ της παρεμβ. Aa?) F | αυτοις ο θεος] αυτοις κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θ. Ba b κ̅̅ς̅̅ αυτοις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:15 καὶ ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἐξαναλῶσαι αὐτοὺς ἐκ μέσου τῆς παρεμβολῆς, ἕως οὗ διέπεσαν.

and the-one a-hand of-the-one of-a-Deity it-was upon unto-them to-have-other-alonged-up-out to-them out of-middle of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside unto-if-which of-which they-falled-through.

Note: they-falled-through : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

2:15 του θεου] κυ A | εξαναλωσαι Ba b (εξανηλ. B*)] pr του A F | om μεσου A F | om ου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:16 Καὶ ἐγενήθη ἐπεὶ διέπεσαν πάντες οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ πολεμισταὶ ἀποθνήσκοντες ἐκ μέσου τοῦ λαοῦ,

And it-was-became upon-if they-falled-through, all the-ones men the-ones war-belongers, dying-off out of-middle of-the-one of-a-people,

Note: they-falled-through : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

2:16 επει Ba b A] επι B* F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:17 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς μὲ λέγων

and it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me forthing,

2:17 με] Μωυσην F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:18 Σὺ παραπορεύσῃ σήμερον τὰ ὅρια Μωὰβ τὴν Σηείρ,

Thou thou-shall-traverse-beside-of this-day to-the-ones to-boundlets of-a-Môab to-the-one to-a-Sêeir,

2:18 παραπορευη A F | την (τη sup ras Ba) Σηειρ] την Αροηρ A F

[Appendix] ορεια B* (ορια Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:19 καὶ προσάξετε ἐγγὺς υἱῶν Ἀμμάν· μὴ ἐχθραίνετε αὐτοῖς καὶ μὴ συνάψητε αὐτοῖς εἰς πόλεμον, οὐ γὰρ μὴ δῶ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς υἱῶν Ἀμμάν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ, ὅτι τοῖς υἱοῖς Λὼτ δέδωκα αὐτὴν ἐν κλήρῳ.

and ye-shall-lead-toward to-neared of-the-sons of-an-Amman; lest ye-should-en-enmity unto-them and lest ye-might-have-fastened-together unto-them into to-a-war, not too-thus lest I-might-have-had-given off of-the-one of-a-soil of-sons of-an-Amman unto-thee in unto-a-lot, to-which-a-one unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Lôt I-had-come-to-give to-it in unto-a-lot.

2:19 υιων 1°] υμων F1 | om και 2° Ba (hab B* b) | μη 2°] μηδε Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:20 γῆ Ῥαφαεὶν λογισθήσεται, καὶ γὰρ ἐπ' αὐτῆς κατῴκουν οἱ Ῥαφαεὶν τὸ πρότερον, καὶ οἱ Ἀμμανεῖται ὀνομάζουσιν αὐτοὺς Ζοχομείν,

A-soil of-Rafaein' it-shall-be-fortheed-to, and too-thus upon of-it they-were-housing-down-unto, the-ones Rafaein', to-the-one to-more-before, and the-ones Amman-belongers they-name-to to-them to-Zochomein',

2:20 Ραφαειν 1°] Ραφαειμ A Ραφαραειν F | κατωκουν οι Ραφαειν] οι Ραφαειν (αε sup ras) κατωκουν B? F οι Ραφαειμ κατ. A | om και 2° Ba b | Αμμανιται Bb | επονομαζουσιν Ba b A F | Ζοχομειν] χ sup ras Ba? -μμειν (μ superscr) Ba b Ζομζομμειν A Ζομμειν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:21 ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ καὶ δυνατώτερον ὑμῶν ὥσπερ οἱ Ἐνακείμ· καὶ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτοὺς Κύριος πρὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεκληρονόμησαν καὶ κατῳκίσθησαν ἀντ' αὐτῶν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης·

a-placeedness-belonging-to great and much and more-able of-ye as-very the-ones Enakeim'; and it-destructed-off to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), before of-looked-toward of-them, and they-lot-parceleed-down-unto and they-housed-down-to ever-a-one of-them unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this;

2:21 om υμων A F | ωσπερ] + και Ba b F | προ] απο A F | om εως της ημερας ταυτης F

[Appendix] κατωκεισθησαν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:22 ὥσπερ ἐποίησαν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἠσαὺ τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν Σηείρ, ὃν τρόπον ἐξέτριψαν τὸν Χορραῖον ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεκληρονόμησαν καὶ κατῳκίσθησαν ἀντ' αὐτῶν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης·

as-very they-did-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Êsau unto-the-ones unto-housing-down-unto in unto-a-Sêeir, to-which to-a-turn they-rubbed-out to-the-one to-Chor-belonged off of-looked-toward of-them, and they-lot-parceleed-down-unto and they-housed-down-to ever-a-one of-them unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this;

2:22 εποιησεν A F | om κατεκληρονομησαν καιB* (hab Ba b mg sup) | κατεκληρον.] + αυτους F | om εως της ημ. ταυτης A* (hab Aa)

[Appendix] κατωκεισθησαν A (item 23)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2. Cp. Num_21:12)

Deu 2:23 καὶ οἱ Εὑαῖοι οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἁσηδὼθ ἕως Γάζης, καὶ οἱ Καππάδοκες οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ Καππαδοκίας ἐξέτριψαν αὐτοὺς καὶ κατῳκίσθησαν ἀντ' αὐτῶν.

and the-ones Heu-belonged the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-a-Hasêdôth unto-if-which of-a-Gaza, and the-ones Kappadokians the-ones having-had-came-out out of-Kappaodokia they-rubbed-out to-them and they-were-housed-down-to ever-a-one of-them.

Note: unto-a-Hasêdôth : Swete accentuates this with a hard breathing mark implying it is a different location and name than an-Asêdôth found elsewhere in Deu_3:17; Deu_4:49; Jos_10:40; Jos_12:8; Jos_13:20; Jos_15:46.

2:23 Ασηδωθ] Ασηρωθ A F | Καπαδοκιας F

[Appendix] εξετρειψαν B* (εξετριψ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:13-20)

Deu 2:24 νῦν οὖν ἀνάστητε καὶ ἀπάρατε, καὶ παρέλθατε ὑμεῖς τὴν φάραγγα Ἀρνών· ἰδοὺ παραδέδωκα εἰς χεῖράς σου τὸν Σηὼν βασιλέα Ἑσεβὼν τὸν Ἀμορραῖον καὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ· ἐνάρχου κληρονομεῖν, σύναπτε πρὸς αὐτὸν πόλεμον.

Now accordingly ye-should-have-had-stood-up and ye-should-have-lifted-off, and ye-should-have-came-beside, ye, to-the-one to-a-chasm of-an-Arnôn; thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-come-to-give-beside into to-hands of-thee to-the-one to-a-Sêôn to-a-ruler-of of-a-Hesebôn to-the-one to-Amor-belonged and to-the-one to-a-soil of-it; thou-should-first-in to-lot-parcelee-unto, thou-should fasten-together toward to-them to-a-war.

2:24 om ουν A | om και παρελθατε B* (hab sup ras et in mg Ba) | χειρας] pr τας Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:13-20)

Deu 2:25 ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ ἐνάρχου δοῦναι τὸν τρόμον σου καὶ τὸν φόβον σου ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οἵτινες ἀκούσαντες τὸ ὄνομά σου ταραχθήσονται, καὶ ὠδῖνες ἕξουσιν ἀπὸ προσώπου σου.

In unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this thou-should-first-in to-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-tremblee of-thee and to-the-one to-a-fearee of-thee upon to-looked-toward of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones under-down-unto-which of-the-one of-a-sky, which-ones having-heard to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee they-shall-be-stirred, and pangs they-shall-hold off of-looked-toward of-thee.

2:25 ωδινες Bb (ωδεινες B*)] ωδεινας A ωδινας F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:26 Καὶ ἀπέστειλα πρέσβεις ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου Κεδαμὼθ πρὸς Σηὼν βασιλέα Ἑσεβὼν λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς λέγων

And I-set-off to-elders out of-the-one of-solituded of-a-Kedamôth toward to-a-Sêôn to-a-ruler-of of-a-Hesebôn unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of forthing,

2:26 Κεδμωθ A F | Εσεβων] των Αμορραιων F* των (?) Εσεβων F1 mg

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:27 Παρελεύσομαι διὰ τῆς γῆς σου· ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ παρελεύσομαι, οὐχὶ ἐκκλινῶ δεξιὰ οὐδὲ ἀριστερά.

I-shall-come-beside through of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee; in unto-the-one unto-a-way I-shall-come-beside, unto-not I-shall-cline-out to-right-belonged not-then-also to-more-un-bounded.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

2:27 παρελευσομαι 2°] πορευσομαι Ba b A | ουχι] ουκ Ba A ουχ Bb | ουδε] ουτε A

[Appendix] εκκλεινω B* (εκκλινω Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:28 βρώματα ἀργυρίου ἀποδώσῃ μοι καὶ φάγομαι, καὶ ὕδωρ ἀργυρίου ἀποδώσῃ μοι καὶ πίομαι· πλὴν ὅτι παρελεύσομαι τοῖς ποσίν,

To-feedeeings-to of-a-silverlet thou-shall-give-off unto-me and I-shall-devour, and to-a-water of-a-silverlet thou-shall-give-off unto-me and I-shall-drink; to-beyond to-which-a-one I-shall-come-beside unto-the-ones unto-feet,

2:28 ποσιν] + μου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:29 καθὼς ἐποίησάν μοι οἱ υἱοὶ Ἠσαὺ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Σηεὶρ καὶ οἱ Μωαβεῖται οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἀροήρ, ἕως παρέλθω τὸν Ἰορδάνην εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν δίδωσιν ἡμῖν.

down-as they-did-unto unto-me, the-ones sons of-an-Êsau the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-a-Sêeir and the-ones Môab-belongers the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-an-Aroêr, unto-if-which I-might-have-had-came-beside to-the-one to-an-Iordanês into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us it-giveth unto-us.

2:29 Μοαβιται Bb | Αροηρ] Αροηλ A | εως] + αν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:30 καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν Σηὼν βασιλεὺς Ἑσεβὼν παρελθεῖν ἡμᾶς δι' αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐσκλήρυνεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ καὶ κατίσχυσεν τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ, ἵνα παραδοθῇ εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου ὡς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ.

And not it-determined, a-Sêôn a-ruler of-a-Hesebôn, to-have-had-came-beside to-us through of-it, to-which-a-one it-stiffened, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-it and it-force-held-down to-the-one to-a-heart of-it, so it-might-have-been-given-beside into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee as in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this.

2:30 om Σηων A | υμων A | om ως Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:31 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Ἰδοὺ ἦργμαι παραδοῦναι πρὸ προσώπου σου τὸν Σηὼν βασιλέα Ἑσεβὼν τὸν Ἀμορραῖον καὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ· ἔναρξαι κληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-come-to-first to-have-had-given-beside before of-looked-toward of-thee to-the-one to-a-Sêôn to-a-ruler-of of-a-Hesebôn to-the-one to-Amor-belonged and to-the-one to-a-soil of-it; thou-should-have-firsted-in to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-it.

2:31–32 την γην 2°…Εσεβων sup ras Ba b

2:31 προ προσωπου σου] σοι A | Εσεβων sup ras Ba b | κληρονομησαι] λ. ρονομησαι sup ras Ba b (vid)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:32 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Σηὼν βασιλεὺς Ἑσεβὼν εἰς συνάντησιν ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ, εἰς πόλεμον Ἰάσσα.

And it-had-came-out, a-Sêôn a-ruler-of of-a-Hesebôn, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-us, it and all the-one a-people of-it, into to-a-war unto-an-Iassa.

2:31–32 την γην 2°…Εσεβων sup ras Ba b

2:32 ηηιν] η sup ras B? | Ιασσα] pr εις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:33 καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν πρὸ προσώπου ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ·

And it-gave-beside to-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, before of-looked-toward of-us, and it-smote to-it and to-the-ones to-sons of-it and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it;

2:33 αυτον Κυριος] τον κ sup ras B? vid | επαταξεν] επαταξαμεν Ba b | αυτου 2°] του Ba (mg) vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:34 καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν πασῶν τῶν πόλεων αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ, καὶ ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν πᾶσαν πόλιν ἑξῆς καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν· οὐ κατελίπομεν ζωγρείαν.

and we-secured-unto of-all of-the-ones of-cities of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither, and we-destrcuted-out-of to-all to-a-city of-held and to-the-ones to-women of-them and to-the-ones to-creationees of-them; not we-had-remaindered-down to-a-fielding-alive-of.

2:34 πασαν πολιν] ν 1°, ιν sup ras item inter verba ras aliquid B? (πασας τας πολεις B* vid) | κατελειπομεν A F | ζωγρεαν B* (ι superscr B?) ζωγριαν A F

[Appendix] εξωλοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:21-30)

Deu 2:35 πλὴν τὰ κτήνη ἐπρονομεύσαμεν καὶ τὰ σκῦλα τῶν πόλεων ἐλάβομεν,

To-beyond to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses we-parceleed-before-of and to-the-ones to-flayed of-the-ones of-cities we-had-taken,

Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

2:35 προενομευσαμεν A F + αυτοις A + εν αυτοις F* (εν αυτοις F1 mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:31-32)

Deu 2:36 ἐξ Ἀροὴρ ἥ ἐστιν παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος χειμάρρου Ἀρνών, καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν τῇ φάραγγι, καὶ ἕως ὄρους τοῦ Γαλαάδ· οὐκ ἐγενήθη πόλις ἥτις διέφυγεν ἡμᾶς, τὰς πάσας παρέδωκεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἡμῶν. = out of-an-Aroêr which it-be beside to-the-one to-a-rimmeedness of-pour-flowed of-an-Arnôn, and to-the-one to-a-city to-the-one to-being in unto-the-one unto-a-chasm, and unto-if-which of-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-a-Galaad; not it-was-became a-city which it-had-fled-through to-us, to-the-ones to-all it-gave-beside, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, into to-the-ones to-hands of-us.

2:36 εξ] απο A F | εγενηθη] ην A F

[Appendix] χιμαρρ. B* (χειμαρρ. Ba item 37)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:31-32)

Deu 2:37 πλὴν ἐγγὺς υἱῶν Ἀμμὼν οὐ προσήλθομεν, πάντα τὰ συνκυροῦντα χειμάρρου Ἰαβὸκ καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ, καθότι ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἡμῖν.

To-beyond, to-near of-sons of-an-Ammôn not we-had-came-toward, to-all to-the-ones to-en-authoritying-together of-pour-flowed of-an-Iabok and to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to, down-to-which-a-one it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, unto-us.

2:37 εγγυς] εις γην A F | Αμμαν Ba? b A | προσηλθαμεν A | χειμαρρου B F1] χειμαρρω A χειμαρρων F* vid | ορινη A F | Κυριος ο θ. ημων ημιν] ημιν κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ ημων B? F om ημιν A

[Appendix] συγκυρουντα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:1 Καὶ στραφέντες ἀνέβημεν ὁδὸν τὴν εἰς Βασάν· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Γὼγ βασιλεὺς Βασὰν εἰς συνάντησιν ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ, εἰς πόλεμον εἰς Ἐδράειμ.

And having-had-been-beturned we-had-stepped-up to-a-way to-the-one into to-a-Basan; and it-had-came-out, a-Gôg a-ruler-of of-a-Basan, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-us, it and all the-one a-people of-it, into to-a-war into to-an-Edraeim.

Note: a-Gôg in 03 : an-Ôg in 02 03C2.

3:1 επιστραφεντες Ba b A F | την εις Βασαν] της εις B. A | Γωγ] Ωγ Bb? c? A F | Βασαν 2°] pr της Ba b A | ο λαος αυτου] + μετ αυτου A F | Εδραειν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:2 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Μὴ φοβηθῇς αὐτόν, ὅτι εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου παραδέδωκα αὐτὸν καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῷ ὥσπερ ἐποίησας Σηὼν βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀμορραίων, ὃς κατῴκει ἐν Ἑσεβών.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Lest thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto to-it, to-which-a-one into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee I-had-come-to-give to-it and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it and to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-it; and thou-shall-do-unto unto-it as-very thou-did-unto unto-a-Sêôn unto-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged, which it-was-housing-down-unto in unto-a-Hesebôn.

3:2 Σηων] pr τω A F | Εσεβων] βῶ sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:3 καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸν Ὢγ βασιλέα τῆς Βασὰν καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπατάξαμεν αὐτὸν ἕως τοῦ μὴ καταλιπεῖν αὐτοῦ σπέρμα.

And it-gave-beside to-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, into to-the-ones to-hands of-us, and to-the-one to-an-Ôg to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-Basan and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it; and we-smote to-it unto-if-which of-the-one lest to-have-had-remaindered-down of-it to-a-whorling-to.

3:3 και τον Ωγ] pr αυτον A | επαταξεν F* (επαταξαμεν F1 mg vid) | καταλειπειν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:4 καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν πασῶν τῶν πόλεων αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ, οὐκ ἦν πόλις ἣν οὐκ ἐλάβομεν παρ' αὐτῶν· ἑξήκοντα πόλεις, πάντα τὰ συνκυροῦντα περίχωρα Ἀργὸβ βασιλέως Ὢγ ἐν Βασάν·

And we-secured-unto of-all of-the-ones of-cities of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither, not it-was a-city to-which not we-had-taken beside of-them; sixty cities, all the-ones en-authoritying-together spaced-about of-an-Argob of-a-ruler-of of-an-Ôg in unto-a-Basan;

3:4 om συνκυρουντα B? A F | Βασαν] pr τη F

[Appendix] πολεις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:5 πᾶσαι πόλεις ὀχυραί, τείχη ὑψηλά, πύλαι καὶ μοχλοί· πλὴν τῶν πόλεων τῶν Φερεζαίων τῶν πολλῶν σφόδρα.

all cities holdationed, lineationeednesses lofteed-of, gates and poles; to-beyond of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones of-Ferez-belonged of-the-ones of-much to-vehemented.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:6 ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ ἐποιήσαμεν τὸν Σηὼν βασιλέα Ἑσεβών, καὶ ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν πᾶσαν πόλιν ἑξῆς, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ παιδία

We-destructed-out-of to-them as-very we-did-unto to-the-one to-a-Sêôn to-a-ruler-of of-a-Hesebôn, and we-destructed-out-of to-all to-a-city of-held, and to-the-ones to-women and to-the-ones to-childlets;

3:6 om αυτους B? | Εσεβων…εξης lacera in F | γυναικας] + αυτων A F | παιδια] τεκνα F

[Appendix] εξωλοθρ. Bb (bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:7 καὶ πάντα τὰ κτήνη· καὶ τὰ σκῦλα τῶν πόλεων ἐπρονομεύσαμεν ἑαυτοῖς.

and to-all to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses and to-the-ones to-flayed of-the-ones of-cities we-parceleed-before-of unto-selves.

Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:8 καὶ ἐλάβομεν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ τὴν γῆν ἐκ χειρῶν δύο βασιλέων τῶν Ἀμορραίων, οἳ ἦσαν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἀπὸ τοῦ χειμάρρου Ἀρνὼν καὶ ἕως Ἁερμών·

And we-had-taken in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-soil out of-hands of-two of-rulers-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged, which they-were to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês off of-the-one of-pour-flowed of-an-Arnôn and unto-if-which of-a-Haermôn;

3:8 και εως] εως A εως ορους F

[Appendix] χιμαρρ. B* (χειμαρρ. Ba: item 16 bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:9 οἱ Φοίνικες ἐπονομάζουσιν τὸ Ἁερμὼν Σανιώρ, καὶ ὁ Ἀμορραῖος ἐπωνόμασεν αὐτὸ Σανείρ·

the-ones Foinikans they-upon-name-to to-the-one to-a-Haermôn to-a-Saniôr, and the-one Amor-belonged it-upon-named-to to-it to-a-Saneir;

3:9 επονομαζουσιν] επωνομασαν (sup ras) Ba b c vid | αυτο 1°] το A F | Αρμων B* (Αερμ. Ba) | επων. Ba b] επονομασεν B* A F | Σανιρ F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:10 πᾶσαι πόλεις Μεισώρ, καὶ πᾶσα Γαλαάδ, καὶ πᾶσα Βασὰν ἕως Ἐλχὰ καὶ Ἐδράειμ, πόλεις βασίλειαι τοῦ Ὢγ ἐν τῇ Βασάν·

all cities of-a-Meisôr, and all a-Galaad, and all a-Basan unto-if-which of-an-Elcha and of-an-Edraeim, cities ruler-belonged of-the-one of-an-Ôg in unto-the-one unto-a-Basan;

3:10 Μισωρ F | Εδραειν A F | βασιλειας A F | του Ωγ] om του F* (hab F1 mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Elul 3-19. Cp. Num_21:33-35)

Deu 3:11 ὅτι πλὴν Ὢγ βασιλεὺς Βασὰν κατελείφθη ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥαφαείν. ἰδοὺ ἡ κλίνη αὐτοῦ κλίνη σιδηρᾶ, ἰδοὺ αὕτη ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ τῶν υἱῶν Ἀμμών· ἐννέα πηχῶν τὸ μῆκος αὐτῆς καὶ τεσσάρων πηχῶν τὸ εὖρος, ἐν πήχει ἀνδρός.

to-which-a-one to-beyond an-Ôg a-ruler-of of-a-Basan it-was-remaindered-down under of-the-ones of-Rafaein'. Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-clining of-it a-clining iron, thou-should-have-had-seen, it in unto-the-one unto-extremitied of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Ammôn; of-nine of-fores the-one a-longeedness of-it and of-four of-fores the-one a-wideedness, in unto-a-fore of-a-man.

3:11 υπο] απο B? A F | εν τη ακρα] εν τη sup ras B? | Αμμαν Ba? b A F | πηχεων B? A (bis) | ευρος] + αυτης Ba b A F

[Appendix] κατελιφθη B* (κατελειφθ. B?) | κλεινη (1°) A | πηχεων B? (bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29 - Tebeth 25. Cp. Num_32:33-42)

Deu 3:12 καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην ἐπρονομεύσαμεν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἀπὸ Ἀροήρ, ἥ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους χειμάρρου Ἀρνών, καὶ τὸ ἥμισυ ὄρους Γαλαάδ· καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτοῦ ἔδωκα τῷ Ῥουβὴν καὶ τῷ Γάδ.

And to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-thither we-parceleed-before-of in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither of-an-Aroêr, which it-be upon of-the-one of-a-rimmeedness of-pour-flowed of-an-Arnôn; and to-the-one to-half of-a-jutteedness of-a-Galaad and to-the-ones to-cities of-it I-gave unto-the-one unto-a-Roubên and unto-the-one unto-a-Gad.

3:12 επρονομευσαμεν] εκληρονομησαμεν Ba b A F | επι του χειλους] παρα το χειλος Ba b A F | ορους] pr του Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29 - Tebeth 25. Cp. Num_32:33-42)

Deu 3:13 καὶ τὸ κατάλοιπον τοῦ Γαλαὰδ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Βασάν, βασιλείαν Γώγ, ἔδωκα τῷ ἡμίσει φυλῆς Μανασσή, καὶ πᾶσαν περίχωρον Ἀργόβ, πᾶσαν γῆν Βασὰν ἐκείνην, γῆ Ῥαφαείν λογισθήσεται.

And to-the-one to-remaindered-down of-the-one of-a-Galaad and to-all to-the-one to-a-Basan to-a-ruling-of of-a-Gôg I-gave unto-the-one unto-half of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês, and to-all to-spaced-about of-an-Argob; to-all to-a-soil to-a-Basan to-the-one-thither, a-soil of-Rafaeim' it-shall-be-fortheed-to.

Note: of-a-Gôg in 03 : of-an-Ôg in 02 03C1 03C2.

3:13 om βασιλειαν F* vid (hab F1 mg) | Γωγ] Ωγ Ba b A F | ημισει A F] ημισυ B | Μαννασση A | περιχ.] pr την A F | γην Βασαν] την B. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29 - Tebeth 25. Cp. Num_32:33-42)

Deu 3:14 καὶ Ἰαεὶρ υἱὸς Μανασσὴ ἔλαβεν πᾶσαν περίχωρον Ἀρβὸκ ἕως τῶν ὁρίων Γαρτασεὶ καὶ Ὁμαχαθεί· ἐπωνόμασεν αὐτὰς ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ τὴν Βασσεμὰθ Αὑὼθ Ἰαεὶρ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

And an-Iaeir a-son of-a-Manassês it-had-taken to-all to-spaced-about of-an-Arbok unto-if-which of-the-ones of-boundlets of-a-Gartasei and of-a-Homachathei; it-upon-named-to to-them upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it to-the-one to-a-Bassemath to-an-Auôth of-an-Iaeir unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

3:14 Μαννασση A | περιχωρον] pr την Ba b A F | Αρβοκ] Αργοβ Ba b A | Γαρτασει] Γαργασει Ba? b? A F | Ομαχαθει] ο Ιαειρ A F | επονομασεν F | αυτας] αυτο A F | Βασσεμαθ Αυωθ] Βασαν Αυωθ Ba b (vid) (ut vid) A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29 - Tebeth 25. Cp. Num_32:33-42)

Deu 3:15 καὶ τῷ Μαχεὶρ ἔδωκα τὴν Γαλαάδ.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Macheir I-gave to-the-one to-a-Galaad.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29. Cp. Num_32:1-32)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:16 καὶ τῷ Ῥουβὴν καὶ τῷ Γὰδ δέδωκα ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλαὰδ ἕως χειμάρρου Ἀρνών, καὶ ἕως τοῦ Ἰαβόκ· ὁ χειμάρρους ὅριον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἀμμάν·

And unto-the-one unto-a-Roubên and unto-a-Gad I-had-come-to-give of-the-one of-a-Galaad unto-if-which of-pour-flowed of-an-Arnôn, and unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Iabok; the-one pour-flowed a-boundlet unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Amman;

3:16 τω Γαδ δε|δωκα B* τω Γαδδει| εδωκα Ba b τω Γαδ εδωκα A F | Αρνων] + μεσον του χειμαρρου οριον Ba b (mg) A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29. Cp. Num_32:1-32)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:17 καὶ ἡ Ἀραβὰ καὶ ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὅριον Μαχανάρεθ καὶ ἕως θαλάσσης Ἀραβά, θαλάσσης ἁλυκῆς, ὑπὸ Ἀσηδὼθ τὴν Φασγὰ ἀνατολῶν.

and the-one an-Araba and the-one an-Iordanês, a-boundlet of-a-Machanareth and unto-if-which of-a-flourisheredness of-an-Araba, of-a-flourisheredness of-salted, under to-an-Asêdôth to-the-one to-a-Fasga of-finishings-up.

3:17 Μαχαναρεθ] εθ sup ras B1 απο Μαχενερεθ A F | Φασγα] φαραγγα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29. Cp. Num_32:1-32)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:18 Καὶ ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ λέγων Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἔδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν ταύτην ἐν κλήρῳ· ἐνοπλισάμενοι προπορεύεσθε πρὸ προσώπου τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, πᾶς δυνατός.

And I-finished-in unto-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither forthing, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us it-gave unto-us to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-this in unto-a-lot; having-implemented-in-to ye-should-traverse-before-of before of-looked-toward of-the-ones of-brethrened of-ye of-sons of-an-Israêl, all able.

3:18 ημων] υμων A F | εδωκεν] δεδωκεν A F | προπορευεσθαι A

[Appendix] ενοπλεισαμενοι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29. Cp. Num_32:1-32)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:19 πλὴν αἱ γυναῖκες ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη ὑμῶν, οἶδα ὅτι πολλὰ κτήνη ὑμῖν, κατοικείτωσαν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὑμῶν αἷς ἔδωκα ὑμῖν·

To-beyond, the-ones women of-ye and the-one creationees of-ye and the-ones befoundeednesses of-ye, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one much befoundeednesses unto-ye, they-should-house-down-unto in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-ye unto-which I-gave unto-ye;

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

3:19 κτηνη 2°] pr τα A

[Appendix] πολαισιν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 29. Cp. Num_32:1-32)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:20 ἕως ἂν καταπαύσῃ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν ὥσπερ καὶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ κατακληρονομήσουσιν καὶ οὗτοι τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ ἐπαναστραφήσεσθε ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ ἣν ἔδωκα ὑμῖν.

unto-if-which ever it-might-have-ceased-down, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, to-the-ones to-brethrened of-ye as-very and to-ye, and they-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto and the-ones-these to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us it-giveth unto-them in unto-the-one to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês, and ye-shall-have-been-beturned-up-upon, each, into to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it to-which I-gave unto-ye.

3:20 om υμων 1° A | κατακληρονομησωσιν Bb | ημων] υμων A F | αυτοις sup ras 5 (ut vid) litt Ba?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:18-23)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:21 καὶ τῷ Ἰησοῖ ἐνετειλάμην ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ λέγων Οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὑμῶν ἑωράκασιν πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν τοῖς δυσὶ βασιλεῦσι τούτοις· οὕτως ποιήσει Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν πάσας τὰς βασιλείας ἐφ' ἃς σὺ διαβαίνεις ἐκεῖ·

And unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous I-finished-in in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither forthing, The-ones eyes of-ye they-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-all to-which-a-which it-did-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, unto-the-ones unto-two unto-rulers-of unto-the-ones-these; unto-the-one-this it-shall-do-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-us, to-all to-the-ones to-rulings-of upon to-which thou thou-step-through thither;

3:21 Ιησου A F | ημων 1°] υμων A | πασαις ταις βασιλειαις F | διαβεννις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:18-23)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:22 οὐ φοβηθήσῃ, ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν αὐτὸς πολεμεῖ περὶ ὑμῶν.

not thou-shall-be-feareed-unto to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one Deity(Elohim) of-us it it-warreth-unto about of-ye.

Note: thou-shall-be-feareed-unto in 03 : ye-shall-be-feareed-unto in 02 03C1 03C2.

3:22 φοβηθηση B* vid] φοβηθησεσθε Ba b A (φοβηθησεσθαι) F + απ αυτων A F | θεος] hiat F | πολεμει] πολεμησει Ba b A F (..λεμησει)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:12-17)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:23 Καὶ ἐδεήθην ἐναντίον Κυρίου ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ λέγων

And I-was-binded to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither forthing,

3:23 εδεθην A* (η superscr A1) | om εναντιον Ba? b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:12-17)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:24 Κύριε ὁ θεός, σὺ ἤρξω δεῖξαι τῷ σῷ θεράποντι τὴν ἰσχύν σου καὶ τὴν δύναμίν σου καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν κραταιὰν καὶ τὸν βραχίονα τὸν ὑψηλόν· τίς γάρ ἐστιν θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἢ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅστις ποιήσει καθὰ σὺ ἐποίησας καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἰσχύν σου;

Authority-belonged(Adonay) the-one a-Deity, thou thou-firsted to-have-en-showed unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-minister to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-thee and to-the-one to-an-ability of-thee and to-the-one to-a-hand to-the-one to-secure-belonged and to-the-one to-more-short to-the-one to-lofteed-of; what-one too-thus it-be a-Deity(El) in unto-the-one unto-a-sky or upon of-the-one of-a-soil, which-a-one it-shall-do-unto down-to-which thou thou-did-unto and down to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-thee?

Note: Authority-belonged(Adonay) (KURIE) : where the Greek is a KURIOS form and ADONAY is in a Divine name context, and the form is not ADONAY YAHVEH, it becomes suspect along the line of the 134 places noted in Massorah (107-15, Ginsburg's edition) where Yahveh was altered to Adonay by the Sopherim.

3:24 ο θεος B* vid] κ̅̅ε̅̅ Ba A F | ηρξαι A F | τω σω…την κραταιαν] mutila multa in F | om εστιν A F | εν τω ουρ.] om τω A F | της γης] om της Ba? b | καθα] κα saltem sup ras B? | εποιησας συ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:12-17)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:25 διαβὰς οὖν ὄψομαι τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ταύτην τὴν οὖσαν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸν Ἀντιλίβανον.

Having-had-stepped-through accordingly I-shall-behold to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-the-one-this to-the-one to-being to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês, to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one to-excess-placed and to-the-one to-an-Antilibanos.

Note: to-an-Antilibanos : meaning ever-a-one of-a-Libanos; this refers to the eastern range of mountains separated by the valley Beqa, the main western range called Libanos; LIBANOS is transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

3:25 ορος] + τουτο Ba b A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:12-17)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:26 καὶ ὑπερεῖδεν Κύριος ἐμὲ ἕνεκεν ὑμῶν, καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσέν μου· καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Ἱκανούσθω σοι, μὴ προσθῇς ἔτι λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦτον.

And it-had-seen-over, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-ME in-out-in of-ye, and not it-heard-into of-me; and it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, It-should-be-en-ampled unto-thee, lest thou-might-have-had-placed-toward if-to-a-one to-have-spoken-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee to-the-one-this.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:12-17)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:27 ἀνάβηθι ἐπὶ κορυφῇ Λελαξευμένου, καὶ ἀναβλέψας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς κατὰ θάλασσαν καὶ βορρᾶν καὶ λίβα καὶ ἀνατολάς, καὶ ἴδε τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου· ὅτι οὐ διαβήσῃ τὸν Ἰορδάνην τοῦτον.

Thou-should-have-had-stepped-up upon unto-a-crest of-having-had-come-to-be-quarried-of, and having-viewed-up unto-the-ones unto-eyes down to-a-flourisheredness and to-a-north and to-a-south and to-finishings-up, and thou-should-have-had-seen unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-thee; to-which-a-one not thou-shall-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês to-the-one-this.

3:27 κορυφην A F | λελαξευμενου] pr του A F | αναβλεψον A F | οφθαλμοις 1°] + σου F | λιβα] νοτον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:18-23)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:28 καὶ ἔντειλαι Ἰησοῖ καὶ κατίσχυσον αὐτὸν καὶ παρακάλεσον αὐτόν, ὅτι οὗτος διαβήσεται πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ αὐτὸς κατακληρονομήσει αὐτοῖς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἑώρακας.

And thou-should-have-finished-in unto-an-Iêsous and thou-should-have-force-held-down to-it and thou-should-have-called-beside-unto to-it, to-which-a-one the-one-this it-shall-step-through before of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this, and it it-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto unto-them to-the-one to-a-soil to-which thou-had-come-to-seeee-unto.

3:28 Ιησου F | και παρακαλ. αυτον και κατισχ. αυτον B? | κατισχυσον] ενισχυσον A | και αυτος] και ουτος Ba b ουτος F* vid (και αυτος F1 mg) | την γην] pr πασαν Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1; History: 1451 B.C. Chisleu 8. Cp. Num_27:18-33)

HS reads Gr. Deu 3:29 καὶ ἐνεκαθήμεθα ἐν νάπῃ σύνεγγυς οἴκου Φογώρ.

And we-were-sitting-down-in in unto-a-dell to-near-together of-a-house of-a-Fogôr.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:1 Καὶ νῦν, Ἰσραήλ, ἄκουε τῶν δικαιωμάτων καὶ τῶν κριμάτων, ὅσα ἐγὼ διδάσκω ὑμᾶς σήμερον ποιεῖν, ἵνα ζῆτε καὶ πολυπλασιασθῆτε, καὶ εἰσελθόντες κληρονομήσητε τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν.

And now, Israêl, thou-should-hear of-the-ones of-en-course-belongings-to and of-the-ones of-separatings-to to-which-a-which I I-veer-veerate to-ye this-day to-do-unto so ye-might-life-unto and ye-might-have-been-much-fold-belonged-to, and having-had-came-into ye-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-ye it-giveth unto-ye.

4:1 κριματων] ρηματων A | om και πολυπλασιασθητε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:2 οὐ προσθήσεσθε πρὸς τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἀφελεῖτε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· φυλάσσεσθε τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον.

Not ye-shall-place-toward toward to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-which I I finish-in unto-ye, and not ye-shall-have-sectioned-off off of-it; ye-should-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day.

4:2 προσθησεσθε] προσθησετε Ba A | υμιν 1°] + σημερον Ba b (mgg) | τας εντολας] pr πασας B? | υμων B* vid A F] ημων B? | οσα] οσας Ba b F | υμιν 2° sup ras Ba

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:3 οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὑμῶν ἑωράκασιν πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν τῷ Βεελφεγώρ, ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ὅστις ἐπορεύθη ὀπίσω Βεελφεγώρ, ἐξέτριψεν αὐτὸν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐξ ἡμῶν·

The-ones eyes of-ye they-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-which-a-which it-did-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-us, unto-the-one unto-a-Beelfegôr, to-which-a-one all a-mankind which-a-one it-was-traversed-of aback-unto-which of-a-Beelfegôr, it-rubbed-out to-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, out of-us;

4:3 ημων 1°] υμων A | υμων 2°] ημων B? A F | ημων 2°] υμων B? A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:4 ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ προσκείμενοι Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν ζῆτε πάντες ἐν τῇ σήμερον.

ye then-also the-ones situating-toward unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye ye-life-unto, all, in unto-the-one this-day.

4:4 υμων] ημων Ba b | σημερον] + ημερα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:5 ἴδετε δέδειχα ὑμῖν δικαιώματα καὶ κρίσεις καθὰ ἐνετείλατο μοι Κύριος, ποιῆσαι οὕτως ἐν τῇ γῇ εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς εἰσπορεύεσθε ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν·

Ye-should-have-had-seen I-had-come-to-en-show unto-ye to-en-course-belongings-to and to-separatings down-to-which it-finished-in unto-me, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-done-unto unto-the-one-this in unto-the-one unto-a-soil into to-which ye ye-traverse-into-of thither to-lot-parcelee-unto to-it;

4:5 δικ. και κρισεις] τα δικ. και τας κρισ. F | Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ μου A F | ποιησαι] pr του F | ουτως] + υμας A F | om εις F | om υμεις A | κληρονομησαι F

[Appendix] δεδιχα A | κρισις B* (κρισεις Ba b) | εισπορευεσθαι

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:6 καὶ φυλάξεσθε καὶ ποιήσετε, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ σοφία ὑμῶν καὶ ἡ σύνεσις ἐναντίον πάντων ἐθνῶν, ὅσοι ἐὰν ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα ταῦτα καὶ ἐροῦσιν Ἰδοὺ λαὸς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων τὸ ἔθνος τὸ μέγα τοῦτο.

and ye-shall-guarder and ye-shall-do-unto, to-which-a-one the-one-this the-one a-wisdoming-unto of-ye and the-one a-sending-together to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-placeedness-belongings-to, which-a-which if-ever they-might-have-heard to-all to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to to-the-ones these and they-shall-utter, Thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people wisdomed and standinged-upon-of the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to the-one great the-one-this;

4:6 εθνων] pr των Ba A F | εαν] αν A F

[Appendix] συνεσεις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:7 ὅτι ποῖον ἔθνος μέγα ᾧ ἐστιν αὐτῷ θεὸς ἐγγίζων αὐτοῖς ὡς Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἐὰν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεσώμεθα;

to-which-a-one whither-belonged a-placeedness-belonging-to great unto-which it-be unto-it a-Deity(Elohim) nearing-to unto-them as Authority-belonged(Yahveh) a-Deity(Elohey) of-us in unto-all unto-which if-ever to-it we-might-have-called-upon-unto?

4:7 αυτω] pr εν A | εαν] αν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:8 καὶ ποῖον ἔθνος μέγα ᾧ ἐστὶν αὐτῷ δικαιώματα καὶ κρίματα δίκαια κατὰ πάντα τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ὃν ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῶν ὑμῖν σήμερον;

And whither-belonged a-placeedness-belonging-to great unto-which it-be unto-it en-course-belongings-to and separatings-to course-belonged down to-all to-the-one to-a-parcelee to-the-one-this to-which I I-give unto-ye of-ye this-day?

4:8 αυτω] pr εν A | υμιν] ενωπιον (in mg) υμων Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:9 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ φύλαξον τὴν ψυχὴν σου σφόδρα, μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ πάντας τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἑωράκασιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου, καὶ μὴ ἀποστήτωσαν ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας σου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς σου· καὶ συμβιβάσεις τοὺς υἱούς σου καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν υἱῶν σου·

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself and thou-should-have-guardered to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee to-vehemented, lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-which they-had-come-to-seeee-unto, the-ones eyes of-thee, and lest they-should-have-had-stood-off off of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-thee; and thou-shall-together-step-step-to to-the-ones to-sons of-thee and to-the-ones to-sons of-the-ones of-sons of-thee;

4:9 φυλαξον] φυλαξαι Ba b | της καρδιας] ης, ας sup ras Ba b | συμβιβα|εις A* (σ superscr A1) | τους υιους 2°] τους υιους των υιους (sic) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:10 ἡμέραν ἣν ἔστητε ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐν Χωρὴβ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὅτε εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Ἐκκλησίασον πρὸς μέ τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἀκουσάτωσαν τὰ ῥήματά μου, ὅπως μάθωσιν φοβεῖσθαί με πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἃς αὐτοὶ ζῶσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν διδάξουσιν.

to-a-dayedness to-which ye-had-stood to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us in unto-a-Chôrêb unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-calling-out-unto, which-also it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Thou-should-have-out-called-to toward to-me to-the-one to-a-people, and they-should-have-heard to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-me, unto-which-whither they-might-have-had-learned to-fearee-unto to-me to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-which them they-life-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil and to-the-ones to-sons of-them they-shall-veer-veerate.

4:10 εναντιον B* vid] ενωπιον Ba b (ωπ sup ras 3 litt) A F | ημων] υμων A σου F | ας] οσας Ba b A | διδαξωσιν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:11 καὶ προσήλθετε καὶ ἔστητε ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος· καὶ τὸ ὄρος ἐκαίετο πυρὶ ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, σκότος, γνόφος, θύελλα, φωνὴ μεγάλη.

And ye-had-came-toward and ye-had-stood under to-the-one to-a-jutteedness; and the-one a-jutteedness it-was-burn-belonging unto-a-fire unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-sky, a-dimmeedness, a-haze, a-surged-whirling, a-sound great.

4:11 προσηλθατε F | om φωνη A F | om μεγαλη B* vid A F

[Appendix] εκεετο B* (εκαιετο Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:12 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρὸς φωνὴν ῥημάτων ἣν ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε ἀλλ' ἢ φωνήν·

And it-called-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire to-a-sound of-utterings-to to-which ye ye-heard, and to-an-en-along-belonging-to not ye-had-seen other or to-a-sound;

4:12 Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ (superscr) Ba | προς υμας] + εν τω ορει Ba b mg A F | om ην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:13 καὶ ἀνήγγειλεν ὑμῖν τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ ἣν ἐνετείλατο ὑμῖν ποιεῖν, τὰ δέκα ῥήματα, καὶ ἔγραψεν αὐτὰ ἐπὶ δύο πλάκας λιθίνας.

and it-leadeeered-up unto-ye to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-it to-which it-finished-in unto-ye to-do-unto, to-the-ones to-ten to-utterings-to, and it-scribed to-them upon to-two to-slabs to-stoned-belonged-to.

Note: Yahveh scribed the 10 utterings-to which He spoke to Israel in Exo 20:2-17 on both the first set of slabs made by Him and the second set made by Moses; the 2 remembrances, the 7 days of Genesis in Exodus 20 and the Exodus from Egypt in Deuteronomy 5, were not written on the slabs, but were written only in the writings of Moses, the 3rd remembrance was yet come in Christ where there is perpetual rest. Moses made his own copy of the 10 utterings-to of Exo 20:2-17 by Yahveh and the 10 forthees of Exo 34:11-26 by Yahveh in Exo 34:27-28.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:14 καὶ μοὶ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δικαιώματα καὶ κρίσεις, ποιεῖν αὐτὰ ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς εἰσπορεύεσθε ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν.

And unto-me it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither to-have-veer-veerated to-ye to-en-course-belongings-to and to-separatings, to-do-unto to-them to-ye upon of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which ye ye-traverse-into-of thither to-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.

4:14 μοι] εμοι A F | υμας αυτα A F | εισπορευεσθαι A F | κληρονομησαι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:15 καὶ φυλάξεσθε σφόδρα τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, ὅτι οὐκ εἴδετε ὁμοίωμα ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν Χωρὴβ ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός·

And ye-shall-guarder to-vehemented to-the-ones to-breathings of-ye, to-which-a-one not ye-had-seen to-an-en-along-belonging-to in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye in unto-a-Chôrêb in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire;

4:15 ομοιωμα ουκ ειδετε B?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:16 μὴ ἀνομήσητε καὶ ποιήσητε ὑμῖν ἑαυτοῖς γλυπτὸν ὁμοίωμα, πᾶσαν εἰκόνα, ὁμοίωμα ἀρσενικοῦ ἢ θηλυκοῦ,

lest ye-might-have-un-parceleed-unto and ye-might-have-done-unto unto-ye unto-selves to-carved to-an-en-along-belonging-to, to-all to-a-resemblance, to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-male-belonged-of or of-female-belonged-of,

4:16 εαυτοις] αυτοις A | η] και A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:17 ὁμοίωμα παντὸς κτήνους τῶν ὄντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὁμοίωμα παντὸς ὀρνέου πτερωτοῦ ὃ πέταται ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν,

to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-all of-a-befoundeedness of-the-ones of-being upon of-the-one of-a-soil, to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-all of-an-en-flailing of-feathered which it-flieth-unto under to-the-one to-a-sky,

Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

Note: of-an-en-flailing : groupingly refers to birds that non-glidingly flail their wings.

Note: it-flieth-unto (PETATAI) : from PETAOMAI.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:18 ὁμοίωμα παντὸς ἑρπετοῦ ὃ ἕρπει ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὁμοίωμα παντὸς ἰχθύος, ἅ ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς·

to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-all of-creeped which it-creepeth upon of-the-one of-a-soil, to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-all of-a-fish, which it-be in unto-the-ones unto-waters under-down-unto-which of-the-one of-a-soil;

4:18 α] οσα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:19 καὶ μὴ ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς αὐτοῖς καὶ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς, ἃ ἀπένειμεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.

and lest having-viewed-up into to-the-one to-a-sky and having-had-seen to-the-one to-a-sun and to-the-one to-a-moon and to-the-ones to-stars and to-all to-the-one to-an-orderation of-the-one of-a-sky having-been-wandered-unto thou-might-have-kissed-toward-unto unto-them and thou-might-have-served-of unto-them, to-which it-parceled-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-them unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-the-ones under-down-unto-which of-the-one of-a-sky.

4:19 προσκυνησεις A | om αυτα Ba? b | πασι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:20 ὑμᾶς δὲ ἔλαβεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐκ τῆς καμίνου τῆς σιδηρᾶς, ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, εἶναι αὐτῷ λαὸν εὔκληρον ὡς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ.

To-ye then-also it-had-taken, the-one a-Deity, and it-had-led-out to-us out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, out of-the-one of-a-furnace of-the-one of-iron, out of-an-Aiguptos, to-be unto-it to-a-people to-goodly-lotted as in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this.

4:20 ο θεος] pr κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | ημας] υμας A F | om εκ γης Αιγ. F | ευκληρον] ενκληρον Ba εγκλ. Bb A F

[Appendix] καμεινον B* A (καμιν. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:21 καὶ Κύριος ἐθυμώθη μοι περὶ τῶν λεγομένων ὑφ' ὑμῶν, καὶ ὤμοσεν ἵνα μὴ διαβῶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην τοῦτον, καὶ ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθω εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς σου δίδωσίν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ.

And Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-was-en-passioned unto-me about of-the-ones of-being-forthed under of-ye, and it-en-oathed so lest I-might-have-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês to-the-one-this, and so lest I-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot.

4:21 Κυριος 1°] + ο θς̅̅ Bßa mg | υμων] ημων A | om σου A F

[Appendix] λγομ. B* vid (λεγομ. B?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:22 ἐγὼ γὰρ ἀποθνήσκω ἐν τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐ διαβαίνω τὸν Ἰορδάνην· ὑμεῖς δὲ διαβαίνετε καὶ κληρονομήσετε τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ταύτην.

I too-thus I-die-off in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one this, and not I-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês; ye then-also ye-step-through and ye-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-the-one-this.

4:22 Ιορδανην] + τουτον Ba mg F | om ταυτην F* vid (hab F1 mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:23 προσέχετε ὑμῖν, μὴ ἐπιλάθησθε τὴν διαθήκην Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἣν διέθετο πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ποιήσητε ὑμῖν ἑαυτοῖς γλυπτὸν ὁμοίωμα πάντων ὧν συνέταξεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου·

Ye-should-hold-toward unto-ye, lest ye-might-have-had-secluded-upon to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye to-which it-had-placed-through toward to-ye, and ye-might-have-done-unto unto-ye unto-selves to-carved to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-all of-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

4:23 υμιν 1°] υμεις Ba A | και ποιησητε (ποιησετε A)] pr ϗ ανομησητε Ba b (mg) | εαυτοις] αυτοις A F | συνεταξεν] + σοι Ba b (superscr) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:24 ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου πῦρ καταναλίσκον ἐστίν, θεὸς ζηλωτής.

to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee a-fire other-alonging-up-down it-be, a-Deity(El) a-craver.

4:24 καταναλισκων Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:25 Ἐὰν δὲ γεννήσῃς υἱοὺς καὶ υἱοὺς τῶν υἱῶν σου, καὶ χρονίσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἀνομήσητε καὶ ποιήσητε γλυπτὸν ὁμοίωμα παντός, καὶ ποιήσητε τὰ πονηρὰ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν παροργίσαι αὐτόν·

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-generated-unto to-sons and to-sons of-the-ones of-sons of-thee, and ye-might-have-whiled-to upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and ye-might-have-un-parceleed-unto and ye-might-have-done-unto to-carved to-an-en-along-belonging-to of-all, and ye-might-have-done-unto to-the-ones to-en-necessitated to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-ye to-have-stressed-beside-to to-it;

4:25 τα πονηρα] πονηρα Ba πονηρον Bb το πονηρον A F | εναντι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:26 διαμαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον τόν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, ὅτι ἀπωλίᾳ ἀπολεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι· οὐχὶ πολυχρονιεῖτε ἡμέρας ἐπ' αὐτῆς, ἀλλ' ἢ ἐκτριβῇ ἐκτριβήσεσθε.

I-witness-through unto-ye this-day to-the-one also to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil, to-which-a-one unto-a-destructing-off-unto ye-shall-destruct-off off of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto; unto-not ye-shall-much-while-to to-dayednesses upon of-it, other or unto-a-rubbing-out ye-shall-have-been-rubbed-out.

4:26 om διαβαινετε B* vid (hab διαβαινετε τον sup ras Ba) διαβεννετε A | Ιορδανην (Ba mg)] + τουτον F | om εκει F | κληρονομησαι] + αυτην A F

[Appendix] απωλεια Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:27 καὶ διασπερεῖ Κύριος ὑμᾶς ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ καταλειφθήσεσθε ὀλίγοι ἀριθμῷ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς οὓς εἰσάξει Κύριος ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖ.

And it-shall-whorl-through, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-ye in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to, and ye-shall-be-remaindered-down little unto-a-number in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to into to-which it-shall-lead-into, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-ye thither.

4:27 ολιγω A | τοις εθνεσιν 2°] pr πασι Ba pr πασιν A

[Appendix] καταλιφθ. B* A (καταλειφθ. Ba b F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:28 καὶ λατρεύσετε ἐκεῖ θεοῖς ἑτέροις, ἔργοις χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων, ξύλοις καὶ λίθοις, οἳ οὐκ ὄψονται οὔτε μὴ ἀκούσωσιν οὔτε μὴ φάγωσιν οὔτε μὴ ὀσφρανθῶσιν.

And ye-shall-serve-of thither unto-deities(elohim) unto-different, unto-works of-hands of-mankinds, unto-woods and unto-stones, which not they-shall-behold not-also lest they-might-have-heard not-also lest they-might-have-had-devoured not-also lest they-might-have-been-odor-centered.

4:28 ουτε 1° B* vid] ουδε (δε sup ras) Ba b A F | ουτε μη φαγ. ουτε μη οσφρ.] ουδε μη φαγ. ουδε μη οσφρ. A ουδε μη οσφρ. ουδε μη φαγ. F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:29 καὶ ζητήσετε ἐκεῖ Κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ εὑρήσετε, ὅταν ἐκζητήσητε αὐτὸν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου [β] ἐν τῇ θλίψει σου·

And ye-shall-seek-unto thither to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, and ye-shall-find, which-also-ever ye-might-have-sought-out-unto to-it out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-pressing of-thee;

4:29 ζητησετε] εκζητησεται A εκζητησετε F | ημων] υμων F | ευρησετε] + αυτον A F | σου 1°] υμων (sup ras?) A

[Appendix] θλιψι B* (θλιψει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:30 καὶ εὑρήσουσίν σε πάντες οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ τῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ ἐπιστραφήσῃ πρὸς Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου καὶ εἰσακούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ·

and they-shall-find to-thee, all the-ones forthees the-ones-these, upon unto-most-bordered of-the-ones of-dayednesses, and thou-shall-have-been-beturned-upon toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee and thou-shall-hear-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-it;

4:30 εσχατου A F | προς] επι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:31 ὅτι θεὸς οἰκτείρμων Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψει σε οὐδὲ μὴ ἐκτρίψει σε, οὐκ ἐπιλήσεται τὴν διαθήκην τῶν πατέρων σου ἣν ὤμοσεν αὐτοῖς.

to-which-a-one a-Deity(El) pitieringed-of Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, not it-shall-remainder-down-in to-thee not-then-also lest it-shall-rub-out to-thee, not it-shall-seclude-upon to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-the-ones of-fathers of-thee to-which it-en-oathed unto-them.

4:31 θεος 1°] κυριος ο θεος σου F (om σου F1) | om ο θεος F* (hab superscr F1) | εγκαταλιψει A εγκαταλειψη F | εκτριψη A F | αυτοις] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ Ba

[Appendix] οικτιρμων Bb | ενκαταλιψ. B* εγκαταλειψ. Ba b F εγκαταλιψ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:32 ἐπερωτήσατε ἡμέρας προτέρας τὰς γενομένας προτέρας σου ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, εἰ γέγονεν κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ μέγα τοῦτο, εἰ ἤκουσται τοιοῦτο·

Ye-should-have-upon-entreated-unto to-dayednesses to-more-before to-the-ones to-having-had-became to-more-before of-thee off of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-which it-befounded-to, the-one a-Deity(Elohim), to-a-mankind upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and upon to-the-one to-extremitied of-the-one of-a-sky unto-if-which of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-sky, if it-hath-had-come-to-become down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one to-great to-the-one-this, if it-had-come-to-be-heard the-one-unto-the-one-this;

4:32 ανθρωπον] pr τον A | om εως ακρου του ουρ. F* (hab F1 mg) | ακρου] pr του Ba b | om ει ηκουσται τοιουτο A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:33 εἰ ἀκήκοεν ἔθνος φωνὴν θεοῦ ζῶντος λαλοῦντος ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός, ὃν τρόπον ἀκήκοας σὺ καὶ ἔζησας·

if it-had-come-to-hear, a-placeedness-belonging-to, to-a-sound of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-lifing-unto of-speaking-unto out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire, to-which to-a-turn thou-hath-had-come-to-hear, thou, and thou-life-unto;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:34 εἰ ἐπείρασεν ὁ θεὸς εἰσελθὼν λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ ἔθνος ἐκ μέσου ἔθνους ἐν πειρασμῷ καὶ ἐν σημείοις καὶ ἐν τέρασιν καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐν βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ καὶ ἐν ὁράμασιν μεγάλοις, κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐνώπιόν σου βλέποντος·

if it-across-belonged-to, the-one a-Deity(Elohim), having-had-came-into to-have-had-taken unto-self to-a-placeedness-belonging-to out of-middle of-a-placeedness-belonging-to in unto-an-across-belonging-to-of and in unto-signlets-of and in unto-anomalies and in unto-a-war and in unto-a-hand unto-secure-belonged and in unto-more-short unto-lofteed-of and in unto-seeeeings-to unto-great, down to-all to-which-a-which it-did-unto, the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, in unto-an-Aiguptos to-in-look-belonged of-thee of-viewing;

4:34 om και εν οραμασιν μεγαλοις B* (hab [partim sup ras ut vid] Ba mg inf) | εποιησεν] + υμιν F | ο θεος 2°] pr κ̅̅ς̅̅ Ba A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:35 ὥστε εἰδῆσαί σε ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὗτος θεός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλὴν αὐτοῦ.

as-also to-have-seen to-thee to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(haElohim) of-thee, the-one-this a-Deity it-be, and not it-be if-to-a-one to-beyond of-it.

4:35 ειδησαι] ειδεναι A F | ουτος] αυτος A F | ετι] αλλος A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:36 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀκουστὴ ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ παιδεῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔδειξέν σοι τὸ πῦρ αὐτοῦ τὸ μέγα, καὶ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ ἤκουσας ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός.

Out of-the-one of-a-sky heard it-had-became the-one a-sound of-it to-have-childed-of to-thee, and upon of-the-one of-a-soil it-en-showed unto-thee to-the-one to-a-fire of-it to-the-one to-great, and to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-it thou-heard out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire.

4:36 ακουστη εγενετο η φωνη] ακουστην σοι εποιησεν την φωνην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:37 διὰ τὸ ἀγαπῆσαι αὐτὸν τοὺς πατέρας σου, καὶ ἐξελέξατο τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν μετ' αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἐξήγαγέν σε αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ τῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου,

Through to-the-one to-have-excessed-off-unto to-it to-the-ones to-fathers of-thee, and it-forthed-out to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-them with to-them to-ye, and it-had-led-out to-thee, it, in unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-it unto-the-one unto-great out of-an-Aiguptos,

4:37 [Appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:38 καὶ ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ἔθνη μεγάλα καὶ ἰσχυρότερά σου πρὸ προσώπου σου, εἰσαγαγεῖν σε, δοῦναί σοι τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν κληρονομεῖν, καθὼς ἔχεις σήμερον.

and to-have-destructed-out-of to-placeedness-belongings-to to-great and to-more-force-held of-thee before of-looked-toward of-thee, to-have-had-led-into to-thee, to-have-had-given unto-thee to-the-one to-a-soil of-them to-lot-parcelee-unto, down-as thou-hold this-day.

4:38 om και 1° Ba b A F | αυτων] ταυτην F | εχεις] εχθεις (sic) F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:39 καὶ γνώσῃ σήμερον καὶ ἐπιστραφήσῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ, ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὗτος θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλὴν αὐτοῦ·

And thou-shall-acquaint this-day and thou-shall-have-been-beturned-upon unto-the-one unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto, to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(haElohim) of-thee, the-one-this a-Deity in unto-the-one unto-a-sky up-unto-which and upon of-the-one of-a-soil down-unto-which, and not it-be if-to-a-one to-beyond of-it;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:40 καὶ φυλάξασθε τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου μετὰ σέ, ὅπως μακροήμεροι γένησθε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

and ye-should-have-guardered to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it, and to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, so goodly unto-thee it-might-have-had-became and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee with to-thee, unto-which-whither en-long-dayed ye-might-have-had-became upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

4:40 φυλαξασθε] φυλαξη A F | δικαιωματαυ|του F | οσας] ας Ba b | μακροημεροι] μακροχρονιοι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:41 Τότε ἀφώρισεν Μωυσῆς τρεῖς πόλεις πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου,

To-the-one-which-also it-bounded-off-to, a-Môusês, to-three to-cities to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês off of-finishings-up of-a-sun,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:42 φευγεῖν ἐκεῖ τὸν φονευτήν ὃς ἂν φονεύσῃ τὸν πλησίον οὐκ εἰδώς, καὶ οὗτος οὐ μισῶν αὐτὸν πρὸ τῆς ἐχθὲς οὐδὲ πρὸ τῆς τρίτης· καὶ καταφεύξεται εἰς μίαν τῶν πόλεων τούτων, καὶ ζήσεται·

to-flee thither to-the-one to-a-slayer-of which ever it-might-have-slayed-of to-the-one to-nigh-belonged not having-had-come-to-see, and the-one-this not hating-unto to-it before of-the-one of-yester not-then-also before of-the-one of-third; and it-shall-flee-down into to-one of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones-these and it-shall-life-unto;

4:42 φευγειν] φυγειν Bb F | φονευτην] + ος αν φυγη εκει ϗ ζησεται Ba b mg inf | προ 1°] προς F | εχθες] χθες Bb | ουδε προ της τριτης] και τριτης Ba b A F

[Appendix] μεισων B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 1)

Deu 4:43 τὴν Βόσορ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῇ πεδινῇ τῷ Ῥουβήν, καὶ τὴν Ῥαμὼθ ἐν Γαλαὰδ τῷ Γαδδεί, καὶ τὴν Γαυλὼν ἐν Βασὰν τῷ Μανασσή.

to-the-one to-a-Bosor in unto-the-one unto-solituded in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one unto-footinged-belonged-to unto-the-one unto-a-Roubên, and to-the-one to-a-Ramôth in unto-a-Galaad unto-the-one unto-a-Gaddei, and to-the-one to-a-Gaulôn in unto-a-Basan unto-the-one unto-a-Manassês.

4:43 τη ερημω] τω πεδιω F | πεδεινη B* a (πεδινη Bc) παιδινη A | Ραμμωθ A | Γαδδι A F | Μαννασση A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 4:44 Οὗτος ὁ νόμος ὃν παρέθετο Μωυσῆς ἐνώπιον υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ·

The-one-this the-one a-parcelee to-which it-had-placed-beside, a-Môusês, to-in-look-belonged of-sons of-an-Israêl;

4:44 ενωπιον υιων sup ras et in mg Ba b εν. των υιων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 4:45 ταῦτα τὰ μαρτύρια καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ὅσα ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου,

the-ones-these the-ones witnesslets and the-ones en-course-belongings-to and the-ones separatings-to to-which-a-which it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, of-having-had-came-out of-them out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos,

4:45 om και τα κριματα B* (hab Ba (mg)) | οσα] ο… F | ελαλησεν] ενετειλατο F | Ισραηλ] + εν τη ερημω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 4:46 ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ἐν φάραγγι ἐγγὺς οἴκου Φογώρ, ἐν γῇ Σηὼν βασιλέως τῶν Ἀμορραίων, ὃς κατῴκει ἐν Ἑσεβών, οὓς ἐπάταξεν Μωσῆς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου.

in unto-the-one to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês, in unto-a-chasm to-neared of-a-house of-a-Fogôr, in unto-a-soil of-a-Sêôn of-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged, which it-was-housing-down-unto in unto-a-Hesebôn, to-which it-smote, a-Môsês and the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, of-having-had-came-out of-them out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos.

Note: to-which in 03 : to-which in 02 03C1 03C2.

4:46 ους] ον Ba b A F | Μωυσης A F

[Appendix] φαραγγει F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 4:47 καὶ ἐκληρονόμησαν τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν γῆν Γὼγ βασιλέως τῆς Βασάν, δύο βασιλέων τῶν Ἀμορραίων οἳ ἦσαν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατ' ἀνατολὰς ἡλίου·

And they-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-it and to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Gôg of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-Basan, of-two of-rulers-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged which they-were to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-finishings-up of-a-sun;

Note: of-a-Gôg in 03 : of-an-Ôg in 02 03C1 03C2.

4:47 Γωγ] Ωγ Ba b A F | της B.] ης sup ras Ba? | κατ] κατα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 4:48 ἀπὸ Ἀροὴρ ἥ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖλος χειμάρρου Ἀρνών, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ Σηὼν ὅ ἐστιν Ἁερμών,

off of-an-Aroêr which it-be upon to-the-one to-a-rimmeedness of-pour-flowed of-an-Arnôn, and upon of-the-one of-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-a-Sêôn which it-be a-Haermôn,

4:48 επι 1° sup ras Ba | το χειλος] του χειλους Ba A F

[Appendix] χιμαρρ. B* (χειμαρρ. Ba)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 4:49 πᾶσαν τὴν Ἀραβὰ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατ' ἀνατολὰς ἡλίου ἀπὸ Ἀσηδὼθ τὴν λαξευτήν.

to-all to-the-one to-an-Araba to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-finishings-up of-a-sun off of-an-Asêdôth to-the-one to-quarried-of.

4:49 περαν] pr ο εστιν A | κατ] κατα A F | απο] υπο Bb F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:1 Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Μωυσῆς πάντα Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἄκουε Ἰσραὴλ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ὅσα ἐγὼ λαλῶ ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ, καὶ μαθήσεσθε αὐτὰ καὶ φυλάξεσθε ποιεῖν αὐτά.

And it-called-unto, a-Môusês, to-all to-an-Israêl and it-had-said toward to-them, Thou-should-hear, Israêl, to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to and to-the-ones to-separatings-to to-which-a-which I I-speak-unto in unto-the-ones unto-ears of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this, and ye-shall-learn to-them and ye-shall-guarder to-do-unto to-them.

5:1 ν τη ημερα| ταυτη in mg et sup ras Ba

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:2 Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν διέθετο πρὸς ὑμᾶς διαθήκην ἐν Χωρήβ.

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-ye it-had-placed-through toward to-ye to-a-placement-through in unto-a-Chôrêb.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:3 οὐχὶ τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν διέθετο Κύριος τὴν διαθήκην ταύτην ἀλλ' ἢ πρὸς ὑμᾶς· ὑμεῖς ὧδε πάντες ζῶντες σήμερον.

Unto-not unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye it-had-placed-through, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-placement-through to-the-one-this other or toward to-ye; ye unto-which-then-also all lifing-unto this-day.

5:3 om Κυριος A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:4 πρόσωπον κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός,

To-looked-toward down to-looked-toward it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire,

5:4 om εν τω ορει A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:5 κἀγὼ εἱστήκειν ἀνὰ μέσον Κυρίου καὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ, ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν τὰ ῥήματα Κυρίου, ὅτι ἐφοβήθητε ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ οὐκ ἀνέβητε εἰς τὸ ὄρος, λέγων

and-I I-had-come-to-have-stood up to-middle of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither, to-have-leadeeered-up unto-ye to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which-a-one ye-were-feareed-unto off of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-fire and not ye-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, forthing,

5:5 καγω] και εγω Ba b | ιστηκειν Ba b A F | υμων] pr ανα μεσον F | τα ρηματα] ενωπιον A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:6 Ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐξ οἴκου δουλίας.

I Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee the-one having-had-led-out to-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, out of-a-house of-a-bondeeing-unto.

5:6 εγω] + ειμι Ba b A F | ο εξαγαγων] οστις εξηγαγον A F

[Appendix] εξαγαγαγων B | δουλειας Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:7 Οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πρὸ προσώπου μου.

Not they-shall-be unto-thee deities(elohim) different before of-looked-toward of-me.

5:7 προ προσωπου μου] πλην εμου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:8 Οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα, ὅσα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς.

Not thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself to-an-image not-then-also of-all to-an-en-along-belonging-to, to-which-a-which in unto-the-one unto-a-sky up-unto-which and to-which-a-which in unto-the-one unto-a-soil down-unto-which and to-which-a-which in unto-the-ones unto-waters under-down-unto-which of-the-one of-a-soil.

5:8 ειδωλον] γλυπτον A F | τω υδατι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:9 οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς· ἐγώ γὰρ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, θεὸς ζηλωτής, ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα ἐπὶ τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην γενεὰν τοῖς μισοῦσίν με,

Not thou-shall-kiss-toward-unto unto-them not-then-also lest thou-might-have-served-of unto-them; I too-thus I-be Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, a-Deity(El) a-craver, giving-off to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-fathers upon to-creationees upon to-third and to-fourth to-a-becomedness unto-the-ones unto-hating-unto to-me,

5:9 ουδε μη] και ου A | λατρευσεις A | εγω γαρ] οτι εγω Ba b A F |

om με Ba b

[Appendix] μεισουσιν B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:10 καὶ ποιῶν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς ἀγαπῶσίν με καὶ τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν τὰ προστάγματά μου.

and doing-unto to-a-besectionateedness into to-thousands unto-the-ones unto-excessing-off-unto to-me and unto-the-ones unto-guardering to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to of-me.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

5:10 [Appendix] χειλιαδας B* A (χιλ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:11 Οὐ λήμψῃ τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐπὶ ματαίῳ· οὐ γὰρ μὴ καθαρίσῃ Κύριος τὸν λαμβάνοντα τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ.

Not thou-shall-take to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee upon unto-folly-belonged; not too-thus lest it-might-have-cleansed-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-taking to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it upon unto-folly-belonged.

5:11 Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ σου Ba b mg

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:12 Φύλαξαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῶν σαββάτων ἁγιάζειν αὐτήν, ὃν τρόπον ἐνετείλατο σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου.

Thou-should-have-guardered to-the-one to-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths to-hallow-belong-to to-it, to-which to-a-turn it-finished-in unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

5:12 [Appendix] φυλαξε B* (φυλαξαι Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:13 ἓξ ἡμέρας ἐργᾷ καὶ ποιήσεις πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου,

To-six to-dayednesses thou-shall-work-to and thou-shall-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-works of-thee,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:14 τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ σάββατα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου· οὐ ποιήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ πᾶν ἔργον, σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ σου, ὁ παῖς σου καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη σου, ὁ βοῦς σου καὶ τὸ ὑποζύγιόν σου καὶ πᾶν κτῆνός σου, ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ παροικῶν ἐν σοί· ἐν γὰρ ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησεν Κύριος τὸν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἵνα ἀναπαύσηται ὁ παῖς σου καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη σου ὥσπερ καὶ σύ.

unto-the-one then-also unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh sabbaths unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; not thou-shall-do-unto in unto-it to-all to-a-work, thou and the-ones sons of-thee and the-one a-daughter of-thee, the-one a-child of-thee and the-one a-child-belonging-of of-thee, the-one an-ox of-thee and the-one a-couplagelet-under of-thee and all a-befoundeedness of-thee, the-one comeable-toward the-one housing-beside in unto-thee; in too-thus unto-six unto-dayednesses it-did-unto, Authority-belonged, to-the-one also to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil and to-the-one to-a-flourisheredness and to-all to-the-ones in unto-them; so it-might-have-ceased-down, the-one a-child of-thee and the-one a-child-belonging-of of-thee as-very and thou.

Note: a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

Note: in too-thus unto-six unto-dayednesses ... to-the-ones in unto-them in 03 : omit in 02 03C1 03C2.

5:14 Κυριω τω θεω] ω τω θω̅̅ sup ras Ba κυριω του θεου (sic) F | οι υιοι] ο υιος A F | om σου 8° Ba b | ο προσηλυτος] pr και Ba b A F | om εν γαρ εξ ημεραις…τα εν αυτοις Ba b (uncis inclus) A F | η παιδισκη σου 2°] + ϗ το υποζυγιον σου Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:15 καὶ μνησθήσῃ ὅτι οἰκέτης ἦσθα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ ἐξήγαγέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐκεῖθεν ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐν βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ· διὰ τοῦτο συνέταξέν σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὥστε φυλάσσεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῶν σαββάτων καὶ ἁγιάζειν αὐτήν.

And thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-houser thou-was in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos, and it-had-led-out to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thither-from in unto-a-hand unto-secure-belonged and in unto-more-short unto-lofteed-of; through to-the-one-this it-arranged-together unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, as-also to-guarder to-the-one to-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths and to-hallow-belong-to to-it.

Note: see change in observance of the sabbath: Exo_20:12 (Creation) and here (Exodus from Egypt) and finally Heb_4:8-14 (an-Iêsous).

5:15 σοι] σε A | φυλασσεσθαι] φυλαξεσθαι A + σε Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:16 Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ὃν τρόπον ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται, καὶ ἵνα μακροχρόνιοι ἦτε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι.

Thou-should-valuate-unto to-the-one to-a-father of-thee and to-the-one to-a-mother of-thee, to-which to-a-turn it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, so goodly unto-thee it-might-have-had-became, and so en-long-while-belonged ye-might-be upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee.

5:16 ενετειλατο] + σοι Ba b A F | μακροχρονιοι ητε] οι ητε sup ras Ba b μακροχρονιος γενη A μακροχρονιος εση F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:17 (Deu 5:18) Οὐ μοιχεύσεις.

(Deu 5:18) Not thou-shall-adulter-of.

5:17–18 ου φον. ου μοιχ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:18 (Deu 5:17) Οὐ φονεύσεις.

(Deu 5:17) Not thou-shall-slay-of.

5:17–18 ου φον. ου μοιχ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:19 Οὐ κλέψεις.

Not thou-shall-steal.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:20 Οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου μαρτυρίαν ψευδῆ.

Not thou-shall-false-witness-unto down of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee to-a-witnessing-unto to-falsinged.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:21 Οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου· οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ πλησίον σου οὔτε τὸν ἀγρὸν αὐτοῦ οὔτε τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ οὔτε τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτοῦ, οὔτε τοῦ βοὸς αὐτοῦ οὔτε τοῦ ὑποζυγίου αὐτοῦ οὔτε παντὸς κτήνους αὐτοῦ, οὔτε ὅσα τῷ πλησίον σού ἐστιν.

Not thou-shall-passion-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-woman of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee; not thou-shall-passion-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee not-also to-the-one to-a-field of-it not-also to-the-one to-a-child of-it not-also to-the-one to-a-child-belonging-of of-it, not-also of-the-one of-an-ox of-it not-also of-the-one of-a-couplagelet-under of-it not-also of-all of-a-befoundeedness of-it, not-also to-which-a-which unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee it-be.

Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

5:21 ουτε 1°, 2°, 3°] ουδε A F | ουτε 4°, 5°] ουδε A | οσα] pr παντα Ba (in mg et sup ras) A | τω πλησιον B* vid A F] του πλ. B?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:22 Τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός· σκότος, γνόφος, θύελλα, φωνὴ μεγάλη· καὶ οὐ προσέθηκεν· καὶ ἔγραψεν αὐτὰ ἐπὶ δύο πλάκας, καὶ ἔδωκέν μοι.

To-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-all to-a-leading-together of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire; a-dimmeedness, a-haze, a-surged-whirling, a-sound great; and not it-placed-toward; and it-scribed to-them upon to-two to-slabs, and it-gave unto-me.

Note: Yahveh scribed the 10 utterings-to which He spoke to Israel in Exo 20:2-17 on both the first set of slabs made by Him and the second set made by Moses; the 2 remembrances, the 7 days of Genesis in Exodus 20 and the Exodus from Egypt in Deuteronomy 5, were not written on the slabs, but were written only in the writings of Moses, the 3rd remembrance was yet come in Christ where there is perpetual rest. Moses made his own copy of the 10 utterings-to of Exo 20:2-17 by Yahveh and the 10 forthees of Exo 34:11-26 by Yahveh in Exo 34:27-28.

5:22 om υμων F | πλακας] + λιθινας Ba b mg A | μοι] εμοι A F + κ̅̅ς̅̅ Ba b (suprscr)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:23 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἠκούσατε τὴν φωνὴν ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τὸ ὄρος ἐκαίετο πυρί, καὶ προσήλθετε πρὸς μὲ πάντες οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῶν φυλῶν ὑμῶν καὶ ἡ γερουσία ὑμῶν·

And it-had-became as ye-heard to-the-one to-a-sound out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire, and the-one a-jutteedness it-was-burn-belonging unto-a-fire, and ye-had-came-toward toward to-me, all the-ones leading-unto of-the-ones of-tribings of-ye and the-one a-senioring-unto of-ye;

5:23 της φωνης F | προσηλθατε F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:24 καὶ ἐλέγετε Ἰδοὺ ἔδειξεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἠκούσαμεν ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός· ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ ἴδομεν ὅτι λαλήσει θεὸς πρὸς ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ζήσεται.

and ye-were-forthing, Thou-should-have-had-seen, it-en-showed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-it, and to-the-one to-a-sound of-it we-heard out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire; in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this we-hath-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one it-shall-speak-unto, a-Deity(Elohim), toward to-a-mankind, and it-shall-life-unto.

Note: we-hath-had-come-to-see (IDOMEN) in 03 : IDOMEN the 2nd Perfect of EIDW was later changed among the manuscripts to EIDOMEN the 2nd Aorist of EIDW, being seen as a phonetic variation.

5:24 εδειξεν] + ημιν A F | ημων] + ημιν Ba b | ειδομεν A ειδαμεν F | θεος 2°] pr ο Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:25 καὶ νῦν μὴ ἀποθάνωμεν, ὅτι ἐξαναλώσει ἡμᾶς τὸ πῦρ τὸ μέγα τοῦτο, ἐὰν προσθώμεθα ἡμεῖς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν φωνὴν Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἔτι, καὶ ἀποθανούμεθα.

And now lest we-might-had-died-off, to-which-a-one it-shall-other-along-up-out to-us, the-one a-fire the-one great the-one-this, if-ever we-might-have-placed-toward, we, to-have-heard to-the-one to-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohey) of-us if-to-a-one, and we-shall-die-off.

5:25 προσθωμεν A F | ακουσαι ημεις A F | της φωνης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:26 τίς γὰρ σάρξ ἥτις ἤκουσεν φωνὴν θεοῦ ζῶντος λαλοῦντος ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρὸς ὡς ἡμεῖς, καὶ ζήσεται;

What-one too-thus a-flesh which-a-one it-heard of-a-sound of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-lifing-unto of-speaking-unto out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire as we, and it-shall-life-unto?

5:26 ητις] η τίς (sic) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:27 πρόσελθε σὺ καὶ ἄκουσον ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπῃ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ σὺ λαλήσεις πρὸς ἡμᾶς πάντα ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν πρὸς σέ, καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα καὶ ποιήσομεν.

Thou-should-have-had-came-toward, thou, and thou-should-have-heard to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, and thou thou-shall-speak-unto toward to-us to-all to-which-a-which ever it-might-have-spoken-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, toward to-thee, and we-shall-hear and we-shall-do-unto.

5:27 οσα 1°] pr παντα Ba b mg | om και συ λαληλεις…ο θεος ημων (2°) B* (hab Ba b mg inf A F) | αν] εαν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:28 καὶ ἤκουσεν Κύριος τὴν φωνὴν τῶν λόγων ὑμῶν λαλούντων πρὸς μέ, καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Ἤκουσα τὴν φωνὴν τῶν λόγων τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ὅσα ἐλάλησαν πρὸς σέ· ὀρθῶς πάντα ὅσα ἐλάλησαν.

And it-heard, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-sound of-the-ones of-forthees of-ye of-speaking-unto toward to-me, and it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, I-heard to-the-one to-a-sound of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this to-which-a-which they-spoke-unto toward to-thee; unto-straight-jutted all to-which-a-which they-spoke-unto.

5:28 ελαλησεν 1° F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:29 τίς δώσει οὕτως εἶναι τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὥστε φοβεῖσθαί με καὶ φυλάσσεσθαι τὰς ἐντολάς μου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ἵνα εὖ ᾖ αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτῶν δι' αἰῶνος;

What-one it-shall-give unto-the-one-this to-be to-the-one to-a-heart of-them in unto-them as-also to-fearee-unto to-me and to-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-me to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses, so goodly it-might-be unto-them and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-them through of-an-age?

5:29 ειναι ουτως B? vid A | φυλασσεσθαι] φυλασσειν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:30 βάδισον εἰπὸν αὐτοῖς Ἀποστράφητε ὑμεῖς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους ὑμῶν.

Thou-should-have-stepped-to, thou-should-have-said unto-them, Ye-should-have-had-been-beturned-off, ye, into to-the-ones to-houses of-ye.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:31 σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ, στῆθι μετ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ λαλήσω πρὸς σὲ τὰς ἐντολὰς καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ὅσα διδάξεις αὐτούς· καὶ ποιείτωσαν ἐν τῇ γῇ ἣν ἐγὼ δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ἐν κλήρῳ.

Thou then-also of-it, thou-should-have-had-stood with of-ME, and I-shall-speak-unto toward to-thee to-the-ones to-finishings-in and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to and to-the-ones to-separatings-to to-which-a-which thou-shall-veer-veerate to-them; and they-should-do-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil to-which I I-give unto-them in unto-a-lot.

5:31 ποιειτωσαν] + ουτω Ba b

[Appendix] στηθει F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:32 καὶ φυλάξεσθε ποιεῖν ὃν τρόπον ἐνετείλατο σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου· οὐκ ἐκκλινεῖτε εἰς δεξιὰ οὐδὲ εἰς ἀριστερά,

And ye-shall-guarder to-do-unto to-which to-a-turn it-finished-in unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; not ye-shall-cline-out into to-right-belonged not-then-also into to-more-un-bounded,

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

5:32 εκκλινειτε] εκκλινεις A F | om εις 1° A

[Appendix] εκκλεινειτε B* (εκκλιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 2)

Deu 5:33 κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν ἣν ἐνετείλατο σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου πορεύεσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ· ὅπως καταπαύσῃ σε, καὶ εὖ σοι ᾖ, καὶ μακροημερεύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς κληρονομήσετε.

down to-all to-the-one to-a-way to-which it-finished-in unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-traverse-of in unto-it; unto-which-whither it-might-have-ceased-down to-thee, and goodly unto-thee it-might-be, and ye-might-have-en-long-dayed-of upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which ye-shall-lot-parcelee-unto.

5:33 κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου σοι A | om εν αυτη A F | μακροημερευ|εσηστε B* μακροημερευσητε Ba b | ης] ην A F | κληρονομησητε F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:1 Καὶ αὗται αἱ ἐντολαὶ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα, ὅσα ἐνετείλατο ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν διδάξαι ὑμᾶς ποιεῖν οὕτως ἐν τῇ γῇ εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς εἰσπορεύεσθε ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι αὐτήν,

And the-ones-these the-ones finishings-in and the-ones en-course-belongings-to and the-ones separatings-to to-which-a-which it-finished-in, the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, to-have-veer-veerated to-ye to-do-unto unto-the-one-this in unto-the-one unto-a-soil into to-which ye ye-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it,

6:1 ο θεος] pr κ̅̅ς̅̅ Ba b (superscr) A F | εισπορευεσθαι υμεις A υμεις εισπορευεσθαι F | om αυτην Ba? A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:2 ἵνα φοβῆσθε Κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν· φυλάσσεσθε πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν υἱῶν σου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς σου, ἵνα μακροημερεύσητε.

so ye-might-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye; ye-should-guarder to-all to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it and to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, thou and the-ones sons of-thee and the-ones sons of-the-ones of-sons of-thee to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-thee, so ye-might-have-en-long-dayed-of.

6:2 ημων A F* (υμ. F1 mg) | οσας] ας Ba? b A F | om τας 2° A | ινα 2°] ιν saltem sup ras B?

[Appendix] μακροημερευσηται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:3 καὶ ἄκουσον, Ἰσραήλ, καὶ φύλαξαι ποιεῖν, ὅπως εὖ σοι ᾖ, καὶ ἵνα πληθυνθῆτε σφόδρα, καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου δοῦναί σοι γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.

And thou-should-have-heard, Israêl, and thou-should-have-guardered to-do-unto, unto-which-whither goodly unto-thee it-might-be, and so ye-might-have-been-repletened to-vehemented, down-to-which-very it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-thee, to-have-had-given unto-thee to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey.

6:3 φυλαξαι] αι sup ras 4 vel 5 litt) | σοι η] η σοι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:4 Καὶ ταῦτα τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου Ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν·

And the-ones-these the-ones en-course-belongings-to and the-ones separatings-to to-which-a-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, of-having-had-came-out of-them out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, Thou-should-hear, Israêl, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us Authority-belonged(Yahveh) one it-be;

6:4 και τα κρ.] κατα κρ. F | Κυριος 1° Ba (κ̅̅ς̅̅ seq ras 3 vel 4 litt) A] Μωυσης B* vid F | Ισραηλ 1°] + εν τη ερημω Ba b mg A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:5 καὶ ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς δυνάμεώς σου.

and thou-shall-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee out of-whole of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-through-unto of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-an-ability of-thee.

Note: of-an-en-mulling-through-unto in 03 : of-a-heart in 02.

6:5 διανοις σου sup ras Ba | διανοιας] καρδιας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:6 καὶ ἔσται τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου·

And it-shall-be the-ones utterings-to the-ones-these, to-which-a-which I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee and in unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:7 καὶ προβιβάσεις τοὺς υἱούς σου, καὶ λαλήσεις ἐν αὐτοῖς καθήμενος ἐν οἴκῳ καὶ πορευόμενος ἐν ὁδῷ καὶ κοιταζόμενος καὶ διανιστάμενος·

and thou-shall-before-step-step-to to-the-ones to-sons of-thee, and thou-shall-speak-unto in unto-them sitting-down in unto-a-house and traversing-of in unto-a-way and situating-to and standing-up-through;

6:7 προβιβαβεις] + αυτα Ba b (superscr) A F | διανισταμενος] ανιστ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:8 καὶ ἀφάψεις αὐτὰ εἰς σημεῖον ἐπὶ τῆς χειρός σου, καὶ ἔσται ἀσάλευτον πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου·

and thou-shall-fasten-off to-them into to-a-signlet-of upon of-the-one of-a-hand of-thee, and it-shall-be un-undulateable before of-eyes of-thee;

6:8 εσται ασαλευτον] ασαλευτα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:9 καὶ γράψετε αὐτὰ ἐπὶ τὰς φλιὰς τῶν οἰκιῶν ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν πυλῶν ὑμῶν.

and ye-shall-scribe to-them upon to-the-ones to-jambings-unto of-the-ones of-housings-unto of-ye and of-the-ones of-gates of-ye. Gr. τῶν (of-the-ones). a-jambing-unto

6:9 γραψετε] γραψεις A

[Appendix] φλειας A F | οικειων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:10 Καὶ ἔσται ὅταν εἰσαγάγῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν σου, τῷ Ἀβραάμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, δοῦναί σοι πόλεις μεγάλας καὶ καλὰς ἃς οὐκ ᾠκοδόμησας,

And it-shall-be which-also it-might-have-had-led-into to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged, unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee, unto-the-one unto-an-Abraam and unto-an-Isaak and unto-an-Iakôb, to-have-had-given unto-thee to-cities to-great and to-seemly to-which not thou-house-built-unto,

6:10 om Κυριος 2° A F | Ισαακ, Ιακωβ] τω Ισ., τω Ιακ. Ba b F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:11 οἰκίας πλήρεις πάντων ἀγαθῶν ἃς οὐκ ἐνέπλησας, λάκκους λελατομημένους οὓς οὐκ ἐλατόμησας, ἀμπελῶνας καὶ ἐλαιῶνας οὓς οὐ κατεφύτευσας, καὶ φαγὼν καὶ ἐμπλησθεὶς

to-housings-unto to-fullinged of-all of-excess-placed to-which not thou-repleted-in, to-reservoirs to-having-had-come-to-be-stone-cut-unto to-which not thou-stone-cut-unto, to-vinings and to-olivings to-which not thou-planted-down-of, and having-had-devoured and having-been-repleted-in

6:11 ελατομησας] εξελατ. Ba b A F

[Appendix] οικειας A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:12 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου τοῦ ἐξαγαγόντος σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐξ οἴκου δουλίας.

thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee of-the-one of-having-had-led-out to-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, out of-a-house of-a-bondeeing-unto.

6:12 επιλαθη] pr πλατυνη η καρδια σου και A F

[Appendix] δουλειας Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:13 Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου φοβηθήσῃ καὶ αὐτῷ λατρεύσεις, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ὀμῇ.

To-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee thou-shall-be-feareed-unto and unto-it thou-shall-serve-of, and toward to-it thou-shall-be-togetherned-unto, and unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it thou-shall-en-oath.

Note: thou-shall-be-feareed-unto in 03 : thou-shall-kiss-toward-unto in 02.

Note: unto-it in 03 : + unto-stayeed in 02.

Note: unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to in 03 : pr upon in 02 03C1 03C2.

6:13 φοβηθηση] προσκυνησεις A | αυτω] + μονω A | λατρευσης A | τω ονοματι] pr επι Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:14 οὐ πορεύεσθε ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν περικύκλῳ ὑμῶν,

Not ye-should-traverse-of aback unto-which of-deities(elohim) of-different off of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones unto-circled-about of-ye,

6:14 ου πορευσθε] ου μη πορευσεσθε A ου μη πορευ.σθε F | των εθνων] pr των θεων Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:15 ὅτι θεὸς ζηλωτὴς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν σοί· μὴ ὀργισθεὶς θυμωθῇ Κύριος ὁ θεός σού σοι· ἐξολεθρεύσει σε ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς.

to-which-a-one a-Deity(Elohim) a-craver Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity(El) of-thee unto-thee; lest having-been-stressed-to it-might-have-been-en-passioned Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee unto-thee, it-shall-destruct-out-of to-thee off of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil.

6:15 ο θεος 1°] om ο F | θυμωθη] θυων Ba? b | σοι 2°] pr εν F | εξολεθρευσει B* vid] εξολεθρευση (ση sup ras seq ras 1 lit) B? A F pr και A F | γης bis scr F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:16 Οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, ὃν τρόπον ἐξεπειράσατε ἐν τῷ Πειρασμῷ.

Not thou-shall-out-across-belong-to to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-which to-a-turn ye-out-across-belonged-to in unto-the-one unto-a-Across-belonging-to-of.

6:16 εξεπειρασατε] τε sup ras 4 litt Ba εξεπειρασασθαι B* vid A εξεπειρασασθε F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:17 φυλάσσων φυλάξῃ τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, τὰ μαρτύρια καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα ὅσα ἐνετείλατό σοι·

Guardering thou-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-witnesslets and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to to-which-a-which I-finished-in unto-thee;

6:17 τα μαρτυρια] και τα μ. αυτου A F | δικαιωματα] + αυτου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:18 καὶ ποιήσεις τὸ ἀρεστὸν καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται, καὶ εἰσέλθῃς καὶ κληρονομήσῃς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν·

and thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-pleasable and to-the-one to-seemly to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-ye, so goodly unto-thee it-might-have-had-became, and thou-might-have-had-came-into and thou-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye;

6:18 το καλον και το αρεστον A F | υμων 1°] σου Ba (sup ras) A F | κληρονομησεις A | τοις πατρασιν] pr δουναι A | υμων 2°] σου Ba F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:19 ἐκδιῶξαι πάντας τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου πρὸ προσώπου σου, καθὰ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος.

to-have-pursued-out to-all to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee before of-looked-toward of-thee, down-to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

6:19 om Κυριος A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:20 Καὶ ἔσται ὅταν ἐρωτήσῃ σε ὁ υἱός σου αὔριον λέγων Τί ἐστιν τὰ μαρτύρια καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἡμῖν;

And it-shall-be which-also-ever it-might-have-entreated-unto to-thee, the-one a-son of-thee, to-morrow forthing, What-one it-be the-ones witnesslets and the-ones en-course-belongings-to and the-ones-separatings-to to-which-a-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, unto-us?

6:20 τι] τινα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:21 καὶ ἐρεῖς τῷ υἱῷ σου Οἰκέται ἦμεν τῷ Φαραὼ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς Κύριος ἐκεῖθεν ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐν βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ·

And thou-shall-utter unto-the-one unto-a-son of-thee, Housers we-were unto-the-one unto-a-Faraô in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos, and it-had-led-out to-us, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), thither-from in unto-a-hand unto-secure-belonged and in unto-more-short unto-lofteed-of;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:22 καὶ ἔδωκεν Κύριος σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα μεγάλα καὶ πονηρὰ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐν Φαραὼ καὶ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον ἡμῶν,

and it-gave, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-signlets-of and to-anomalies to-great and to-en-necessitated in unto-an-Aiguptos in unto-a-Faraô and in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-it to-in-look-belonged of-us,

6:22 εν τω οικω αυτου] + και εν τη δυναμει αυτου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:23 καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξήγαγεν ἐκεῖθεν δοῦναι ἡμῖν τὴν γῆν ταύτην ἣν ὤμοσεν δοῦναι τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν·

and to-us it-had-led-out thither-from to-have-had-given unto-us to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-this to-which it-en-oathed to-have-had-given unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-us;

6:23 ημας εξηγαγεν] εξηγαγεν ημας A + κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ ημων A F | εκειθεν] + ινα εισαγαγη ημας Ba b mg A F | ην bis scr B* ras 2° B? | ωμοσεν] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ ημων A F | δουναι τοις πατρ. ημων] τοις πατρ. ημων δουναι ημιν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:24 καὶ ἐνετείλατο ἡμῖν Κύριος ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα ταῦτα, φοβεῖσθαι Κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν, ἵνα εὖ ᾖ ἡμῖν πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ἵνα ζῶμεν ὥσπερ καὶ σήμερον·

and it-finished-in unto-us, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to to-the-ones-these, to-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, so goodly it-might-be unto-us to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses, so we-might-life-unto as-very and this-day;

6:24 παντα τα δικ. ταυτα] πασας τας εντολας και τα κριματα A F | φοβεισθαι] αι sup ras Ba b φοβεισθε B* vid A | ευ η ημιν] πολυμεροι ωμεν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 3)

Deu 6:25 καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη ἔσται ἡμῖν ἐὰν φυλασσώμεθα ποιεῖν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καθὰ ἐνετείλατο ἡμῖν Κύριος.

and a-besectionatingedness it-shall-be unto-us if-ever we-might-guarder to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohey) of-us, down-to-which it-finished-in unto-us, Authority-belonged.

6:25 ταυτας] του νομον τουτο F | εναντι Ba? b A F | καθα] καθοτι Ba b | om Κυριος A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:1 Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσαγάγῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι, καὶ ἐξαρεῖ ἔθνη μεγάλα ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, τὸν Χετταῖον καὶ Ἀμορραῖον καὶ Γεργεσαῖον καὶ Χαναναῖον καὶ Φερεζαῖον καὶ Εὑαῖον καὶ Ἰεβουσαῖον, ἑπτὰ ἔθνη πολλὰ καὶ ἰσχυρότερα ὑμῶν,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-led-into to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-one to-a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto, and it-shall-lift-out to-placeedness-belongings-to to-great off of-looked-toward of-thee, to-the-one to-Chet-belonged and to-Amor-belonged and to-Gerges-belonged and to-Chanan-belonged and to-Ferez-belonged and to-Heu-belonged and to-Iebous-belonged, to-seven to-placeedness-belongings-to to-much and to-more-force-held of-ye,

7:1 εαν δε εισαγ. σε Κ. ο θεος] και εσται εν τω εισαγαγειν σε κ̅̅ν̅̅ τον θν̅̅ A F | εις ην… κληρονομησαι sup ras Ba b + αυτην A F | εξαρη A F | μεγαλα] + και πολλα και ισχυρα Ba δ + και πολλα A F | Αμ. και Γεργ.] Γεργ. και Αμ. B? τον Γεργ. και τον Αμ. A F | τον Χαν. και τον Φερ. και τον Ευ. F | Ιεβουσαιον] pr τον A F | πολλα] μεγαλα B* vid (πολ sup ras seq ras 1 litt Ba) pr μεγαλα και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:2 καὶ παραδώσει αὐτοὺς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου, καὶ πατάξεις αὐτούς, ἀφανισμῷ ἀφανιεῖς αὐτούς· οὐ διαθήσῃ πρὸς αὐτοὺς διαθήκην, οὐδὲ μὴ ἐλεήσητε αὐτούς,

and it-shall-give-beside to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee, and thou-shall-smite to-them, unto-an-un-manifesting-to-of thou-shall-un-manifest-to to-them; not thou-shall-place-through toward to-them to-a-placement-through, not-then-also lest ye-might-have-besectionated-unto to-them,

7:2 ελεησητε] ελεησης Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:3 οὐδὲ μὴ γαμβρεύσητε πρὸς αὐτούς· τὴν θυγατέρα σου οὐ δώσεις τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ οὐ λήμψῃ τῷ υἱῷ σου·

not-then-also lest ye-might-have-married-of toward to-them; to-the-one to-a-daughter of-thee not thou-shall-give unto-the-one unto-a-son of-it, and to-the-one to-a-daughter of-it not thou-shall-take unto-the-one unto-a-son of-thee;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:4 ἀποστήσει γὰρ τὸν υἱόν σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ λατρεύσει θεοῖς ἑτέροις, καὶ ὀργισθήσεται θυμῷ Κύριος εἰς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἐξολεθρεύσει σε τὸ τάχος.

it-shall-stand-off too-thus to-the-one to-a-son of-thee off of-ME, and it-shall-serve-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different, and it-shall-be-stressed-to unto-a-passion Authority-belonged(Yahveh) into to-ye, and it-shall-destruct-out-of to-thee to-the-one to-a-quickeedness.

7:4 [Appendix] εταιροις A | εξολοθρ. Bb (item 10, 15, 23, 24)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:5 ἀλλ' οὕτως ποιήσετε αὐτοῖς· τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτῶν καθελεῖτε, καὶ τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν συντρίψετε, καὶ τὰ ἄλση αὐτῶν ἐκκόψετε, καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν κατακαύσετε πυρί·

Other unto-the-one-this ye-shall-do-unto unto-them; to-the-ones to-en-steppings-of of-them ye-shall-have-sectioned-down and to-the-ones to-blocks of-them ye-shall-rub-together, and to-the-ones to-groves of-them ye-shall-fell-out, and to-the-ones to-carved of-the-ones of-deities of-them ye-shall-burn-belong-down unto-a-fire;

7:5 ποιησεται A | συντρειψετε (συντριψ. Bb) ϗ sup ras Ba b | εκκοψετε] εκ (seq ras 2 litt), κο, sup ras Ba b | om των θεων Ba? b | κατακαυσεται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:6 ὅτι λαὸς ἅγιος εἶ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, καὶ σὲ προείλατο Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, εἶναι σε αὐτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ὅσα ἐπὶ προσώπου τῆς γῆς.

to-which-a-one a-people hallow-belonged thou-be unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and to-thee it-sectioned-before, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-be to-thee unto-it to-a-people to-being-about-belonged beside to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to which-a-which upon of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil.

7:6 om σε 2° Ba? b A F | της γης] pr πασης Ba b (superscr)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:7 οὐχ ὅτι πολυπληθεῖτε παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, προείλατο Κύριος ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐξελέξατο ὑμᾶς· ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ὀλιγοστοὶ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη·

Not to-which-a-one ye-much-replete-unto beside to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to, it-sectioned-before, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-ye and it-forthed-out to-ye; ye too-thus ye-be most-little beside to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to;

7:7 εσται B* (εστε Ba)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:8 ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον ὑμᾶς, καὶ διατηρῶν τὸν ὅρκον ὃν ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν, ἐξήγαγεν Κύριος ὑμᾶς ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ, καὶ ἐλυτρώσατο ἐξ οἴκου δουλίας, ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραὼ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου.

other beside to-the-one to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-ye, and keeping-through-unto to-the-one to-a-fencee to-which it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye, it-had-led-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-ye in unto-a-hand unto-secure-belonged, and it-en-loosed out of-a-house of-a-bondeeing-unto, out of-a-hand of-a-Faraô of-a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos.

7:8 το αγαπαν] το αγα sup ras Aa (παραπανταπαν [sic] A*) | om και 1° A | Κυριος υμας] + εκειθεν A F | κραταια] + ϗ εν βραχιονι (βραχειονι Ba) υψηλω Ba b (mg) A F | ελυτρωσατο] + σε κ̅̅ς̅̅ Ba b + σε A F

[Appendix] δουλειας Ba A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:9 καὶ γνώσεσθε σήμερον ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὗτος θεός, θεὸς πιστός, ὁ φυλάσσων διαθήκην καὶ ἔλεος τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν καὶ τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ εἰς χιλίας γενεὰς,

And ye-shall-acquaint this-day to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(haElohim) of-thee, the-one-this a-Deity(Elohim), a-Deity(El) trusted, the-one guardering to-a-placement-through and to-a-besectionateedness unto-the-ones unto-excessing-off-unto to-it and unto-the-ones unto-guardering to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it into to-thousand to-becomednesses,

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

7:9 γνωσεσθε] γνωση Ba b A F | om σημερον Ba b A F | θεος 3°] pr ο Ba b A F | πιστος] pr ο A F | διαθηκην και ελεος] την δ. (+ αυτου Ba b) και το ελ. (+ αυτου F) Ba b A F

[Appendix] χειλιας B* (χιλ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:10 καὶ ἀποδιδοὺς τοῖς μισοῦσιν κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐξολεθρεῦσαι αὐτούς· καὶ οὐχὶ βραδυνεῖ τοῖς μισοῦσιν· κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀποδώσει αὐτοῖς.

and giving-off unto-the-ones unto-hating-unto down to-looked-toward to-have-destructed-out-of to-them; and unto-not it-shall-delay unto-the-ones unto-hating-unto; down to-looked-toward it-shall-give-off unto-them.

7:10–11 αποδωσει αυτοις και sup ras Ba

7:10 [Appendix] μεισουσιν 1° B* (μισ. Bb A F): 2° B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:11 καὶ φυλάξῃ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον ποιεῖν.

And thou-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it and to-the-ones to-separatings-to of-it to-which-a-which I I finish-in unto-thee this-day to-do-unto.

7:10–11 αποδωσει αυτοις και sup ras Ba

7:11 om αυτου 1° Ba? b A F | om αυτου 2° Ba b A F | αυτου 3°] ταυτα Ba A F1 mg (αυτου F*)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:12 Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἀκούσητε δικαιώματα ταῦτα, καὶ φυλάξητε καὶ ποιήσητε αὐτά, καὶ διαφυλάξει Κύριος ὁ θεός σού σοι τὴν διαθήκην καὶ τὸ ἔλεος ὃ ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν·

And it-shall-be if-ever ye-might-have-heard to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to to-the-ones-these, and ye-might-have-guardered and ye-might-have-done-unto to-them, and it-shall-guarder-through, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, unto-thee to-the-one to-a-placement-through and to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness to-which it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye;

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

7:12 εαν] ηνικα αν Ba b A F | τα δικ.] pr παντα A F | om αυτα Ba? b | διαφυλαξει] φυλαξει F | om σου F | ο 2°] καθα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:13 καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε Κύριος καὶ εὐλογήσει σε καὶ πληθυνεῖ σε, καὶ εὐλογήσει τὰ ἔκγονα τῆς κοιλίας σου καὶ τὸν καρπὸν τῆς γῆς σου, τὸν σῖτόν σου καὶ τὸν οἶνόν σου καὶ τὸ ἔλαιόν σου, τὰ βουκόλια τῶν βοῶν σου καὶ τὰ ποίμνια τῶν προβάτων σου, ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὡς ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν σου δοῦναί σοι.

and it-shall-excess-off-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged, and it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee and it-shall-repleten to-thee, and it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-the-ones to-became-out of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto of-thee and to-the-one to-a-fruit of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee, to-the-one to-a-grain of-thee and to-the-one wine of-thee and to-the-one to-an-oillet of-thee, to-the-ones to-oxen-stricturelets of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee and to-the-ones to-sherpherd-belonged of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee, upon of-the-one of-a-soil as it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged, unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee to-have-had-given unto-thee.

7:13 εκγονα F1 (εγγ. F* vid) | om και 5° A | ως] ης A F | om Κυριος Ba? b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:14 εὐλογητὸς ἔσῃ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη· οὐκ ἔσται ἐν ὑμῖν ἄγονος οὐδὲ στεῖρα, καὶ ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσίν σου.

Goodly-fortheeable thou-shall-be beside to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to; not it-shall-be in unto-ye un-generateed not-then-also staunched, and in unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-thee.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:15 καὶ περιελεῖ Κύριος ἀπὸ σοῦ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν· καὶ πάσας νόσους Αἰγύπτου τὰς πονηρὰς ἃς ἑώρακας καὶ ὅσα ἔγνως οὐκ ἐπιθήσει ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ ἐπιθήσει αὐτὰ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς μισοῦντάς σε.

And it-shall-have-sectioned-about, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), off of-thee to-all to-a-softing-unto; and to-all to-ailments of-an-Aiguptos to-the-ones to-en-necessitated to-which thou-had-come-to-seeee-unto and to-which-a-which thou-had-acquainted not it-shall-place-upon upon to-thee, and it-shall-place-upon to-them upon to-all to-the-ones to-hating-unto to-thee.

7:15 Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ Ba (in mg et sup ras) + ο θεος σου A F | ας B A1] α A* F | om παντας F

[Appendix] μεισουντας B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:16 καὶ φάγῃ πάντα τὰ σκῦλα τῶν ἐθνῶν ἃ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι· οὐ φείσεται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐ λατρεύσεις τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, ὅτι σκῶλον τοῦτό ἐστίν σοι.

And thou-shall-devour to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee; not it-shall-spare, the-one an-eye of-thee, upon unto-them, and not thou-shall-serve-of unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them, to-which-a-one an-en-paling the-one-this it-be unto-thee.

7:16 om και 2° Ba? b | ου 2°] + μη A F | εστι A* (ν superscr A1)

[Appendix] φισεται F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:17 Ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃς ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ σου ὅτι Πολὺ τὸ ἔθνος τοῦτο ἢ ἐγώ, πῶς δυνήσομαι ἐξολεθρεῦσαι αὐτούς;

If-ever then-also thou-might-forth in unto-the-one unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto of-thee to-which-a-one, Much the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to the-one-this or I, unto-whither I-shall-able to-have-destructed-out-of to-them?

7:17 om σου Ba? b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:18 οὐ φοβηθήσῃ αὐτούς· μνείᾳ μνησθήσῃ ὅσα ἐποίησεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τῷ Φαραὼ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις,

Not thou-shall-be-feareed-unto to-them; unto-a-memorying-of thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-which-a-which it-did-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, unto-the-one unto-a-Faraô and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-Aiguptos-belonged,

7:18 om ου φοβ. αυτους B* (hab Ba b superscr)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:19 τοὺς πειρασμοὺς τοὺς μεγάλους οὓς ἴδοσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου, τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα, τὴν χεῖρα τὴν κραταιὰν καὶ τὸν βραχίονα τὸν ὑψηλόν, ὡς ἐξήγαγέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου· οὕτως ποιήσει Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν οὓς σὺ φοβῇ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν.

to-the-ones to-across-belongings-to-of to-the-ones to-great to-which they-hath-had-seen, the-ones eyes of-thee, to-the-ones to-signlets-of and to-the-ones to-anomalies, to-the-one to-a-hand to-the-one to-secure-belonged and to-the-one to-more-short to-the-one to-lofteed-of, as it-had-led-out to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; unto-the-one-this it-shall-do-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to, to-which thou thou-fearee-unto off of-looked-toward of-them.

7:19 ιδοσαν B* vid] εωρακασιν partim sup ras partim in mg Ba b ιδον A ειδον F | τερατα] + τα μεγαλα εκεινα Ba A F | ημων] υμων Bb | πασι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:20 καὶ τὰς σφηκίας ἀποστελεῖ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς αὐτούς, ἕως ἂν ἐκτριβῶσιν οἱ καταλελιμμένοι καὶ οἱ κεκρυμμένοι ἀπὸ σοῦ·

And to-the-ones to-waspings-unto it-shall-set-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-them, unto-if-which ever they-might-have-had-been-rubbed-out the-ones having-had-come-to-be-remaindered-down and the-ones having-had-come-to-be-hidened off of-thee;

7:20–21 om και τας σφηκιας…απο προσωπου αυτων B* (hab Ba b mg inf A F)

[Appendix] τασφηκιας F | καταλελειμμ. Bb? F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:21 οὐ τρωθήσῃ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν σοί, θεὸς μέγας καὶ κραταιός.

not thou-shall-be-wounded off of-looked-toward of-them, to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee in unto-thee, a-Deity(El) great and secure-belonged.

7:20–21 om και τας σφηκιας…απο προσωπου αυτων B* (hab Ba b mg inf A F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:22 καὶ καταναλώσει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα ἀπὸ προσώπου σου κατὰ μικρὸν μικρόν· οὐ δυνήσῃ ἐξαναλῶσαι αὐτοὺς τὸ τάχος, ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ γῆ ἔρημος καὶ πληθυνθῇ ἐπὶ σὲ τὰ θηρία τὰ ἄγρια.

And it-shall-other-along-up-down, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones-these off of-looked-toward of-thee down to-small to-small; not thou-shall-able to-have-other-alonged-up-out to-them to-the-one to-a-quickeedness, so lest it-might-have-had-became, the-one a-soil, solituded and it-might-have-been-repletened upon to-thee the-ones beastlets the-ones field-belonged.

7:22 [Appendix] μεικρον B* (μικρ. Bb bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:23 καὶ παραδώσει αὐτοὺς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου, καὶ ἀπολεῖς αὐτοὺς ἀπωλίᾳ μεγάλῃ ἕως ἂν ἐξολεθρεύσῃ αὐτούς·

And it-shall-give-beside to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee, and thou-shall-destruct-off to-them unto-a-destructing-off-unto unto-great unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-out-of to-them;

7:23 απολεις] απολεσει A | εξολεθρευση (-σει A)] εξολεθρευσητε Ba b

[Appendix] απωλεια Ba A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:24 καὶ παραδώσει τοὺς βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀπολεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνων· οὐκ ἀντιστήσεται οὐδεὶς κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου, ἕως ἂν ἐξολεθρεύσῃς αὐτούς.

and it-shall-give-beside to-the-ones to-rulers-of of-them into to-the-ones to-hands of-ye, and it-shall-have-destructed-off, the-one a-naming-to of-them, out of-the-one of-an-occasion of-the-ones-thither; not it-shall-ever-a-one-stand, not-then-also-one, down to-looked-toward of-thee, unto-if-which ever thou-might-have-destructed-out-of to-them.

7:24 εκεινων] εκεινου B* vid (ων sup ras B?) A F | εξολοθρευσης Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:25 τὰ γλυπτὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν καύσετε ἐν πυρί· οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον ἀπ' αὐτῶν· οὐ λήμψῃ σεαυτῷ, μὴ πταίσῃς δι' αὐτό, ὅτι βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σού ἐστιν·

To-the-ones to-carved of-the-ones of-deities(elohim) of-them ye-shall-burn-belong in unto-a-fire; not thou-shall-passion-upon-unto to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet off of-them; not thou-shall-take unto-thyself, lest thou-might-have-fall-belonged through to-it, to-which-a-one an-abhorrering-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-be;

7:25 καυσετε] κατακαυσεται A κατακαυσετε F | om εν Ba? b A F | ουκ] pr και A | και B* vid] ου sup ras Ba ουδε Bb (δε superscr) A F | ου λημψη] pr ϗ (superscr) Ba b λαβειν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 4)

Deu 7:26 καὶ οὐκ εἰσοίσεις βδέλυγμα εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου, καὶ ἔσῃ ἀνάθημα ὥσπερ τοῦτο· προσοχθίσματι προσοχθιεῖς καὶ βδελύγματι βδελύξῃ, ὅτι ἀνάθημά ἐστιν.

and not thou-shall-bear-into to-an-abhorrering-to into to-the-one to-a-house of-thee, and thou-shall-be a-placing-up-to as-very the-one-this; unto-a-vexing-toward-to thou-shall-vex-toward-to and unto-an-abhorrering-to thou-shall-abhorrer, to-which-a-one a-placing-up-to it-be.

7:26 εση αναθημα] αναθεμα εση A F | αναθημα 2°] αναθεμα A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:1 Πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ἃς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον φυλάξεσθε ποιεῖν, ἵνα ζῆτε καὶ πολυπλασιασθῆτε, καὶ εἰσελθόντες κληρονομήσητε τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν.

To-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day ye-shall-guarder to-do-unto, so ye-might-life-unto and ye-might-have-been-much-fold-belonged-to, and having-had-came-into ye-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-ye it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye.

8:1 εντολας] + ταυτας Ba mg F | υμιν sup ras 3 litt Ba b | εισελθοντες] οντες sup ras Ba b εισελθητε και B* vid A om F | την γην] + την αγαθην A F | Κυριος ο θεος υμων ωμοσεν] ωμοσεν (ω sup ras) κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ υμων B? ωμοσεν κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:2 καὶ μνησθήσῃ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν ἣν ἤγαγέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ὡς ἂν κακώσῃ σε καὶ ἐκπειράσῃ σε, καὶ διαγνωσθῇ τὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, εἰ φυλάξῃ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἢ οὔ.

And thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-all to-the-one to-a-way to-which it-had-led to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-the-one unto-solituded, as ever it-might-have-en-wedge-wedged to-thee and it-might-have-out-across-belonged-to to-thee, and it-might-have-been-acquainted-through the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee if thou-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it or not.

8:2 ως] οπως Ba b A F | om αν A | εκπειραση] πειραση A F | τας εντολας αυτου] τα εν τη καρδια σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:3 καὶ ἐκάκωσέν σε καὶ ἐλιμαγχόνησέν σε, καὶ ἐψώμισέν σε τὸ μάννα ὃ οὐκ εἴδησαν οἱ πατέρες σου· ἵνα ἀναγγείλῃ σοι ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ' ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι τῷ ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος θεοῦ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος.

And it-en-wedge-wedged to-thee and it-famine-strangled-unto to-thee, and it-morseled-to to-thee to-the-one to-a-manna to-which not they-hath-had-seen, the-ones fathers of-thee, so it-might-have-leadeeered-up unto-thee to-which-a-one not upon unto-an-adjustation unto-stayeed it-shall-life-unto, the-one a-mankind, other upon unto-all unto-an-uttering-to unto-the-one unto-traversing-out-of through of-a-becutteeing-to of-a-Deity it-shall-life-unto, the-one a-mankind.

Note: EIDHSAN (they-hath-had-seen; 3rd Aorist) in 03 : HDEISAN (they-had-come-to-have-had-seen) in 02.

Note: unto-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

Note: unto-the-one in 03 : omitted in 02.

8:3 ελιμανχονησεν B* (ελιμαγχ. Bb A) ελιμαχθονησεν F | μαννα] + εν τη ερημω Ba b mg | ειδησαν] ηδεισαν A F | τω εκπορ.] om τω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:4 τὰ ἱμάτιά σου οὐκ ἐπαλαιώθη ἀπὸ σοῦ, τὰ ὑποδήματά σου οὐ κατετρίβη ἀπὸ σοῦ, οἱ πόδες σου οὐκ ἐτυλώθησαν ἰδοὺ τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη.

The-ones apparelets of-thee not it-was-en-past-belonged off of-thee, the-ones bindings-under-to of-thee not it-had-been-rubbed-down off of-thee, the-ones feet of-thee not they-were-en-nubbed, thou-should-have-had-seen, to-forty to-yeareednesses.

8:4 om ουκ επαλαιωθη απο σου τα υποδηματα σου A F | τεσσαρακοντα Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:5 καὶ γνώσῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ὅτι ὡς εἴ τις παιδεύσαι ἄνθρωπος τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, οὕτως Κύριος ὁ θεός σου παιδεύσει σε·

And thou-shall-acquaint unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee to-which-a-one as if a-one it-may-have-childed-of, a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-son of-it, unto-the-one-this Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-shall-child-of to-thee;

8:5 παιδευσαι ανθρ.] ανθρ. παιδευση A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:6 καὶ φυλάξῃ τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ φοβεῖσθαι αὐτόν.

and thou-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-traverse-of unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it and to-fearee-unto to-it.

8:6 ταις οδοις] pr εν Ba b A F | φοβεισθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:7 ὁ γὰρ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰσάγει σε εἰς γῆν ἀγαθὴν καὶ πολλήν, οὗ χείμαρροι ὑδάτων, πηγαὶ ἀβύσσων ἐκπορευόμεναι διὰ τῶν πεδίων καὶ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων·

The-one too-thus Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-leadeth-into to-thee into to-a-soil to-excess-placed and to-much; of-which pour-flowed of-waters, pitchings of-depthed-along traversing-out-of through of-the-ones of-footinglets and through of-the-ones of-jutteednesses;

8:7 εισαξει A | γην αγαθην] την γην την αγα. A | πηγαι] pr και Ba b (superscr) A | δια των πε sup ras et in mg Ba b | δια των ορεων και δ. των πεδιων (παιδ. A) A F

[Appendix] χιμαρρ. B* (χειμαρρ. Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:8 γῆ πυροῦ καὶ κριθῆς, ἄμπελοι, συκαῖ, ῥόαι, γῆ ἐλαίας ἐλαίου καὶ μέλιτος·

a-soil of-a-wheat and of-a-barley, vines, figgings, pomegranates, a-soil of-an-oliving-unto of-an-oillet and of-a-honey;

8:8 συκαι] pr και Ba b F | ροαι] pr ϗ (superscr) Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:9 γῆ ἐφ' ἧς οὐ μετὰ πτωχίας φάγῃ τὸν ἄρτον σου, καὶ οὐκ ἐνδεηθήσῃ ἐπ' αὐτῆς οὐδέν· γῆ ἧς οἱ λίθοι σίδηρος, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀρέων αὐτῆς μεταλλεύσεις χαλκόν·

a-soil upon of-which not with of-a-beggaring-unto thou-shall-devour to-the-one to-an-adjustation of-thee, and not thou-shall-be-binded-in upon of-it to-not-then-also-one; a-soil of-which the-ones stones an-iron, and out of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-it thou-shall-other-with-of to-a-copper;

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

8:9 ουδεν επ αυτης B? A | λιθοι] + αυτης A F

[Appendix] πτωχειας Ba b A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:10 καὶ φάγῃ καὶ ἐμπλησθήσῃ, καὶ εὐλογήσεις Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἧς ἔδωκέν σοι.

and thou-shall-devour and thou-shall-be-repleted-in, and thou-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-the-one of-excess-placed of-which it-gave unto-thee.

8:10 εδωκεν σοι] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου Ba

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:11 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, τοῦ μὴ φυλάξαι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ κρίματα καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ, ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον·

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, of-the-one lest to-have-guardered to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it and to-the-ones to-separatings-to and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it, to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day;

8:11 om μη 2° A | αυτου τας εντ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:12 μὴ φαγὼν καὶ ἐμπλησθείς, καὶ οἰκίας καλὰς οἰκοδομήσας καὶ κατοικήσας ἐν αὐταῖς,

lest having-had-devoured and having-been-repleted-in, and to-housings-unto to-seemly having-house-built-unto and having-housed-down-unto in unto-them,

8:12 εμπλησθης A εμπληθεις F | ωκοδομησας A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:13 καὶ τῶν βοῶν σου πληθυνθέντων καὶ τῶν προβάτων σου πληθυνθέντων, ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου πληθυνθέντος σοι, καὶ πάντων ὅσων ἔσται σοι πληθυνθέντων σοι,

and of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee of-having-been-repletened and of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee of-having-been-repletened, of-a-silverlet and of-a-goldlet of-having-been-repletened unto-thee, and of-all of-which-a-which it-shall-be unto-thee of-having-been-repletened unto-thee,

8:13 om πληθυνθεντων 1° Ba? b A F | om σου 2° F | πληθυ̅|θεντων (2°) B*] πληθυθ. B? + σοι Ba b (superscr) A F | πληθυνθεντος] πληθυνθεντων F | εσται σοι] σοι εσται Ba b σοι εστιν F | om σοι 3° Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:14 ὑψωθῇς τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ ἐπιλάθῃ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου τοῦ ἐξαγαγόντος σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐξ οἴκου δουλίας·

thou-might-have-been-en-lofteed unto-the-one unto-a-heart and thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee of-the-one of-having-had-led-out to-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, out of-a-house of-a-bondeeing-unto;

8:14 τη καρδια] + σου A F | om εκ γης Αιγ. B* (hab Ba b)

[Appendix] δουλειας Ba b F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:15 τοῦ ἀγαγόντος σε διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου τῆς μεγάλης καὶ τῆς φοβερᾶς ἐκείνης, οὗ ὄφις δάκνων καὶ σκορπίος καὶ δίψα, οὗ οὐκ ἦν ὕδωρ· τοῦ ἐξαγαγόντος σοι ἐκ πέτρας ἀκροτόμου πηγὴν ὕδατος·

of-the-one of-having-had-led to-thee through of-the-one of-solituded of-the-one of-great and of-the-one of-en-feareed of-the-one-thither, of-which a-snake biting and a-scorpion and a-thirstedness, of-which not it-was a-water; of-the-one of-having-had-led-out unto-thee out of-a-rockedness of-extremity-cut to-a-pitching of-a-water;

8:15 εξαγαγοντος] εγαγοντος A* (εξαγαγ. A1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:16 τοῦ ψωμίσαντός σε τὸ μάννα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ὃ οὐκ ᾔδεισαν οἱ πατέρες σου, ἵνα κακώσῃ σε καὶ ἐκπειράσῃ σε, καὶ εὖ σε ποιήσῃ ἐπ' ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν σου·

of-the-one of-having-morseled-to to-thee to-the-one to-a-manna in unto-the-one unto-solituded, to-which not they-had-come-to-have-had-seen, the-ones fathers of-thee, so it-might-have-en-wedge-wedged to-thee and it-might-have-out-across-belonged-to to-thee, and to-goodly to-thee it-might-have-done-unto upon of-most-bordered of-the-ones of-dayednesses of-thee;

8:16 ερημω] + ο ουκ ειδης συ Ba b (mg) | ο B* vid] ϗ sup ras Ba | ηδεισαν] η, ει, sup ras Ba (ειδησαν B* vid) | εκπειραση] pr ινα A F | και ευ σε ποιηση] ευ σε ποιησαι A F | εσχατων] εσχατω A | των ημερων] om των Ba? b om των ημερων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:17 μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου Ἡ ἰσχύς μου καὶ τὸ κράτος τῆς χειρός μου ἐποίησέν μοι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν μεγάλην ταύτην.

lest thou-might-have-had-said in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee, The-one a-force-holding of-me and the-one a-securement of-the-one of-a-hand of-me it-did-unto unto-me to-the-one to-an-ability to-the-one to-great to-the-one-this.

8:17 μη] pr και A F | η ισχυς bis scr F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:18 καὶ μνησθήσῃ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, ὅτι αὐτός σοι δίδωσι τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῦ ποιῆσαι δύναμιν, καὶ ἵνα στήσῃ τὴν διαθήκην ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν σου ὡς σήμερον.

And thou-shall-be-memoried-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-which-a-one it unto-thee it-giveth to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-an-ability, and so it-might-have-stood to-the-one to-a-placement-through to-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged, unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee as this-day.

8:18 διδωσι την ισχυν] διδωσιν ισχυν Ba A F | om και 2° A | διαθηκην] + αυτου Ba b mg A F | om Κυριος A F | παρασιν F* (τ superscr F1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:19 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ήθῃ ἐπιλάθῃ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ πορευθῇς ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων καὶ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς, διαμαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον ὅτι ἀπωλίᾳ ἀπολεῖσθε·

And it-shall-be if-ever unto-a-secluding thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thou-might-have-been-traversed-of aback-unto-which of-deities(elohim) of-different and thou-might-have-served-of unto-them, I-witness-through unto-ye this-day to-which-a-one unto-a-destructing-off-unto ye-shall-destruct-off;

8:19 λατρευσης αυτοις] + και προσκυνησης αυτοις Ba b (mgg) A F (bis scr αυτοις 1°) | σημερον] + τον τε ουρανον και την γην Ba b mg sup A F

[Appendix] απωλεια Ba b A F | απωλεισθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 5)

Deu 8:20 καθὰ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἔθνη ὅσα Κύριος ἀπολλύει πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν, οὕτως ἀπολεῖσθε ἀνθ' ὧν οὐκ ἠκούσατε τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν.

down-to-which and the-ones remaindered placeedness-belongings-to to-which-a-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-destructeth-off before of-looked-toward of-ye, unto-the-one-this ye-shall-destruct-off ever-a-one of-which not ye-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye.

8:20 Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ (superscr) Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:1 Ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ· σὺ διαβαίνεις σήμερον τὸν Ἰορδάνην τοῦτον εἰσελθεῖν κληρονομῆσαι ἔθνη μεγάλα καὶ ἰσχυρότερα μᾶλλον ἢ ὑμεῖς, πόλεις μεγάλας καὶ τειχήρεις ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,

Thou-should-hear, Israêl; thou thou-step-through this-day to-the-one to-an-Iordanês to-the-one-this to-have-had-came-into to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-placeedness-belongings-to to-great and to-more-force-held more-such or ye, to-cities to-great and to-lineationinged unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-sky,

Note: Deu 9-25 spoken to Israêl in Jos_3:2.

9:1 om τουτον Ba? b A F | κλρονομησαι] pr και A

[Appendix] τιχηρεις B* A (τειχ. Ba b F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:2 λαὸν μέγαν καὶ πολὺν καὶ εὐμήκη, υἱοὺς Ἐνάκ, οὓς σὺ οἶσθας καὶ σὺ ἀκήκοας Τίς ἀντιστήσεται κατὰ πρόσωπον υἱῶν Ἐνάκ;

to-a-people to-great and to-much and to-goodly-longinged, sons of-an-Enak, to-which thou thou-hath-had-come-to-see and thou thou-hath-had-come-to-hear, What-one it-shall-ever-a-one-stand down to-looked-toward of-sons of-an-Enak?

9:2 ευμηκεις A | οισθας] ησθα A οισθα F | om συ 2° A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:3 καὶ γνώσῃ σήμερον ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὗτος προπορεύεται πρὸ προσώπου σου· πῦρ καταναλίσκον ἐστίν· οὗτος ἐξολεθρεύσει αὐτούς, καὶ οὗτος ἀποστρέψει αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, καὶ ἀπολεῖς αὐτοὺς καθάπερ εἶπέν σοι Κύριος.

And thou-shall-acquaint this-day to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, the-one-this it-traverseth-before-of before of-looked-toward of-thee; a-fire other-alonging-up-down it-be; the-one-this it-shall-destruct-out-of to-them, and the-one-this it-shall-beturn-off to-them off of-looked-toward of-thee, and thou-shall-destruct-off to-them down-to-which-very it-had-said unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

9:3 προπορευσεται Ba b A | προσ. σου 1°] + και εξολεθρευσει αυτους A F | καταναλισκων B A | απο] προ Ba A F | απολει A F | αυτους 3°] + εν ταχει A F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb (item 5, 8, 14, 19, 25, 26)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:4 μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, ἐν τῷ ἐξαναλῶσαι Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα ἀπὸ προσώπου, λέγων Διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου εἰσήγαγέν με Κύριος κληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ταύτην.

Lest thou-might-have-had-said in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee, in unto-the-one to-have-other-alonged-up-out to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones-these off of-looked-toward, forthing, Through to-the-one to-a-course-belongingedness of-me it-had-led-into to-me, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-the-one-this.

9:4 εξανηλωσαι B* (εξαναλ. Ba b) | τα εθνη] om τα Ba b | απο] προ Ba b A F | προσωπου] + σου A F | τας δικαιοσυνας A F | ταυτην] + αλλα δια την ασεβειαν των εθνων τουτων κ̅̅ς̅̅ εξολεθρευσει αυτους προ προσωπου σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:5 οὐχὶ διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν ὁσιότητα τῆς καρδίας σου σὺ εἰσπορεύῃ κληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἀσέβειαν τῶν ἐθνῶν τούτων Κύριος ἐξολεθρεύσει αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου σου· καὶ ἵνα στήσῃ τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ ἣν ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν, τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῷ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τῷ Ἰακώβ.

Unto-not through to-the-one to-a-course-belongingedness of-thee not-then-also through to-the-one to-a-holiness of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee thou thou-traverse-into-of to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them, other through to-the-one to-an-un-revering-of of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones-these Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-destruct-out-of to-them off of-looked-toward of-thee; and so it-might-have-stood to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-it to-which it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye, unto-the-one unto-an-Abraam and unto-the-one unto-an-Isaak and unto-the-one unto-an-Iakôb.

9:5 ουδε] και A | ασεβ.] ανομιαν A F | om αυτου A F | ωμοσεν] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | τω Αβρ. και τω Ισ. και τω Ιακ..] Αβρ. και Ισ. και Ιακ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:6 καὶ γνώσῃ σήμερον ὅτι οὐχὶ διὰ τὰς δικαιοσύνας σου Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ταύτην κληρονομῆσαι, ὅτι λαὸς σκληροτράχηλος εἶ.

And thou-shall-acquaint this-day to-which-a-one unto-not through to-the-ones to-course-belongingednesses of-thee Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-the-one-this to-have-lot-parceleed-unto, to-which-a-one a-people stiff-throated-of thou-be.

9:6 om σημερον A | ουχι] ου A F | om σου 2° A | om ταυτην F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:7 μνήσθητι μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ ὅσα παρώξυνας Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας ἐξήλθετε ἐξ Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἤλθετε εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, ἀπειθοῦντες διετελεῖτε τὰ πρὸς Κύριον.

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto, lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon to-which-a-which thou-sharpened-beside to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee in unto-the-one unto-solituded; off of-which of-a-dayedness ye-had-came-out out of-an-Aiguptos and ye-had-came into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this, un-suring-unto ye-were-finishing-through-unto to-the-ones toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

9:7 εξηλθατε F | εξ Αιγ.] εκ γης Αιγ. F | και] εως A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:8 καὶ ἐν Χωρὴβ παρωξύνατε Κύριον, καὶ ἐθυμώθη ἐφ' ὑμῖν ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ὑμᾶς,

And in unto-a-Chôrêb ye-sharpened-beside to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-was-en-passioned upon unto-ye to-have-destructed-out-of to-ye,

9:8 εθυμωθη] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:9 ἀναβαίνοντός μου εἰς τὸ ὄρος λαβεῖν τὰς πλάκας τὰς πλάκας τὰς λιθίνας, πλάκας διαθήκης ἃς διέθετο Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς· καὶ κατεγινόμην ἐν τῷ ὄρει τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας· ἄρτον οὐκ ἔφαγον καὶ ὕδωρ οὐκ ἔπιον.

of-stepping-up of-me into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-slabs to-the-ones to-stoned-belonged-to, to-slabs of-a-placement-through to-which it-had-placed-through, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye; and I-was-becoming-down in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness to-forty to-dayednesses and to-forty to-nights; to-an-adjustation not I-had-devoured and to-a-water not I-had-drank.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

9:9 κατεγεινομην B* A (κατεγιν. Bb F) | τεσσαρακοντα Ba b (bis: item 11 bis)

[Appendix] κατεγεινομην B* (κατεγιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:10 καὶ ἔδωκεν Κύριος ἐμοὶ τὰς δύο πλάκας τὰς λιθίνας, γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ δακτύλῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐπ' αὐταῖς ἐγέγραπτο πάντες οἱ λόγοι οὓς ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἡμέρᾳ ἐκκλησίας·

And it-gave, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-ME to-the-ones to-two to-slabs to-the-ones to-stoned-belonged-to, to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-digit of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim), and upon unto-them it-had-come-to-have-been-scribed all the-ones forthees to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness unto-a-dayedness of-a-calling-out-unto;

Note: Yahveh scribed the 10 utterings-to which He spoke to Israel in Exo 20:2-17 on both the first set of slabs made by Him and the second set made by Moses; the 2 remembrances, the 7 days of Genesis in Exodus 20 and the Exodus from Egypt in Deuteronomy 5, were not written on the slabs, but were written only in the writings of Moses, the 3rd remembrance was yet come in Christ where there is perpetual rest. Moses made his own copy of the 10 utterings-to of Exo 20:2-17 by Yahveh and the 10 forthees of Exo 34:11-26 by Yahveh in Exo 34:27-28.

9:10 Κυριος εμοι] μοι κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | γεγραμμενας] pr τας A | εγεγραπτο] επεγραπτο A | εν τω ορει] + εκ μεσου του πυρος Aa (mg) F | ημερα εκκλησιας Aa (mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:11 καὶ ἐγένετο διὰ τεσσεράκοντα ἡμερῶν καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νυκτῶν ἔδωκεν Κύριος ἐμοὶ τὰς δύο πλάκας τὰς λιθίνας, πλάκας διαθήκης.

and it-had-became through of-forty of-dayednesses and of-forty of-nights it-gave, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-ME to-the-ones to-two to-slabs to-the-ones to-stoned-belonged-to, to-slabs of-a-placement-through.

9:11 τεσσερακοντα 2°] pr δια A F | Κυριος εμοι] μοι κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | διαθηκης] pr της A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:12 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Ἀνάστηθι, κατάβηθι τὸ τάχος ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι ἠνόμησεν ὁ λαός σου οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου· παρέβησαν ταχὺ ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς ἐνετείλω αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς χώνευμα.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up, thou-should-have-had-stepped-down to-the-one to-a-quickeedness in-also-from, to-which-a-one it-un-parceleed-unto, the-one a-people of-thee, to-which thou-had-led-out out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos; they-had-stepped-beside to-quick out of-the-one of-a-way of-which thou-finished-in unto-them, and they-did-unto unto-selves to-a-moltening-to.

9:12 καταβηθι] pr και A F | om και 2° A F | χωνευμα] χωνευτα A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:13 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Λελάληκα πρὸς σὲ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς λέγων Ἑώρακα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἰδοὺ λαὸς σκληροτράχηλός ἐστιν·

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, I-had-come-to-speak-unto toward to-thee to-once and to-twice forthing, I-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this, and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people stiff-throated-of it-be;

9:13 λελαληκα] pr λεγων Ba b (mgg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:14 καὶ νῦν ἔασόν με ἐξολεθρεῦσαι αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ποιήσω σὲ εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦτο.

and now thou-should-have-let-unto to-me to-have-destructed-out-of to-them, and I-shall-smear-along-out to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-them under-down-unto-which-from of-the-one of-a-sky, and I-shall-do-unto to-thee into to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-great and to-force-held and to-much more-such or the-one-this.

9:14 om και νυν A F | σε εις] σεις (sic) F | και πολυ και ισχ. A

[Appendix] εξαλιψω B* (εξαλειψω Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:15 καὶ ἐπιστρέψας κατέβην ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ τὸ ὄρος ἐκαίετο πυρὶ ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ αἱ δύο πλάκες ἐπὶ ταῖς δυσὶ χερσίν μου.

And having-beturned-upon I-had-stepped-down out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness, and the-one a-jutteedness it-was-burn-belonging unto-a-fire unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-sky, and the-ones two slabs upon unto-the-ones unto-two unto-hands of-me.

9:15 om εως του ουρανου A F | πλακες] + των μαρτυριων A F | om δυσι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:16 καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἡμάρτετε ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐποιήσατε ὑμῖν ἑαυτοῖς χωνευτόν, καὶ παρέβητε ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς ἐνετείλατο ὑμῖν Κύριος,

And having-had-seen to-which-a-one ye-had-un-adjusted-along to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, and ye-did-unto unto-ye unto-selves to-moltened-of, and ye-had-stepped-beside off of-the-one of-a-way of-which it-finished-in unto-ye, Authority-belonged(Yahveh),

9:16 εναντι A F | εαυτοις] αυτοις A | χωνευτον] pr μοσχον A F | παρεβητε] + ταχυ A F | απο] εκ F | υμιν Κυριος] κ̅̅ς̅̅ υμιν A F + ποιειν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:17 καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος τῶν δύο πλακῶν ἔρριψα αὐτὰς ἀπὸ τῶν δύο χειρῶν μου καὶ συνέτριψα ἐναντίον ὑμῶν.

and having-had-taken-upon of-the-ones of-two of-slabs I-flung to-them off of-the-ones of-two of-hands of-me and I-rubbed-together to-ever-a-oned-in of-ye.

9:17 om δυο A | εριψα A | συνετριψα] + αυτας A F + απο των χειρων μου F* (om F1 vid)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:18 καὶ ἐδεήθην ἐναντίον Κυρίου δεύτερον καθάπερ καὶ τὸ πρότερον τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας· ἄρτον οὐκ ἔφαγον καὶ ὕδωρ οὐκ ἔπιον· περὶ πασῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν ὧν ἡμάρτετε, ποιῆσαι τὸ πονηρὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ παροξῦναι αὐτόν.

And I-was-binded to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-second down-to-which-very and to-the-one to-more-before to-forty to-dayednesses and to-forty to-nights; to-an-adjustation not I-had-devoured and to-a-water not I-had-drank; about of-all of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-ye of-which ye-had-un-adjusted-along, to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity to-have-sharpened-beside to-it.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

9:18 εναντιον 1°] εναντι A F | τεσσαρακοντα Bb (bis) | om ποιησαι το πονηρον F* vid (hab F1 mg) | εναντιον 2°] εναντι A | του θεου] + υμων A F | παροξυναι] pr του A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:19 καὶ ἔκφοβός εἰμι διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν καὶ τὸν θυμόν, ὅτι παρωξύνθη Κύριος ἐφ' ὑμῖν ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ὑμᾶς· καὶ εἰσήκουσεν Κύριος ἐμοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ.

And feareed-out I-be through to-the-one to-a-stressing and to-the-one to-a-passion, to-which-a-one it-was-sharpened-beside Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon unto-ye to-have-destructed-out-of to-ye; and it-heard-into, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-ME and in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this.

9:19 τουτω] εκεινω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:20 καὶ ἐπὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐθυμώθη ἐξολεθρεῦσαι αὐτόν, καὶ ηὐξάμην καὶ περὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ.

And upon to-an-Aarôn it-was-en-passioned to-have-destructed-out-of to-it, and I-had-goodly-held and about of-an-Aarôn in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither.

9:20 εθυμωθη] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ σφοδρα A F | εξολεθρευσαι] pr του A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:21 καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὑμῶν ἣν ἐποιήσατε, τὸν μόσχον, ἔλαβον αὐτὸν καὶ κατέκαυσα αὐτὸν ἐν πυρί, καὶ συνέκοψα αὐτὸν καταλέσας σφόδρα ἕως ἐγένετο λεπτόν· καὶ ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ κονιορτός, καὶ ἔρριψα τὸν κονιορτὸν εἰς τὸν χειμάρρουν τὸν καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους.

And to-the-one to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-ye to-which ye-did-unto, to-the-one to-a-calf, I-had-taken to-it and I-burn-belonged-down to-it in unto-a-fire, and I-felled-together to-it having-grinded-down to-vehemented unto-if-which it-had-became to-peeled; and it-had-became as-if a-raise-belongedness-flailage, and I-flung to-the-one to-a-raise-belongedness-flailage into to-the-one to-pour-flowed to-the-one to-stepping-down out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness.

9:21 συνεκοψα] συνετριψα A F | καταλεσας] και καταλασα A F | εως] + ου A F | εγενετο 2°] εγενηθη A F | εκ] απο A

[Appendix] χιμαρρ. B* (χειμαρρ. Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:22 καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἐνπυρισμῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πειρασμῷ καὶ ἐν τοῖς Μνήμασιν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας παροξύνοντες ἦτε Κύριον.

And in unto-the-one unto-A-firing-in-to-of and in unto-the-one unto-an-Across-belonging-to-of and in unto-the-ones unto-Memoryings-to of-the-one of-a-passioning-upon-unto sharpening-beside ye-were to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

9:22 Κυριον] + τον θν̅̅ υμων A F

[Appendix] εμπυρισμω Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:23 καὶ ὅτε ἐξαπέστειλεν Κύριος ὑμᾶς ἐκ Καδὴς Βαρνὴ λέγων Ἀνάβητε καὶ κληρονομήσατε τὴν γῆν ἣν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, καὶ ἠπειθήσατε τῷ ῥήματι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐκ εἰσηκούσατε τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ.

And which-also it-set-off-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-ye out of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê forthing, Ye-should-have-had-stepped-up and ye-should-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which I-give unto-ye, and ye-un-sured-unto unto-the-one unto-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, and not ye-trusted-of unto-it, and not ye-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-it.

9:23 απεστειλεν A | υμας κ̅̅ς̅̅ A | om και 2° A F | διδωμι] pr εγω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:24 ἀπειθοῦντες ἦτε τὰ πρὸς Κύριον ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἐγνώσθη ὑμῖν.

Un-suring-unto ye-were to-the-ones toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-which it-was-acquainted unto-ye.

9:24 απο της ημερας ης] αφ ης ημ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:25 καὶ ἐδεήθην ἐναντίον Κυρίου τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας ὅσας ἐδεήθην, εἶπεν γὰρ Κύριος ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ὑμᾶς·

And I-was-binded to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-forty to-dayednesses and to-forty to-nights, to-which-a-which I-was-binded, it-had-said too-thus, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-destructed-out-of to-ye;

9:25 εναντι A F | τεσσαρακοντα Ba (bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:26 καὶ εὐξάμην πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ εἶπα Κύριε βασιλεῦ τῶν θεῶν, μὴ ἐξολεθρεύσῃς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ τὴν μερίδα σου ἣν ἐλυτρώσω, οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι σου τῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου τῇ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐν τῷ βραχίονί σου τῷ ὑψηλῷ·

and I-goodly-held toward to-the-one to-a-Deity and I-said, Authority-belonged(Adonay) Ruler-of of-the-ones of-deities, lest thou-might-have-destructed-out-of to-the-one to-a-people of-thee and to-the-one to-a-portion of-thee to-which thou-en-loosed, to-which thou-had-led-out out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos in unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-thee unto-the-one unto-great and in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-thee unto-the-one unto-secure-belonged and in unto-the-one unto-more-short of-thee unto-the-one unto-lofteed-of;

Note: Authority-belonged(Adonay) (KURIE) : where the Greek is a KURIOS form and ADONAY is in a Divine name context, and the form is not ADONAY YAHVEH, it becomes suspect along the line of the 134 places noted in Massorah (107-15, Ginsburg's edition) where Yahveh was altered to Adonay by the Sopherim.

9:26 ηυξαμην A F | Κυριε] + κ̅̅ε̅̅ A F | μεριδα] κληρονομιαν A F | ελυτρωσω] + εν τη ισχυι σου τη μεγαλη A F | τη χειρι] om τη A | υψηλω] μεγαλω A

[Appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb: item 29)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:27 μνήσθητι Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ τῶν θεραπόντων σου οἷς ὤμοσας κατὰ σεαυτοῦ· μὴ ἐπιβλέψῃς ἐπὶ τὴν σκληρότητα τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου καὶ τὰ ἀσεβήματα καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν·

thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-an-Abraam and of-an-Isaak and of-an-Iakôb of-the-ones of-ministers of-thee unto-which thou-en-oathed down of-thyself; lest thou-might-have-viewed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-stiffness of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this and to-the-ones to-un-reverings-to and to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-to of-them;

9:27 ποντων σου οις ωμοσας A1? a? (mg) | τα ασεβ. και τα αμαρτ.] επι τα αμαρτ. αυτων και επι τα ασεβ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:28 μὴ εἴπωσιν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ὅθεν ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς ἐκεῖθεν λέγοντες Παρὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι Κύριον εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ παρὰ τὸ μισῆσαι αὐτούς, ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτούς.

lest they-might-have-had-said, the-ones housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil which-from thou-had-led-out to-us thither-from, forthing, Beside to-the-one lest to-able to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-have-had-led-out to-them into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-had-said unto-them, and beside to-the-one to-have-hated-unto to-them, it-had-led-out to-them in unto-the-one unto-solituded to-have-killed-off to-them.

9:28 μη 1°] + ποτε A F | εξηγαγες] εξηγαγεν A | αυτω B* (αυτοις Ba b A F) | μισησαι] + κ̅̅ν̅̅ A F | εν τη ερημω αποκτειν. αυτ.] αποκτειν. (αποκνιν. F* vid) εν τη ερημω A F

[Appendix] δυνασθε A | μεισησαι B* (μισ. Bb) | αποκτιναι F* (αποκτειναι F1 (vid))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 6 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 9:29 καὶ οὗτοι λαός σου καὶ κλῆρός σου, οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι σου τῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου τῇ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐν τῷ βραχίονί σου τῷ ὑψηλῷ.

And the-one-this a-people of-thee and a-lot of-thee, to-which thou-had-led-out out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos in unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-thee unto-the-one unto-great and in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-thee unto-the-one unto-secure-belonged and in unto-the-one unto-more-short of-thee unto-the-one unto-lofteed-of.

9:29 om και εν τη χειρι σου τη κραταια A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:1 Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Λάξευσον σεαυτῷ δύο πλάκας λιθίνας ὥσπερ τὰς πρώτας, καὶ ἀνάβηθι πρὸς μὲ εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ κιβωτὸν ξυλίνην·

In unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-time it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Thou-should-have-quarried-of unto-thyself to-two to-slabs to-stoned-belonged-to as-very to-the-ones to-most-before, and thou-should-have-had-stepped-up toward to-me into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, and thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself to-a-box to-wooded-belonged-to;

10:1 ωσπερ] υπερ A | ξυλινην] λιθηνην A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:2 καὶ γράψεις ἐπὶ τὰς πλάκας τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἦν ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶν ταῖς πρώταις ἃς συνέτριψας, καὶ ἐμβαλεῖς αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν.

and thou-shall-scribe upon to-the-ones to-slabs to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-which it-was in unto-the-ones unto-slabs unto-the-ones unto-most-before to-which thou-rubbed-together, and thou-shall-cast-in to-them into to-the-one to-a-box.

Note: thou-shall-scribe in 03 : I-shall-scribe in 02 is correct. In Deu 10:4 both 02 and 03 read And it-scribed referring to Yahveh, so this has to be a scribal error in 03.

Note: Yahveh scribed the 10 utterings-to which He spoke to Israel in Exo 20:2-17 on both the first set of slabs made by Him and the second set made by Moses; the 2 remembrances, the 7 days of Genesis in Exodus 20 and the Exodus from Egypt in Deuteronomy 5, were not written on the slabs, but were written only in the writings of Moses, the 3rd remembrance was yet come in Christ where there is perpetual rest. Moses made his own copy of the 10 utterings-to of Exo 20:2-17 by Yahveh and the 10 forthees of Exo 34:11-26 by Yahveh in Exo 34:27-28.

10:2 γραψεις] γραψω A F1 | α] οσα A F | ας] αις A F | αυτα] αυτας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:3 καὶ ἐποίησα κιβωτὸν ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων, καὶ ἐλάξευσα τὰς πλάκας λιθίνας ὡς αἱ πρῶται, καὶ ἀνέβην εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ αἱ δύο πλάκες ἐπὶ ταῖς χερσίν μου.

And I-did-unto to-a-box out of-woods of-un-decayabled, and I-quarried-of to-the-ones to-slabs to-stoned-belonged-to as the-ones most-before, and I-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, and the-ones two slabs upon unto-the-ones unto-hands of-me.

10:3 πλακας] pr δυο A F | λιθινας] pr τας A F | ως] ωσπερ A F | χερσιν] pr δυσι F

[Appendix] κειβωτον A (item 5, 8)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:4 καὶ ἔγραψεν ἐπὶ τὰς πλάκας κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν τὴν πρώτην τοὺς δέκα λόγους, οὓς ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὰς Κύριος ἐμοί.

And it-scribed upon to-the-ones to-slabs down to-the-one to-a-scribing to-the-one to-most-before, to-the-ones to-ten to-forthees to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness out of-middle of-the-one of-a-fire, and it-gave to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-ME.

Note: Yahveh scribed the 10 utterings-to which He spoke to Israel in Exo 20:2-17 on both the first set of slabs made by Him and the second set made by Moses; the 2 remembrances, the 7 days of Genesis in Exodus 20 and the Exodus from Egypt in Deuteronomy 5, were not written on the slabs, but were written only in the writings of Moses, the 3rd remembrance was yet come in Christ where there is perpetual rest. Moses made his own copy of the 10 utterings-to of Exo 20:2-17 by Yahveh and the 10 forthees of Exo 34:11-26 by Yahveh in Exo 34:27-28.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:5 καὶ ἐπιστρέψας κατέβην ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ ἐνέβαλον τὰς πλάκας εἰς τὴν κιβωτὸν ἣν ἐποίησα, καὶ ἦσαν ἐκεῖ καθὰ ἐνετείλατο μοι Κύριος.

And having-beturned-upon I-had-stepped-down out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness, and I-had-casted-in to-the-ones to-slabs into to-the-one to-a-box to-which I-did-unto, and they-were thither down-to-which it-finished-in unto-me, Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:6 καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Βηρὼθ υἱῶν Ἰακεὶμ Μεισαδαί· ἐκεῖ ἀπέθανεν Ἀαρὼν καὶ ἐτάφη ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἱεράτευσεν Ἐλεαζὰρ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἀντ' αὐτοῦ.

And the-ones sons of-an-Israêl they-lifted-off out of-a-Bêrôth of-sons of-an-Iakeim to-a-Meisadai; thither it-had-died-off, an-Aarôn, and it-had-been-burialed thither, and it-sacredered-of, an-Eleazar a-son of-it, ever-a-one of-it.

10:6 Μισαδαι F | εκει 1°] pr και A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:7 ἐκεῖθεν ἀπῆραν εἰς Γαδγάδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Γαδγὰδ εἰς Ταιβάθα· γῆ χείμαρροι ὑδάτων.

Thither-from they-lifted-off into to-a-Gadgad, and off of-a-Gadgad into to-a-Taibatha; a-soil pour-flowed of-waters.

10:7 Γαλγα.’ F | Ταιβαθα] Ιεταβαθα A Ιτεβαθα F | χειμαρρου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:8 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ διέστειλεν Κύριος τὴν φυλὴν τὴν Λευεὶ αἴρειν τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης Κυρίου, παρεστάναι ἔναντι Κυρίου, λειτουργεῖν καὶ ἐπεύχεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

In unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-time it-set-through, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-tribing to-the-one of-a-Leuei to-lift to-the-one to-a-box of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-had-come-to-stand-beside in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-public-work-unto and to-goodly-hold-upon upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

10:8 Λευι Bb A F | παραστηναι F | επευχεσθαι] επεχευσθαι A

[Appendix] λιτουργειν B* (λειτουργ. Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:9 διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν τοῖς Λευείταις μερὶς καὶ κλῆρος ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν· Κύριος αὐτὸς κλῆρος αὐτοῦ, καθότι εἶπεν αὐτῷ.

Through to-the-one-this not it-be unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers a-portion and a-lot in unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-them; Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it a-lot of-it, down-to-which-a-one it-had-said unto-it.

10:9 εστιν] εσται A F | Λευιταις Bb F | καθοτι] καθα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:10 κἀγὼ ἱστήκειν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας, καὶ ἤκουσεν Κύριος ἐμοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν Κύριος ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ὑμᾶς.

And-I I-had-come-to-have-had-stood in unto-the-one unto-jut to-forty to-dayednesses and to-forty to-nights, and it-heard, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-ME and in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this, and not it-determined, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-destructed-out-of to-ye.

10:10 ιστηκειν (ειστ. Bb (vid))] εστην A F | τεσσαρακοντα Bb (bis) | ηκουσεν] εισηκουσεν A F | εμου] μου A F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:11 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Βάδιζε, ἄπαρον ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ εἰσπορευέσθωσαν καὶ κληρονομείτωσαν τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν δοῦναι αὐτοῖς.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me, Thou-should-step-to, thou-should-have-lifted-off to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this, and they-should-traverse-into-of and they-should-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which I-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them to-have-had-given unto-them.

10:11 εναντι A F | αυτων] υμων A | αυτοις] pr αυτην A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:12 Καὶ νῦν, Ἰσραήλ, τί Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αἰτεῖται παρὰ σοῦ ἀλλ' ἢ φοβεῖσθαι Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, καὶ πορεύεσθαι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτόν, καὶ λατρεύειν Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου,

And now, Israêl, to-what-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-appealeth-unto beside of-thee other or to-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and to-traverse-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it, and to-excess-off-unto to-it, and to-serve-of unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee out of whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee,

10:12 αιτειται] αιτει F | om και 2° A F

[Appendix] φοβεισθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:13 φυλάσσεσθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ, ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἵνα εὖ σοι ᾖ;

to-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it, to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, so goodly unto-thee it-might-be?

10:13 φυλασσεσθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:14 ἰδοὺ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἡ γῆ καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ·

Thou-should-have-had-seen, of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee the-one sky and the-one a-sky of-the-one of-a-sky, the-one a-soil and all which-a-which it-be in unto-it;

10:14 κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ B* vid (κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:15 πλὴν τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν προείλατο Κύριος ἀγαπᾷν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξελέξατο τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν μετ' αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην.

to-beyond, to-the-ones to-fathers of-ye it-sectioned-before, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-excess-off-unto to-them, and it-forthed-out to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-them with to-them, to-ye, beside to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to down to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-this.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:16 καὶ περιτεμεῖσθε τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, καὶ τὸν τράχηλον ὑμῶν οὐ σκληρυνεῖτε·

And ye-shall-cut-about to-the-one to-a-stiff-heart of-ye, and to-the-one to-a-throat of-ye not ye-shall-stiffen;

10:16 σκληρυνειτε] + ετι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:17 ὁ γὰρ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν, οὗτος θεὸς τῶν θεῶν καὶ κύριος τῶν κυρίων, ὁ θεὸς ὁ μέγας καὶ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ ὁ φοβερός, ὅστις οὐ θαυμάζει πρόσωπον οὐδ' οὐ μὴ λάβῃ δῶρον·

the-one too-thus Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, the-one-this a-Deity(Elohey) of-the-ones of-deities(haelohim) and Authority-belonged(Adon) of-the-ones of-authority-belonged(adonim), the-one a-Deity(El) the-one great and force-held and the-one en-feareed, which-a-one not it-marveleth-to to-looked-toward not-then-also not lest it-might-have-had-taken to-a-gift;

10:17 και ισχυρος] ο ισχ. A και ο ισχ. F | ουδ ου] ουδε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:18 ποιῶν κρίσιν προσηλύτῳ καὶ ὀρφανῷ καὶ χήρᾳ, καὶ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν προσήλυτον δοῦναι αὐτῷ ἄρτον καὶ ἱμάτιον.

doing-unto to-a-separating unto-comeable-toward and unto-orphaned and unto-bereaved, and it-excesseth-off-unto to-the-one to-comeable-toward to-have-had-given unto-it to-an-adjustation and to-an-apparelet.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

10:18 αγαπαν A | προσηλυτον] πλησιον A | δουναι] pr του F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:19 καὶ ἀγαπήσετε τὸν προσήλυτον· προσήλυτοι γὰρ ἦτε ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ.

And ye-shall-excess-off-unto to-the-one to-comeable-toward; comeable-toward too-thus ye-were in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:20 Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου φοβηθήσῃ καὶ αὐτῷ λατρεύσεις, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ὀμῇ·

To-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee thou-shall-be-feareed-unto and unto-it thou-shall-serve-of, and toward to-it thou-shall-be-togetherned-unto, and unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it thou-shall-en-oath;

Note: thou-shall-be-feareed-unto in 03 : thou-shall-kiss-toward-unto in 02.

Note: unto-it in 03 : + unto-stayeed in 02.

10:20 φοβηθηση] προσκυνησεις A | αυτω] + μονω A | τω ονοματι] pr επι A F | ααυτου (sic) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:21 οὗτος καύχημά σου καὶ οὗτος θεός σου, ὅστις ἐποίησεν ἐν σοὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ ἔνδοξα ταῦτα ἃ ἴδοσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου.

the-one-this a-boasting-to of-thee and the-one-this a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, which-a-one it-did-unto in unto-thee to-the-ones to-great and to-the-ones to-reckoned-in to-the-ones-these to-which they-hath-had-seen, the-ones eyes of-thee.

10:21 ουτος bis] αυτος A F | om εν A F | ιδοσαν] ιδον A ειδον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 7 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 10:22 ἐν ἑβδομήκοντα ψυχαῖς κατέβησαν οἱ πατέρες σου εἰς Αἴγυπτον, νυνὶ δὲ ἐποίησέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὡσεὶ τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει.

In unto-seventy unto-breathings they-had-stepped-down, the-ones fathers of-thee, into to-an-Aiguptos, unto-now then-also it-did-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, as-if to-the-ones to-en-starrings of-the-one of-a-sky unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness.

10:22 εβδομηκοντα] + πεντε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:1 Καὶ ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, καὶ φυλάξῃ τὰ φυλάγματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς κρίσεις αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

And thou-shall-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thou-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderings-to of-it and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it and to-the-ones to-separatings of-it to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

11:1 και τα δικ. αυτου] + και τας εντολας αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:2 καὶ γνώσεσθε σήμερον ὅτι οὐχὶ τὰ παιδία ὑμῶν, ὅσοι οὐκ οἴδασιν οὐδὲ ἴδοσαν τὴν παιδείαν Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου καὶ τὰ μεγαλεῖα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν κραταιὰν καὶ τὸν βραχίονα τὸν ὑψηλόν,

And ye-shall-acquaint this-day to-which-one unto-not the-ones childlets of-ye, which-a-which not they-had-come-to-see not-then-also they-hath-had-seen to-the-one to-a-childing-of of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee and to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-it and to-the-one to-a-hand to-the-one to-secure-belonged and to-the-one to-more-short to-the-one to-lofteed-of,

11:2 ιδοσαν] ειδον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:3 καὶ τὰ σημεῖα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ τέρατα αὐτοῦ ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἐν μέσῳ Αἰγύπτου Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου καὶ πάσῃ τῇ γῇ αὐτοῦ,

and to-the-ones to-signlets of-it and to-the-ones to anomalies of-it to-which-a-which it-did-unto in unto-middle of-an-Aiguptos unto-a-Faraô unto-a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos and unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-it,

11:3 om αυτου 2° F | οσα] α F | βασιλει] βασιλεως A

[Appendix] εμμεσω A (item 6)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:4 καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησεν τὴν δύναμιν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, τὰ ἅρματα αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἵππον αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, ὡς ἐπέκλυσεν τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς ἐπὶ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καταδιωκόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν ὀπίσω ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτοὺς Κύριος ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας,

and to-which-a-which it-did-unto to-the-one to-an-ability of-the-ones of-Aiguptos-belonged, to-the-ones to-liftings-along-to of-them and to-the-one to-a-horse of-them and to-the-one to-an-ability of-them, as it-upon-sloshed-of-to to-the-one to-a-water of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness of-the-one of-red upon of-looked-toward of-them, of-pursuing-down of-them out of-the-ones aback-unto-which of-ye, and it-destructed-off to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-if-which of-the-one this-day of-a-dayedness,

11:4 την δυναμιν 1°] τη δυναμι (sic) A1? | om και την δυναμιν αυτων A F | Κυριος] ο θς̅̅ A F

DSS

|λ1 [ιππον αυτω]ν ως επε#[λυσεν το υδωρ]

|λ2 [της θαλασσ]ης ερυθρας επι #[ροσωπου]

|λ3 [αυτων καταδι]ωκοντων αυ[των εκ]

|λ4 [των οπισω υμων ]και απωλ[εσεν αυ]

|λ5 [τους εως τη]# #ημερ[ον ημερας]

DSS

|l1 ]%sen [

|l2 ]tou *h[

DSS

|l1 ]*ean [

DSS

|l1 ]n h#[

|l2 ]esti*n[

DSS

|l1 ]%tia[

|l2 ]h%q[

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:5 καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἕως ἤλθετε εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον,

and to-which-a-which it-did-unto unto-us in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-if-which ye-had-came into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this,

11:5 ημιν] υμιν A F | εως] ως A | ηλθετε] εισηλθετε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:6 καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησεν τῷ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν υἱοῖς Ἐλιὰβ υἱοῦ Ῥουβήν, οὓς ἀνοίξασα ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς κατέπιεν αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς αὐτῶν καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόστασιν τὴν μετ' αὐτῶν ἐν μέσῳ παντὸς Ἰσραήλ·

and to-which-a-which it-did-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Dathan and unto-an-Abeirôn unto-sons of-an-Eliab of-a-son of-a-Roubên, to-which having-opened-up, the-one a-soil, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it it-had-drank-down to-them and to-the-ones to-houses of-them and to-the-ones to-tentings of-them and to-all of-them to-the-one to-a-standing-under to-the-one with of-them in unto-middle of-all of-an-Israêl;

11:6 Αβειρων] pr τω F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:7 ὅτι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὑμῶν ἑώρακαν πάντα τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὑμῖν σήμερον.

to-which-a-one the-ones eyes of-ye they-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-all to-the-ones to-works of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-which-a-which it-did-unto unto-ye this-day.

11:7 εωρακαν] εωρων A F | Κυριου] + τα μεγαλα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:8 καὶ φυλάξεσθε πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἵνα ζῆτε καὶ πολυπλασιασθῆτε, καὶ εἰσελθόντες κληρονομήσετε τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι αὐτήν·

And ye-shall-guarder to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, so ye-might-life-unto and ye-might-have-been-much-fold-belonged-to, and having-had-came-into ye-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-one to-a-soil into to-which ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it;

11:8 σοι] υμιν A F | εισελθοντες] εισελθετε και A F | κληρονομησητε A F | διαβεννετε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:9 ἵνα μακροημερεύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν δοῦναι αὐτοῖς καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτῶν μετ' αὐτούς, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.

so ye-might-have-en-long-dayed-of upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye to-have-had-given unto-them and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-them with to-them, to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey.

11:9 μακροημερευσηται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:10 ἔστιν γὰρ ἡ γῆ εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι αὐτήν, οὐχ ὥσπερ γῆ Αἰγύπτου ἐστίν, ὅθεν ἐκπεπόρευσθε ἐκεῖθεν, ὅταν σπείρωσιν τὸν σπόρον καὶ ποτίζωσιν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ κῆπον λαχανίας·

It-be too-thus the-one a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it, not as-very a-soil of-an-Aiguptos it-be, which-from ye-had-come-to-traverse-out-of thither-from, which-also-ever they-might-whorl to-the-one to-a-whorlee and they-might-drinkation-to unto-the-ones unto-feet of-them as-if to-a-garden of-a-cultivating-unto;

11:10 εισπορευη] εισπορευσθαι υμεις A υμεις εισπορευεσθαι F | γη 2°] pr η A F | om εστιν 2° A | εκπεπορευσθε] εκπορευεσθαι A εκπορευεσθε F | σπειρωσι A F | ποτιζωσι A F | om αυτων A F | ωσει] ως F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:11 ἡ δὲ γῆ εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι αὐτὴν γῆ ὀρεινὴ καὶ πεδινή, ἐκ τοῦ ὑετοῦ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίεται ὕδωρ·

the-one then-also a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it a-soil jutted-belonged-to and footinged-belonged-to, out of-the-one of-a-rain of-the-one of-a-sky it-shall-drink to-a-water;

11:11 εισπορευη] pr συ A F | ορινη A F

[Appendix] παιδινη A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:12 γῆ ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπισκοπεῖται αὐτὴν διὰ παντός, οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἀπ' ἀρχῆς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ ἕως συντελείας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ.

a-soil to-which Authority-belonged (Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-scouteth-upon-unto to-it through of-all, the-ones eyes of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee upon of-it off of-a-firsting of-the-one of-a-being-in-unto-it and unto-if-which of-a-finishing-together-of of-the-one of-a-being-in-unto-it.

11:12 συντελειας] της συντελειας A F

[Appendix] επισκοπειτε A | συντελιας B* (συντελειας Ba b A F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:13 Ἐὰν δὲ ἀκοῇ εἰσακούσητε πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ἃς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου καὶ λατρεύειν αὐτῷ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου,

If-ever then-also unto-a-hearing ye-might-have-heard-into to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee and to-serve-of unto-it out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee,

11:13 εισακουσητε] ακουσητε A F | εντολας] + αυτου A F | ας] οσας A F | om σου 3° A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:14 καὶ δώσει τὸν ὑετὸν τῇ γῇ σου καθ' ὥραν πρόιμον καὶ ὄψιμον, καὶ εἰσοίσεις τὸν σῖτόν σου καὶ τὸν οἶνόν σου καὶ τὸ ἔλαιόν σου·

and it-shall-give to-the-one to-a-rain unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-thee down to-an-houredness to-befored-belonged-unto and to-abacked-belonged-unto, and thou-shall-bear-into to-the-one to-a-grain of-thee and to-the-one to-a-wine of-thee and to-the-one to-an-oillet of-thee;

11:14 τη γη] της γης A | προιμον B* A F] πρωιμον Bb | εισοισει F1

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:15 καὶ δώσει χορτάσματα ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς σου τοῖς κτήνεσίν σου.

and it-shall-give to-victualagings-to in unto-the-ones unto-fields of-thee unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-thee.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

11:15 δωσεις A F | εν τοις αγροις] τοις| τοις αγροις F | τοις κτηνεσιν] pr και εν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:16 καὶ φαγὼν καὶ ἐμπλησθεὶς [β] πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ πλατυνθῇ ἡ καρδία σου, καὶ παραβῆτε καὶ λατρεύσητε θεοῖς ἑτέροις καὶ προσκυνήσητε αὐτοῖς·

And having-had-devoured and having-been-repleted-in thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest it-might-have-been-broadened the-one a-heart of-thee, and ye-might-have-had-stepped-beside and ye-might-have-served-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different and ye-might-have-kissed-toward-unto unto-them;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:17 καὶ θυμωθεὶς ὀργῇ Κύριος ἐφ' ὑμῖν καὶ συνσχῇ τὸν οὐρανόν, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ ὑετὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ οὐ δώσει τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀπολεῖσθε ἐν τάχει ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἧς ἔδωκεν ὁ κύριος ὑμῖν.

and having-been-en-passioned unto-a-stressing Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon unto-ye and it-might-have-had-held-together to-the-one to-a-sky, and not it-shall-be the-one a-rain and the-one a-soil not it-shall-give to-the-one to-a-fruit of-it, and ye-shall-destruct-off in unto-a-quickeedness off of-the-one of-a-soil of-the-one of-excess-placed of-which it-gave, the-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-ye.

11:17 οργη] οργισθη A | ο υετος] om ο A F | ο κυριος] ο θς̅̅ A

[Appendix] συσχη A F | ταχι B* (ταχει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:18 καὶ ἐμβαλεῖτε τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν καὶ εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀφάψετε αὐτὰ εἰς σημεῖον ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔσται ἀσάλευτον πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ὑμῶν·

And ye-shall-cast-in to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these into to-the-one to-a-heart of-ye and into to-the-one to-a-breathing of-ye, and ye-shall-fasten-off to-them into to-a-signlet-of upon of-the-one of-a-hand of-ye, and it-shall-be un-undulateable-of before of-eyes of-ye;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:19 καὶ διδάξετε αὐτὰ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν λαλεῖν ἐν αὐτοῖς, καθημένου σου ἐν οἴκῳ καὶ πορευομένου σου ἐν ὁδῷ, καὶ καθεύδοντός σου καὶ διανισταμένου σου·

and ye-shall-veer-veerate to-them to-the-ones to-creationees of-ye to-speak-unto in unto-them, of-sitting-down of-thee in unto-a-house and of-traversing-of of-thee in unto-a-way, and of-resting-down of-thee and of-standing-up-through of-thee;

11:19 εν αυτοις] αυτα A F | καθημενου σου] καθημενους A F | πορευομενου σου] πορευομενους A F | καθευδοντος σου] κοιταζομενους A F | διανισταμενου σου] διανισταμενους A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:20 καὶ γράψετε αὐτὰ ἐπὶ τὰς φλιὰς τῶν οἰκιῶν ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν πυλῶν ὑμῶν,

and ye-shall-scribe to-them upon to-the-ones to-jambings-unto of-the-ones of-housings-unto of-ye and of-the-ones of-gates of-ye,

11:20 οικιων] οικων A F

[Appendix] φλειας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:21 ἵνα μακροημερεύσητε, καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν υἱῶν ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν δοῦναι αὐτοῖς καθὼς αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

so ye-might-have-en-long-dayed-of, and the-ones dayednesses of-the-ones of-sons of-ye upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-ye to-have-had-given unto-them down-as the-ones dayednesses of-the-one of-a-sky upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

11:21 μακροημερευσητε] πολυημερευσητε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:22 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσητε πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον ποιεῖν, ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν καὶ πορεύεσθαι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ προσκολλᾶσθαι αὐτῷ·

And it-shall-be if-ever unto-a-hearing ye-might-have-heard to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day to-do-unto, to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us and to-traverse-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it to-be-toward-togetherned-unto unto-it;

11:22 οσας] ας A F | σοι] υμιν A F | om και 2° A F | πορευεσθε B | προσκολλασθαι] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:23 καὶ ἐκβαλεῖ Κύριος πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα ἀπὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν, καὶ κληρονομήσετε ἔθνη μεγάλα καὶ ἰσχυρὰ μᾶλλον ἢ ὑμεῖς.

and it-shall-cast-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones-these off of-looked-toward of-ye, and ye-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-placeedness-belongings-to to-great and to-force-held more-such or ye.

11:23 ισχυρα] ισχυροτερα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:24 πάντα τὸν τόπον οὗ ἐὰν πατήσῃ τὸ ἴχνος τοῦ ποδὸς ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν ἔσται· ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρήμου καὶ Ἀντιλιβάνου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου, καὶ ἕως τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς ἐπὶ δυσμῶν ἔσται τὰ ὅριά σου.

To-all to-the-one to-an-occasion of-which if-ever it-might-have-treaded-unto, the-one a-trackeedness-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-foot of-ye, unto-ye it-shall-be; off of-the-one of-solituded and of-an-Antilibanos, and off of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of of-the-one of-great, of-a-drinkationing-of of-a-Eufratês, and unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness of-the-one upon of-sinkeeings it-shall-be the-ones boundlets of-thee.

Note: of-an-Antilibanos : meaning ever-a-one of-a-Libanos; this refers to the eastern range of mountains separated by the valley Beqa, the main western range called Libanos; LIBANOS is transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

11:24 ου εαν] ον αν F | του ποδος] των ποδων F | σου] υμων A F

[Appendix] ορεια B* (ορια Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:25 οὐκ ἀντιστήσεται οὐδεὶς κατὰ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν· τὸν τρόμον ὑμῶν καὶ τὸν φόβον ὑμῶν ἐπιθήσει Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς ἐφ' ἧς ἐὰν ἐπιβῆτε ἐπ' αὐτῆς, ὃν τρόπον ἐλάλησεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.

Not it-shall-ever-a-one-stand, not-then-also-one, down to-looked-toward of-ye; to-the-one to-a-tremblee of-ye and to-the-one to-a-fearee of-ye it-shall-place-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, upon to-looked-toward of-all of-the-one of-a-soil upon of-which if-ever ye-might-have-had-stepped-upon upon of-it, to-which to-a-turn it-spoke-unto toward to-ye.

11:25 om και 1° A F | τον φοβ. υμων και τον τρομ. υμων A F | προσωπον] προσωπου A F | εαν] αν A F | ελαλησεν] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | προς υμας] επ αυτης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:26 Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ δίδωμι ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν σήμερον τὴν εὐλογίαν καὶ κατάραν·

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I I-give to-in-look-belonged of-ye this-day to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto and to-a-cursedness-down;

11:26 ενωπιον υμ. σημερον] σημερον εναντιον υμ. A | την ευλογιαν] ευλογιας A F | την καταραν] καταρας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:27 τὴν εὐλογίαν, ἐὰν ἀκούσητε τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἃς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον·

to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, if-ever ye-might-have-heard to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, to-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day;

11:27 την ευλογιαν] τας ευλογιας F | ας] οσας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:28 καὶ αἱ κατάραι, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσητε τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον, καὶ πλανηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν, πορευθέντες λατρεύειν θεοῖς ἑτέροις οὓς οὐκ οἴδατε.

and the-ones cursednesses-down, if-ever lest ye-might-have-heard to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day, and ye-might-have-been-wandered-unto off of-the-one of-a-way of-which I-finished-in unto-ye, having-been-traversed-of to-serve-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different to-which not ye-had-come-to-see.

11:28 αι καταραι] τας καταρας A F | ακουσητε] εισακουσητε A F | οσα] οσας A F | ενετειλαμ.. F | ους] οις A F | ουκ οιδατε sup ras A1

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:29 καὶ ἔσται ὅταν εἰσαγάγῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν διαβαίνεις ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι αὐτήν, καὶ δώσεις εὐλογίαν ἐπ' ὄρος Γαριζεὶν καὶ τὴν κατάραν ἐπ' ὄρος Γαιβάλ.

And it-shall-be which-also-ever it-might-have-had-led-into to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-one to-a-soil into to-which thou-step-through thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it, and thou-shall-give to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto upon to-a-jutteedness to-a-Garizein and to-the-one to-a-cursedness-down upon to-a-jut to-a-Gaibal.

11:29 om εις 2° A | διαβεννις A | ευλογιαν] pr την A F | Γαριζειν] Γαζιρειν A | Γαιβα.’ F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:30 οὐκ ἰδοὺ ταῦτα πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ὀπίσω ὁδὸν δυσμῶν ἡλίου ἐν γῇ Χανάαν, τὸ κατοικοῦν ἐπὶ δυσμῶν ἐχόμενον τοῦ Γολγόλ, πλησίον τῆς δρυὸς τῆς ὑψηλῆς;

Not thou-should-have-had-seen the-ones-these to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês aback-unto-which to-a-way of-sinkeeings of-a-sun in unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan, the-one housing-down-unto upon of-sinkeeings being-held of-the-one of-a-Golgol to-nigh-belonged of-the-one of-a-tree of-the-one of-lofteed-of?

11:30 om δυσμων 1° F | Γολγο.’ F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:31 ὑμεῖς γὰρ διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην, εἰσελθόντες κληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν ἐν κλήρῳ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, καὶ κατοικήσετε ἐν αὐτῇ.

Ye too-thus ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, having-had-came-into to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye it-giveth unto-ye in unto-a-lot to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses, and ye-shall-house-down-unto in unto-it.

11:31 om υμιν F | και κατοικησετε] pr και κληρονομησετε αυτην A και κληρονομησετε F | εν αυτη] αυτην F

[Appendix] διαβαινεται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 8 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 11:32 καὶ φυλάξεσθε τοῦ ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ προστάγματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς κρίσεις ταύτας ὅσας ἐγὼ δίδωμι ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν σήμερον.

And ye-shall-guarder of-the-one to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to of-it and to-all to-the-ones to-separatings to-the-ones-these to-which-a-which I I-give to-in-look-belonged of-ye this-day.

11:32 αυτου] μου A | ταυτας] αυτου A F | οσας] ας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:1 Καὶ ταῦτα τὰ προστάγματα καὶ αἱ κρίσεις ἃς φυλάξετε τοῦ ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ γῇ, ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν ἐν κλήρῳ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἃς ὑμεῖς ζῆτε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

And the-ones-these the-ones arrangings-toward-to and the-ones separatings to-which ye-shall-guarder of-the-one to-do-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-us it-giveth unto-ye in unto-a-lot to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-which ye ye-life-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

12:1 αι κρισεις] τα κριματα A F | ας] α A F | φυλαξετε] φυλαξεσθαι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:2 ἀπωλίᾳ ἀπολεῖτε πάντας τοὺς τόπους ἐν οἷς ἐλάτρευσαν ἐκεῖ τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, οὓς ὑμεῖς κληρονομεῖτε αὐτούς, ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων τῶν ὑψηλῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θινῶν καὶ ὑποκάτω δένδρου δασέος·

Unto-a-destructing-off-unto ye-shall-destruct-off to-all to-the-ones to-occasions in unto-which they-served-of thither unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them, to-which ye ye-lot-parcelee-unto to-them, upon of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-the-ones of-lofteed-of and upon of-the-ones of-ridges and under-down-unto-which of-an-en-treeing of-shaggy;

12:2 απολειται A | παντας τους τοπους] παντα τα εθνη A | εκει] + τα εθνη F | κληρονομειτε] κατακληρον. A F | δενδρου] pr παντος F1 mg | δασεως A F

[Appendix] απωλεια Ba b A F | θεινων B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:3 καὶ κατασκάψατε τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτῶν, καὶ συντρίψετε τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἄλση αὐτῶν ἐκκόψετε, καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν κατακαύσατε πυρί· καὶ ἀπολεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου.

and ye-should-have-dug-down to-the-ones to-en-steppings-of of-them, and ye-shall-rub-together to-the-ones to-blocks of-them, and to-the-ones to-groves of-them ye-shall-fell-out, and to-the-ones to-carved of-the-ones of-deities(elohim) of-them ye-should-have-burn-belonged-down unto-a-fire; and it-shall-have-destructed-off, the-one a-naming-to of-them, out of-the-one of-an-occasion of-the-one-thither.

12:3 κατασκεψατε B* (κατασκαψ. Ba b) | βωμους] aliq emend B? vid | κατακαυσετε A κατακαυσεται F | απολειτε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:4 οὐ ποιήσετε οὕτως Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν·

Not ye-shall-do-unto unto-the-one-this unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:5 ἀλλ' ἢ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεὸς σου ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων ὑμῶν, ἐπονομάσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ ἐπικληθῆναι, καὶ ἐκζητήσατε ἐκεῖ·

other or into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-one of-the-ones of-cities of-ye, to-have-upon-named-to to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither to-have-been-called-upon-unto, and ye-should-have-sought-out-unto thither;

12:5 σου] υμων A F | πολεων] φυλων A F | εκζητησατε] εκζητησετε A F + ϗ ελευσεσθε Ba b + και εισελευσεσθε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:6 καὶ οἴσετε τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν, τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν βοῶν ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν προβάτων ὑμῶν·

and ye-shall-bear to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-ye, and to-the-ones to-along-fortheeings-unto of-ye, to-the-ones to-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-oxen of-ye and of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-ye;

12:6 οισετε] + εκει Ba b (superscr) A F | και τας ομολ. υμων] και τα θυσιασματα υμων και τας απαρχας υμων και τα εκουσια υμων A και τας θυσιας υμων (om F* hab F1 mg) και τας απαρχας υμων και τας ευχας υμων και τα εκουσια υμων F | τα πρωτοτοκα] pr και A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:7 καὶ φάγεσθε ἐκεῖ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐφρανθήσεσθε ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οὗ ἂν τὴν χεῖρα ἐπιβάλητε, ὑμεῖς καὶ οἱ οἶκοι ὑμῶν, καθότι εὐλόγησέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου.

and ye-shall-devour thither to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, and ye-shall-be-goodly-centered upon unto-all of-which ever to-the-one to-a-hand ye-might-have-had-casted-upon, ye and the-ones houses of-ye, down-to-which-a-one it-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

12:7 εναντι F | αν] εαν A F | την χ. επιβαλητε] επιβαλητε τας χειρας A F + υμων F | ηυλογησεν A F

[Appendix] ευφρανθησεσθαι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:8 οὐ ποιήσετε πάντα ἃ ἡμεῖς ποιοῦμεν ὧδε σήμερον, ἕκαστος τὸ ἀρεστὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ·

Not ye-shall-do-unto to-all to-which we we-do-unto unto-which-then-also this-day, each to-the-one to-pleasable to-in-look-belonged of-it;

12:8 ημεις ποιουμεν] υμεις ποιετε F | ενωπιον] εναντιον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:9 οὐ γὰρ ἥκατε ἕως τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν καὶ εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν.

not too-thus ye-had-come-to-arrive unto-if-which of-the-one now into to-the-one to-a-ceasing-down and into to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-us it-giveth unto-ye.

12:9 ημων B F1 (ημιν F*)] υμων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:10 καὶ διαβήσεσθε τὸν Ἰορδάνην, καὶ κατοικήσετε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν κατακληρονομεῖ ὑμῖν, καὶ καταπαύσει ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑμῶν τῶν κύκλῳ, καὶ κατοικήσετε μετὰ ἀσφαλίας.

And ye-shall-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, and ye-shall-house-down-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye it-lot-parceleeth-down-unto unto-ye, and it-shall-cease-down to-ye off of-all of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-ye of-the-ones unto-a-circle, and ye-shall-house-down-unto with of-an-un-befailing-unto.

12:10 ημων] υμων A F | κατακληρονομει] κατακληρονομησει A F

[Appendix] ασφαλειας Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:11 καὶ ἔσται ὁ τόπος ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ, οἴσετε πάντα ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον, τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ θυσιάσματα ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ ἐπιδέκατα ὑμῶν καὶ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ πᾶν ἐκλεκτὸν τῶν δώρων ὑμῶν ὅσα ἐὰν εὔξησθε τῷ θεῷ·

And it-shall-be the-one an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither, ye-shall-bear to-all to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day, to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-ye and to-the-ones to-surgings-to of-ye, and to-the-ones to-tenthed-upon of-ye and to-the-ones to-firstings-off of-the-ones of-hands of-ye, and to-all to-forthable-out of-the-ones of-gifts of-ye to-which-a-which if-ever ye-might-have-goodly-held unto-the-one unto-a-Deity;

12:11 σου] υμων A F | οισετε] pr εκει A F | om και τας απαρχας των χειρων υμων F | και παν] pr και τα δοματα υμων A F | εκ|λεκτον B* εκλε|κτον Bb | εαν] αν A F | τω θεω] + υμων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:12 καὶ εὐφρανθήσεσθε ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, ὑμεῖς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν, οἱ παῖδες ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ παιδίσκαι ὑμῶν, καὶ ὁ Λευείτης ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν πυλῶν ὑμῶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος μεθ' ὑμῶν.

and ye-shall-be-goodly-centered to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, ye and the-ones sons of-ye and the-ones daughters of-ye, the-ones children of-ye and the-ones child-belongings-of of-ye, and the-one a-Leuei-belonger the-one upon of-the-ones of-a-gates of-ye, to-which-a-one not it-be unto-it a-portion not-then-also a-lot with of-ye.

12:12 εναντι A F | αι παιδ.] αι (1°) sup ras Aa | Λευιτης Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:13 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ ἀνενέγκῃς τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματά σου ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ οὗ ἐὰν ἴδῃς,

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest thou-might-have-beared-up to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-thee in unto-all unto-an-occasion of-which if-ever thou-might-have-had-seen,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:14 ἀλλ' ἢ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτὸν ἐν μιᾷ τῶν φυλῶν σου· ἐκεῖ ἀνοίσετε τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματά ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐκεῖ ποιήσεις πάντα ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον.

other or into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-it in unto-one of-the-ones of-tribings of-thee; thither ye-shall-bear-up to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-ye, and thither thou-shall-do-unto to-all to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day.

12:14 φυλων] πολεων A F | ανοισετε] ανοισεις A F | υμων] σου A F

[Appendix] εκλεξητε A (item 18)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:15 ἀλλ' ἢ ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιθυμίᾳ σου θύσεις καὶ φάγῃ κρέα κατὰ τὴν εὐλογίαν Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἣν ἔδωκέν σοι ἐν πάσῃ πόλει· ὁ ἀκάθαρτος ἐν σοὶ καὶ ὁ καθαρὸς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ φάγεται αὐτό, ὡς δορκάδα ἢ ἔλαφον·

Other or in unto-all unto-a-passioning-upon-unto of-thee thou-shall-surge and thou-shall-devour to-meats down to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-which it-gave unto-thee in unto-all unto-a-city; the-one un-cleansabled in unto-thee and the-one cleansed upon to-the-one to-it it-shall-devour to-it, as to-a-gazelle or to-a-deer;

12:15 φαγεται] φαγετε A

[Appendix] πολι B* (πολει Ba? b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:16 πλὴν τὸ αἷμα οὐ φάγεσθε, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκχεεῖτε αὐτὸ ὡς ὕδωρ.

to-beyond, to-the-one to-a-rushering-to not ye-shall-devour, upon to-the-one to-a-soil ye-shall-pour-out to-it as to-a-water.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:17 οὐ δυνήσῃ φαγεῖν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου τὸ ἐπιδέκατον τοῦ σίτου σου καὶ τοῦ οἴνου σου καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου σου, τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν βοῶν σου, καὶ πάσας εὐχὰς ὅσας ἂν εὔξησθε καὶ τὰς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν χειρῶν σου·

Not thou-shall-able to-have-had-devoured in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee to-the-one to-tenthed-upon of-the-one of-a-grain of-thee and of-the-one of-a-wine of-thee and of-the-one of-an-oillet of-thee, to-the-ones to-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee, and to-all to-goodly-holdings to-which-a-which ever ye-might-have-goodly-held and to-the-ones to-along-fortheeings-unto of-ye and, to-the-ones to-firstings-off of-the-ones of-hands of-ye;

12:17–18 των χ. υμων αλλ η εναντι sup ras et in mg Aa (om των χ. υμ. A* vid)

12:17 των β. σου] + και των προβατων σου A F | ευχας] pr τας F | om και 4° A | σου 6°] υμων Aa F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:18 ἀλλ' ἢ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου φάγῃ αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτῷ, σὺ καὶ ὁ υἱός σου καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ σου, ὁ παῖς σου καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη σου, καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὑμῶν· καὶ εὐφρανθήσῃ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐπὶ πάντα οὗ ἂν ἐπιβάλῃς τὴν χεῖρα σου.

other or to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee thou-shall-devour to-it in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, unto-it, thou and the-one a-son of-thee and the-one a-daughter of-thee, the-one a-child of-thee and the-one a-child-belonging-of of-thee, and the-one comeable-toward the-one in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-ye; and thou-shall-be-goodly-centered to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee upon to-all of-which ever thou-might-have-had-casted-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee.

12:17–18 των χ. υμων αλλ η εναντι sup ras et in mg Aa (om των χ. υμ. A* vid)

12:18 εναντιον 1°] εναντι Aa F | αυτο] αυτα A F | ω] ου A F | αυτω συ και ο υιος σου και η θυγ. σου bis scr B* (uncis incl συ…αυτω 2° Ba b) | om ο παις σου και η παιδ. σου F* (hab F1 mg) | και 4°] pr και ο Λευιτης A F | υμων] σου A F | εναντιον 2°] εναντι A F | αν] εαν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:19 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ ἐνκαταλίπῃς τὸν Λευείτην πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὅσον ἐὰν ζῇς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest thou-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-the-one to-a-Leuei-belonger to-all to-the-one to-a-while to-which-a-which if-ever thou-might-life-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

12:19 εγκαταλιπης Bb εγκαταλειπης A F | Λευιτην Bb A F | παντα τον χρ. οσον] οσον αν χρονον A | ζη A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:20 Ἐὰν δὲ ἐμπλατύνῃ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰ ὅριά σου καθάπερ ἐλάλησέν σοι, καὶ ἐρεῖς Φάγομαι κρέα· ἐὰν ἐπιθυμήσῃ ἡ ψυχὴ σου ὥστε φαγεῖν κρέα, ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς σου φάγῃ κρέα.

If-ever then-also it-might-broadeneth-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-boundlets of-thee down-to-which-very it-spoke-unto unto-thee, and thou-shall-utter, I-shall-devour to-meats; if-ever it-might-have-passioned-upon-unto, the-one a-breathing of-thee, as-also to-have-had-devoured to-meats, in unto-all unto-a-passioning-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee thou-shall-devour to-meats.

12:20 ερεις] ειπης A | επιθυμησει A | ψυχης] καρδιας A

[Appendix] ορεια B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:21 ἐὰν δὲ μακρὰν ἀπέχῃ σου ὁ τόπος ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐκεῖ ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ θύσεις ἀπὸ τῶν βοῶν σου καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων σου, ὧν ἂν δῷ ὁ θεός σοι, ὃν τρόπον ἐνετειλάμην σοι, καὶ φάγῃ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου κατὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ψυχῆς σου·

If-ever then-also to-en-longed it-might-hold-off of-thee, the-one an-occasion, to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thither to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it, and thou-shall-surge off of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee and off of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee, of-which ever it-might-have-had-given, the-one a-Deity, unto-thee, to-which to-a-turn I-finished-in unto-thee, and thou-shall-devour in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee down to-the-one to-a-passioning-upon of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee;

12:21 μακραν] μακροτερον A F | om εκει A F | αυτου] + εκει Aa (om A* vid) F | ων αν δω ο θεος σοι] ως αν δω σοι ο θς̅̅ σου A ων αν δω ο θεος σου F1 (mg) (om F* vid)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:22 ὡς ἔσθεται ἡ δορκὰς καὶ ἡ ἔλαφος, οὕτως φάγῃ αὐτό· ὁ ἀκάθαρτος ἐν σοὶ καὶ ὁ καθαρὸς ὡσαύτως ἔδεται.

as it-be-eaten the-one a-gazelle and the-one a-deer, unto-the-one-this thou-shall-devour to-it; the-one un-cleansabled in unto-thee and the-one cleansed as-unto-it it-shall-eat.

12:22 εσθετε B* (εσθεται Ba b) A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:23 πρόσεχε ἰσχυρῶς τοῦ μὴ φαγεῖν αἷμα, ὅτι αἷμα αὐτοῦ ψυχή· οὐ βρωθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ μετὰ τῶν κρεῶν·

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-force-held of-the-one lest to-have-had-devoured to-a-rushering-to, to-which-a-one a-rushering-to of-it a-breathing; not it-shall-be-feedeed the-one a-breathing with of-the-ones of-meats;

12:23 οτι] το γαρ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:24 οὐ φάγεσθε, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκχεεῖτε αὐτὸ ὡς ὕδωρ·

not ye-shall-devour, upon to-the-one to-a-soil ye-shall-pour-out to-it as to-a-water;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:25 οὐ φάγῃ αὐτό, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου μετὰ σέ, ἐὰν ποιήσῃς τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ ἀρεστὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

Not thou-shall-devour to-it, so goodly unto-thee it-might-have-had-became and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee with to-thee, if-ever thou-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-seemly and to-the-one to-pleasable to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee.

12:25 μετα σε] + εις τον αιωνα A F | εναντι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:26 πλὴν τὰ ἅγιά σου, ἐὰν γένηταί σοι, καὶ τὰς εὐχάς σου λαβὼν ἥξεις εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ·

To-beyond, to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-thee, if-ever it-might-have-had-became unto-thee, and to-the-ones to-goodly-holdings of-thee having-had-taken thou-shall-arrive into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither;

12:26 εαν γενηται σοι] α αν σοι γενηται A F | ο θεος σου] + αυτον Ba b + αυτω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:27 καὶ ποιήσεις τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματά σου· τὰ κρέα φάγῃ.

and thou-shall-do-unto to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-thee; to-the-ones then-also to-meats thou-shall-devour.

12:27 τα δε κρεα φαγη] pr τα κρεα ανοισεις επι το θυσιαστηριον κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ σου το δε αιμα των θυσιων σου προσχεεις προς την βασιν του θυσιαστηριου κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:28 φυλάσσου καὶ ἄκουε καὶ ποιήσεις πάντας τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι· ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου δι' αἰῶνος, ἐὰν ποιήσῃς τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ ἀρεστὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

Thou-should-guarder and thou-should-hear and thou-shall-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee; so goodly unto-thee it-might-have-had-became and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee through of-an-age, if-ever thou-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-seemly and to-the-one to-pleasable to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

12:28 καλον bis scr F | εναντι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:29 Ἐὰν δὲ ἐξολεθρεύσῃ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰ ἔθνη, εἰς οὓς εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, καὶ κατακληρονομήσῃς αὐτήν, καὶ κατοικήσῃς ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-destructed-out-of, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to, into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them, off of-looked-toward of-thee, and thou-might-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto to-it, and thou-might-have-housed-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-them;

12:29 εισπορευη] pr συ A F | την γην Ba? b A F] αυτην γ. B* | om σου 2° B* (hab Ba b (mg) A F) | κατακληρονομησεις A | αυτην] αυτους A F | κατοικησεις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:30 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ ἐκζητήσῃς ἐπακολουθῆσαι αὐτοῖς μετὰ τὸ ἐξολεθρευθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, λέγων Πῶς ποιοῦσιν τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν; ποιήσω κἀγώ.

thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest thou-might-have-sought-out-unto to-have-pathed-along-unto unto-them with to-the-one to-have-been-destructed-out-of to-them off of-looked-toward of-thee, forthing, Unto-whither they-do-unto, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones-these, unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them, I-shall-do-unto and-I.

12:30 λεγων] pr ου μη εκζητησης τους θεους αυτων A F | καγω] και εγω A

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:31 οὐ ποιήσεις οὕτως τῷ θεῷ σου· τὰ γὰρ βδελύγματα Κυρίου, ἃ ἐμίσησεν, ἐποίησαν ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, ὅτι τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῶν κατακαίουσιν ἐν πυρὶ τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν.

Not thou-shall-do-unto unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; to-the-ones too-thus to-abhorrerings-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which it-hated-unto, they-did-unto in unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them, to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-sons of-them and to-the-ones to-daughters of-them they-burn-belong-down in unto-a-fire unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them.

12:31 τω θεω] pr κ̅̅ω̅̅ A F | τα γαρ βδ.] τα βδ. γαρ A | Κυριου α] α κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | om εν 1° A F | τους υιους] pr και F | om εν 2° F

[Appendix] εμεισησεν B* A (εμισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 9 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 12:32 (Deu 13:1 Heb.) Πᾶν ῥῆμα ὃ ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί ὑμῖν σήμερον, τοῦτο φυλάξῃ ποιεῖν· οὐ προσθήσεις ἐπ' αὐτό, οὐδὲ ἀφελεῖς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.

(Deu 13:1 Heb.) To-all to-an-uttering-to to-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day, to-the-one-this thou-shall-guarder to-do-unto; not thou-shall-place-toward upon to-it, not-then-also thou-shall-have-sectioned-off off of-it.

12:32 υμιν] σοι A F | προσθησει A* (ς superscr A1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:1 (Deu 13:2 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ ἀναστῇ ἐν σοὶ προφήτης ἢ ἐνυπνιαζόμενος τὸ ἐνύπνιον καὶ δῷ σοι σημεῖον ἢ τέρας,

(Deu 13:2 Heb.) If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-stood-up in unto-thee, a-declarer-before or in-sleeping-to to-the-one to-an-in-sleeplet, and it-might-have-had-given unto-thee to-a-signlet-of or to-an-anomaly,

13:1 το ενυπνιον] om το A F | δω] δωσει A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:2 (Deu 13:3 Heb.) καὶ ἔλθῃ τὸ σημεῖον ἢ τὸ τέρας ὃ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς σὲ λέγων Πορευθῶμεν καὶ λατρεύσωμεν θεοῖς ἑτέροις οὓς οὐκ οἴδατε·

(Deu 13:3 Heb.) and it-might-have-had-came, the-one a-signlet-of or the-one an-anomaly, to-which it-spoke-unto toward to-thee forthing, We-might-have-been-traversed-of and we-might-have-served-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different to-which not ye-had-come-to-see;

13:2 om και ελθη…τερας F* (hab F1 mg inf) | ους] οις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:3 (Deu 13:4 Heb.) οὐκ ἀκούσεσθε τῶν λόγων τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου ἢ τοῦ ἐνυπνιαζομένου τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἐκεῖνο· ὅτι πειράζει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὑμᾶς, εἰδέναι εἰ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ὑμῶν.

(Deu 13:4 Heb.) not ye-shall-hear of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-one of-a-declarer-before of-the-one-thither or of-the-one of-in-sleeping-to to-the-one to-an-in-sleeplet to-the-one-thither; to-which-a-one it-across-belongeth-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-ye, to-have-had-come-to-see if ye-excess-off-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-ye.

Note: of-thee in 03: of-ye in 02 is correct.

13:3 σου bis] υμων A F | ειδεναι] pr του A F | τον θεον] pr κ̅̅ν̅̅ A F

[Appendix] ακουσεσθαι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:4 (Deu 13:5 Heb.) ὀπίσω Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύεσθε, καὶ τοῦτον φοβηθήσεσθε καὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε καὶ αὐτῷ προστεθήσεσθε.

(Deu 13:5 Heb.) Aback-unto-which of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye ye-should-traverse-of, and to-the-one-this ye-shall-be-feareed-unto and of-the-one of-a-sound of-it ye-shall-hear and unto-it ye-shall-be-placed-toward.

13:4 τουτον] αυτον A F | φοβηθησεσθε] + και τας εντολας αυτου φυλαξεσθε A F | ακουσεσθε] + και αυτω δουλευσετε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:5 (Deu 13:6 Heb.) καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος ἢ ὁ τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἐνυπνιαζόμενος ἐκεῖνος ἀποθανεῖται· ἐλάλησεν γὰρ πλανῆσαί σε ἀπὸ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου τοῦ ἐξαγαγόντος σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, τοῦ λυτρωσαμένου σε ἐκ τῆς δουλίας, ἐξῶσαί σε ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς ἐνετείλατο σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου πορεύεσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ· καὶ ἀφανιεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.

(Deu 13:6 Heb.) And the-one a-declarer-before the-one-thither or the-one to-the-one to-an-in-sleeplet in-sleeping-to the-one-thither it-shall-die-off; it-spoke-unto too-thus to-have-wandered-unto to-thee off of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee of-the-one of-having-had-led-out to-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, of-the-one of-having-en-loosed to-thee out of-the-one of-a-bondeeing-unto, to-have-pushed-out to-thee off of-the-one of-a-way of-which it-finished-in unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-traverse-of in unto-it; and thou-shall-un-manifest-to to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them.

13:5 αποπλανησαι F | απο 2°] εκ A F | αφανιειτε A F

[Appendix] δουλειας Bb A F (item 10)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:6 (Deu 13:7 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ παρακαλέσῃ σε ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἐκ πατρός σου ἢ ἐκ μητρός σου, ἢ ὁ υἱός σου ἢ ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἢ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἐν κόλπῳ σου, ἢ φίλος ἴσος τῆς ψυχῆς σου, λάθρα λέγων Βαδίσωμεν καὶ λατρεύσωμεν θεοῖς ἑτέροις οὓς οὐκ ᾔδεις σὺ καὶ οἱ πατέρες σου,

(Deu 13:7 Heb.) If-ever then-also it-might-have-called-beside-unto to-thee, the-one brethrened of-thee out of-a-father of-thee or out of-a-mother of-thee or the-one a-son of-thee or the-one a-daughter of-thee or the-one a-woman or in unto-a-bosom of-thee or cared samed of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee, unto-secluded forthing, We-might-have-stepped-to and we-might-have-served-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different; to-which not thou-had-come-to-have-had-seen, thou, and the-ones fathers of-thee,

13:6 η γυνη] + σου A F | φιλος ισος] ο φιλος ο ισος A ο φ. σου ο ισος F | τη ψυχη A | βαδισωμεν] πορευθωμεν A F | ους] οις A F

[Appendix] εταιροις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:7 (Deu 13:8 Heb.) ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν περικύκλῳ ὑμῶν, τῶν ἐγγιζόντων σοι ἢ τῶν μακρὰν ἀπὸ σοῦ, ἀπ' ἄκρου τῆς γῆς ἕως ἄκρου τῆς γῆς·

(Deu 13:8 Heb.) off of-the-ones of-deities(elohim) of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones unto-circled-about of-ye, of-the-ones of-nearing-to unto-thee or of-the-ones to-en-longed off of-thee, off of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil unto-if-which of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:8 (Deu 13:9 Heb.) οὐ συνθελήσεις αὐτῷ καὶ οὐκ εἰσακούσῃ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ φείσεται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἐπ' αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἐπιποθήσεις ἐπ' αὐτῷ οὐδ' οὐ μὴ σκεπάσῃς αὐτόν.

(Deu 13:9 Heb.) not thou-shall-determine-together unto-it and not thou-shall-hear-into of-it, and not it-shall-spare, the-one an-eye of-thee, upon unto-it, not thou-shall-yearn-upon-unto upon unto-it not-then-also not lest thou-might-have-covered-to to-it.

13:8 ουδ ου] ουδε A F

[Appendix] φισεται A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:9 (Deu 13:10 Heb.) ἀναγγέλλων ἀναγγελεῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ, αἱ χεῖρές σου ἔσονται ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἐν πρώτοις ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτόν, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ·

(Deu 13:10 Heb.) Leadeeering-up thou-shall-leadeeer-up about of-it, the-ones hands of-thee they-shall-be upon to-it in unto-most-before to-have-killed-off to-it and the-ones hands of-all of-the-one of-a-people upon unto-most-bordered;

13:9 αι χ. σου εσονται] και η χειρ σου εσται A F | επ αυτον] επ αυτω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:10 (Deu 13:11 Heb.) καὶ λιθοβολήσουσιν αὐτὸν ἐν λίθοις, καὶ ἀποθανεῖται, ὅτι ἐζήτησεν ἀποστῆσαί σε ἀπὸ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου τοῦ ἐξαγαγόντος σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐξ οἴκου δουλίας.

(Deu 13:11 Heb.) and they-shall-stone-cast-unto to-it in unto-stones, and it-shall-die-off, to-which-a-one it-sought-unto to-have-stood-off to-thee off of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee of-the-one of-having-had-led-out to-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, out of-a-house of-a-bondeeing-unto.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:11 (Deu 13:12 Heb.) καὶ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ ἀκούσας φοβηθήσεται, καὶ οὐ προσθήσει ἔτι ποιῆσαι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν.

(Deu 13:12 Heb.) And all an-Israêl having-heard it-shall-be-feareed-unto, and not it-shall-place-toward if-to-a-one to-have-done-unto down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-the-one-this in unto-ye.

13:11 προσθησουσιν A F | το ρ.το πονηρον] το πον. ρ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:12 (Deu 13:13 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ ἀκούσῃς ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεών σου ὧν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι κατοικεῖν σε ἐκεῖ λεγόντων

(Deu 13:13 Heb.) If-ever then-also thou-might-have-heard in unto-one of-the-ones of-cities of-thee of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee to-house-down-unto to-thee thither of-forthing,

13:12 om σου 1° F | om σε A F | λεγοντων] λεγων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:13 (Deu 13:14 Heb.) Ἐξήλθοσαν ἄνδρες παράνομοι ἐξ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀπέστησαν πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν λέγοντες Πορευθῶμεν καὶ λατρεύσωμεν θεοῖς ἑτέροις οὓς οὐκ ᾔδειτε·

(Deu 13:14 Heb.) They-hath-had-came-out, men parceleed-beside out of-ye, and they-stood-off to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them forthing, We-might-have-been-traversed-of and we-might-have-served-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different to-which not ye-had-come-to-have-had-seen;

13:13 εξηλθον A F | υμων] ημων A F | γην] πολιν A F | ους] οις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:14 (Deu 13:15 Heb.) καὶ ἐρωτήσεις καὶ ἐραυνήσεις σφόδρα, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀληθῶς σαφῶς ὁ λόγος, γεγένηται τὸ βδέλυγμα τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν·

(Deu 13:15 Heb.) and thou-shall-entreat-unto and thou-shall-search-unto to-vehemented, and thou-should-have-had-seen, unto-un-secludinged unto-evidentinged the-one a-forthee, it-had-come-to-become, the-one an-abhorrering-to the-one-this, in unto-ye;

13:14 και ερωτησεις] pr και εξετασεις A και ετασεις F | εραυνησεις B* (ερευν. Bb)] εξεραυνησεις A εξερευνησεις F | αληθης A F | γενηται F* (γεγεν. F1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:15 (Deu 13:16 Heb.) ἀναιρῶν ἀνελεῖς πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐκείνῃ ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας, ἀναθέματι ἀναθεματιεῖτε αὐτὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ·

(Deu 13:16 Heb.) sectioning-along-up-unto thou-shall-have-sectioned-up to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one-thither in unto-a-slayee of-a-battle-section-alongedness, unto-a-placing-up-to ye-shall-place-up-to to-it and to-all to-the-ones in unto-it;

13:15 αναιρων ανελεις] αναιλων αναιλεις A | παντας] παντα F | γη] πολει A F | μαχαιρης A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:16 (Deu 13:17 Heb.) καὶ πάντα τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῆς συνάξεις εἰς τὰς διόδους αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐνπρήσεις τὴν πόλιν ἐν πυρὶ καὶ πάντα τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῆς πανδημεὶ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου· καὶ ἔσται ἀοίκητος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, οὐκ ἀνοικοδομηθήσεται ἔτι.

(Deu 13:17 Heb.) and to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-it thou-shall-lead-together into to-the-ones to-wayed-through of-it, and thou-shall-kindle-in to-the-one to-a-city in unto-a-fire and to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-it unto-all-localitied to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; and it-shall-be un-housed into to-the-one to-an-age, not it-shall-be-house-built-up-unto if-to-a-one.

13:16 συναξεις] συνα|ξει sup ras Ba b | πανδημι A F | εναντι A F

[Appendix] εμπρησεις Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:17 (Deu 13:18 Heb.) καὶ οὐ προσκολληθήσεται ἐν τῇ χειρί σου οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀναθέματος, ἵνα ἀποστραφῇ Κύριος ἀπὸ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ δώσει σοι ἔλεος καὶ ἐλεήσει σε καὶ πληθυνεῖ σε ὃν τρόπον ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν σου,

(Deu 13:18 Heb.) And not it-shall-be-toward-togetherned-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-thee not-then-also-one off of-the-one of-a-placing-up-to, so it-might-have-had-been-beturned-off Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off of-a-passion of-the-one of-a-stressing of-it, and it-shall-give unto-thee to-a-besectionateedness and it-shall-besectionate-unto to-thee and it-shall-repleten to-thee to-which to-a-turn it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee,

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

13:17 om και 1° A F | ουδεν απο του αναθ. εν τη χ. σου A F | δωσει] δωη F | και πληθυνει σε και ελεησει σε A | ον τροπον] pr και πλησθηση καθως ελαλησεν σοι A pr καθ. ελαλ. σοι F | ωμοσεν] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 10 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 13:18 (Deu 13:19 Heb.) ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, φυλάσσειν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ποιεῖν τὸ ἀρεστὸν καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

(Deu 13:19 Heb.) if-ever thou-might-have-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, to-do-unto to-the-one to-pleasable and to-the-one to-seemly to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

13:18 εαν] + δε A1 (superscr) F | ακουσης] εισακουσητε A F | τας εντολας] pr πασας A F | οσας] ας A F | το καλον και το αρεστον A F | εναντι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:1 Υἱοί ἐστε Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, οὐκ ἐπιθήσετε φαλάκρωμα ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὑμῶν ἐπὶ νεκρῷ·

Sons ye-be of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, not ye-shall-place-upon to-a-balding-to up to-middle of-the-ones of-eyes of-ye upon unto-en-deaded;

14:1 ουκ επιθησετε (επιθησεται A)] pr ου φοιβησετε Ba b mg A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:2 ὅτι λαὸς ἅγιος εἶ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, καὶ σὲ ἐξελέξατο Κύριος ὁ θεός σου γενέσθαι σε αὐτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν ἐπὶ προσώπου τῆς γῆς.

to-which-a-one a-people hallow-belonged thou-be unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and to-thee it-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-have-had-became to-thee unto-it to-a-people to-being-about-belonged off of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones upon of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil.

14:2 om σε 1° A* vid (hab A? (mg)) F | γενεσθε A | om σε 2° A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:3 Οὐ φάγεσθε πᾶν βδέλυγμα.

Not ye-shall-devour to-all to-an-abhorrering-to.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:4 ταῦτα κτήνη ἃ φάγεσθε· μόσχον ἐκ βοῶν, καὶ ἀμνὸν ἐκ προβάτων, καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν,

The-ones-these befoundeednesses to-which ye-shall-devour; to-a-calf out of-oxen, and to-a-lamb out of-stepped-before, and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats,

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.

14:4 κτηνη] pr τα A F

[Appendix] χειμερον A χειμαρρον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:5 ἔλαφον καὶ δορκάδα καὶ πύγαργον, ὄρυγα καὶ καμηλοπάρδαλιν·

to-a-deer and to-a-gazelle and to-a-glistened-rump, to-an-antelope and to-a-camel-leopard;

Note: to-a-glistened-rump : used to refer to a roe.

Note: to-a-camel-leopard : used to refer to a giraff.

14:5 δορκαδα] + και βουβαλον και τραγελαφον A F | πυδαργον A | ορυγα] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:6 πᾶν κτῆνος διχηλοῦν ὁπλὴν καὶ ὀνυχιστῆρας ὀνυχίζον δύο χηλῶν καὶ ἀνάγον μηρυκισμὸν ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσιν, ταῦτα φάγεσθε.

to-all to-a-befoundeedness to-split-studding-unto to-an-implementing and to-unguisers to-unguising-to of-two of-forkings and to-leading-up to-a-furling-to-of in unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses, to-the-ones-these ye-shall-devour.

Note: to-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

14:6 διχηλουν] διχηλευον A | ονυχιζων A | αναγων B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:7 καὶ ταῦτα οὐ φάγεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναγόντων μηρυκισμὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν διχηλούντων τὰς ὁπλὰς καὶ ὀνυχιζόντων ὀνυχιστῆρας, τὸν κάμηλον καὶ δασύποδα καὶ χοιρογρύλλιον· ὅτι ἀνάγουσιν μηρυκισμὸν καὶ ὁπλὴν οὐ διχηλοῦσιν, ἀκάθαρτα ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἐστιν.

And to-the-ones-these not ye-shall-devour off of-the-ones of-leading-up to-a-furling-to-of and off of-the-ones of-split-studding-unto to-the-ones to-implementings and of-unguising-to to-unguisers, to-the-one to-a-camel and to-a-shag-foot and to-hog-caricature-belonged; to-which-a-one they-leadeth-up to-a-furling-to-of and to-an-implementing not they-split-studdeth-unto, un-cleansabled the-ones-these unto-ye it-be.

Note: to-hog-caricature-belonged : refers to the coney, a short eared ungulate with hoof like toes, but not hoofs, and looking similar to miniature hog.

14:7 χοιρογυλ|ιον B χυρογυλιον A* (χυρογρ. A1) F | αναγουσιν] αναγει A αναγουσιν | σιν (sic) F | μηρυκισμον 2°] + ταυτα A F | ακαθαρτα ταυτα] om ταυτα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:8 καὶ τὸν ὗν, ὅτι διχηλεῖ ὁπλὴν τοῦτο καὶ ὀνυχίζει ὀνυχιστῆρας ὁπλῆς, καὶ τοῦτο μηρυκισμὸν οὐ μαρυκᾶται, ἀκάθαρτον τοῦτο ὑμῖν· ἀπὸ τῶν κρεῶν αὐτῶν οὐ φάγεσθε, τῶν θνησιμαίων αὐτῶν οὐχ ἅψεσθε.

And to-the-one to-a-swine, to-which-a-one it-split-studdeth-unto to-an-implementing, the-one-this, and it-unguiseth-to to-unguisers of-an-implementing, and the-one-this to-a-furling-to-of not it-furleth-unto, un-cleansabled the-one-this unto-ye; off of-the-ones of-meats of-them not ye-shall-devour, of-the-ones of-died-belonged of-them not ye-shall-fasten.

14:8 om οπλην A | ονυχιστηρας] ονυχας A F | ου μαρυκαται] ουκ αναμαρυκαται A | των θνησιμ.] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:9 Καὶ ταῦτα φάγεσθε ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι· πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς πτερύγια καὶ λεπίδες φάγεσθε.

And to-the-ones-these ye-shall-devour off of-all of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-water; to-all which-a-which it-be in unto-them winglets and peels ye-shall-devour.

14:9–10 ες φαγεσθε| και παντα οσα ουκ εστῖ sup ras Ba

14:9 τω υδατι] τοις υδασιν A F | om εν 2° A F | φαγεσθε 2°] pr ταυτα A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:10 καὶ πάντα ὅσα οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς πτερύγια καὶ λεπίδες οὐ φάγεσθε, ἀκάθαρτα ὑμῖν ἐστιν.

And to-all which-a-which not it-be unto-them winglets and peels not ye-shall-devour, un-cleansabled unto-ye it-be.

14:9–10 ες φαγεσθε| και παντα οσα ουκ εστι̅ sup ras Ba

14:10 και 2°] ουδε A F | ακαθαρτα] + ταυτα A F | υμιν εστιν] εσται υμιν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:11 Πᾶν ὄρνεον καθαρὸν φάγεσθε.

To-all to-an-en-flailing to-cleansed ye-shall-devour.

Note: to-an-en-flailing : groupingly refers to birds that non-glidingly flail their wings.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:12 καὶ ταῦτα οὐ φάγεσθε ἀπ' αὐτῶν· τὸν ἀετὸν καὶ τὸν γρύπα καὶ τὸν ἁλιαίετον,

And to-the-ones-these not ye-shall-devour off of-them; to-the-one to-an-airer and to-the-one to-a-hooker and to-the-one to-a-salt-belonged-airer,

Note: to-an-airer : used to refer to things suspended in air, of birds skilled in gliding, particularly an eagle.

14:12 om ου A* (superscr A1) | αλιαιτον (sic) B αλιετον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:13 καὶ τὸν γύπα καὶ τὸν ἴκτινα καὶ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷ,

and to-the-one to-a-vulture and to-the-one to-a-kite and to-the-ones to-along-belonged unto-it,

14:13 τα ομ. αυτω] + και παντα κορακα και τα ομοια αυτω Aa? (mg) F

[Appendix] ικτεινα F

(Deu 14:14) not in HS.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:14 (Deu 14:15) καὶ στρουθὸν καὶ γλαῦκα καὶ λάρον,

(Deu 14:15) and to-a-sparrow and to-a-glarer and to-lured,

Note: to-a-glarer : used to refer to owls.

Note: to-lured : used to refer to the sea birds which are lured to be around people for food.

14:14 γλαυκαν B* (γλαυκα Bb) | λαρον] + και ιερακα και τα ομοια αυτω

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:15 (Deu 14:16) καὶ ἀρωδιὸν καὶ κύκνον καὶ εἶβιν,

(Deu 14:16) and to-utter-belonged and to-a-swan and to-an-ibis,

Note: to-utter-belonged : used to refer to parrots.

14:15 αρωδιον B* A] ερωδ. Bb F | ειβιν B* (ιβιν Bb) ιβην A ιβειν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:16 (Deu 14:17) καὶ καταράκτην καὶ ἱέρακα καὶ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷ, καὶ ὕποπα καὶ νυκτικόρακα,

(Deu 14:17) and to-rushinged-down and to-a-hawk and to-the-ones to-along-belonged unto-it, and to-a-hoopoe and to-a-night-raven, Note : UPOPA (to-a-hoopoe) in 03: EPOPA (to-a-hoopoe) in 03C1; same meanings, confusion with the name and the etymology which is from the sound of the bird.

14:16 om και ιερακα και τα ομοια αυτω A F | υποπα B* F (υπωπα A)] εποπα Ba b + και πορφυριωνα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:17 (Deu 14:18) καὶ πελεκᾶνα καὶ χαραδριὸν καὶ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷ, καὶ πορφυρίωνα καὶ νυκτερίδα.

(Deu 14:18) and to-hewened and to-ravine-belonged and to-the-ones to-along-belonged unto-it, and to-a-flushed-belonging and to-a-nighter.

Note: to-hewened : used to refer to the pelican family from the shape formed by their head and gullet as something hewn.

Note: to-a-flushed-belonging : used to refer to a kind of bird based on its assignment to the flush of color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red, probably the flamingo family, but some Greek concordances offer water-hen.

Note: to-a-nighter : used to refer things defined by their night behavior, usually of bats, also of a kind of fish, of a kind of plant, etc.

14:17 om και πορφυριωνα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:18 (Deu 14:19) πάντα τὰ ἑρπετὰ τῶν πετεινῶν ἀκάθαρτα ὑμῖν ἐστιν, οὐ φάγεσθε ἀπ' αὐτῶν.

(Deu 14:19) All the-ones creeped of-the-ones of-flying-belonged-to un-cleansabled unto-ye it-be, not ye-shall-devour off of-them.

14:18 ακαθαρτα] + ταυτα A | εστιν υμιν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:19 (Deu 14:20) πᾶν πετεινὸν καθαρὸν φάγεσθε.

(Deu 14:20) To-all to-flying-belonged-to to-cleansed ye-shall-devour.

14:19 [Appendix] φαγεσθαι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:20 (Deu 14:21) Πᾶν θνησιμαῖον οὐ φάγεσθε· τῷ παροίκῳ τῷ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου δοθήσεται καὶ φάγεται, ἢ ἀποδώσῃ τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ· ὅτι λαὸς ἅγιος εἶ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου. οὐχ ἑψήσεις ἄρνα ἐν γάλακτι μητρὸς αὐτοῦ.

(Deu 14:21) To-all to-died-belonged not ye-shall-devour; unto-the-one unto-housed-beside unto-the-one in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee it-shall-be-given and it-shall-devour; or thou-shall-give-off unto-the-one unto-other-belonged; to-which-a-one a-people hallow-belonged thou-be unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee. Not thou-shall-seeth to-a-lambling in unto-a-milk of-a-mother of-it.

14:20 παν θνησιμ.] pr και A F | τω θεω σου (in mg et sup ras Aa)] + και ευφρανθηση sup ras Aa | μητρος αυτου] + ος γαρ ποιει τουτο ως ει θυσει ασφαλακα μηνιμα εστιν τω θεω Ιακωβ (ita ut vid) F1 mg

[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:21 (Deu 14:22) Δεκάτην ἀποδεκατώσεις παντὸς γενήματος τοῦ σπέρματός σου, τὸ γένημα τοῦ ἀγροῦ σου ἐνιαυτὸν κατ' ἐνιαυτόν,

(Deu 14:22) To-tenth thou-shall-en-tenth-off of-all of-a-becoming-to of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-thee, to-the-one to-a-becoming-to of-the-one of-a-field of-thee to-a-being-in-unto-it down to-a-being-in-unto-it,

14:21 παντος γενηματος] παν το γενημα A

[Appendix] καθ ενιαυτον B* (κατ ενιαυτ. Ba? b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:22 (Deu 14:23) καὶ φάγῃ αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ· οἴσετε τὰ ἐπιδέκατα τοῦ σίτου σου καὶ τοῦ οἴνου σου καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου σου, τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν βοῶν σου καὶ τῶν προβάτων σου, ἵνα μάθῃς φοβεῖσθαι Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

(Deu 14:23) and thou-shall-devour to-it in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither; ye-shall-bear to-the-ones to-tenthed-upon of-the-one of-a-grain of-thee and of-the-one of-a-wine of-thee and of-the-one of-an-oillet of-thee, to-the-ones to-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee and of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee, so thou-might-have-had-learned to-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

14:22 om και 1° F | φαγη αυτο] + εναντι κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ σου A F | τω τοπω] om τω A | αυτου· εκει A F | οισεις A F | τα πρωτοτοκα] pr και A F

[Appendix] φοβεισθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:23 (Deu 14:24) ἐὰν δὲ μακρὰν γένηται ἀπὸ σοῦ ἡ ὁδός, καὶ μὴ δύνῃ ἀναφέρειν αὐτά, ὅτι μακρὰν ἀπὸ σοῦ ὁ τόπος ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ, ὅτι εὐλογήσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου·

(Deu 14:24) If-ever then-also to-en-longed it-might-have-had-became off of-thee the-one a-way, and lest thou-might-able to-bear-up to-them, to-which-a-one to-en-longed off of-thee the-one an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither, to-which-a-one it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

14:23 η οδος απο σου A F | ευλογησει] ευλογηση A ηυλογησεν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:24 (Deu 14:25) καὶ ἀποδώσῃ αὐτὰ ἀργυρίου, καὶ λήμψῃ τὸ ἀργύριον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου καὶ πορεύσῃ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτόν·

(Deu 14:25) and thou-shall-give-off to-them of-a-silverlet, and thou-shall-take to-the-one to-a-silverlet in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-thee and thou-shall-traverse-of into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-it;

14:24 om σου 2° A | αυτον] + επικληθηναι το ονομα αυτου εκει Ba b (mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:25 (Deu 14:26) καὶ δώσεις ἀργύριον ἐπὶ παντὸς οὗ ἐὰν ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ ψυχή σου· καὶ φάγῃ ἐκεῖ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ εὐφρανθήσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ υἱός σου

(Deu 14:26) and thou-shall-give to-a-silverlet upon of-all of-which if-ever it-passioneth-upon-unto, the-one a-breathing of-thee; and thou-shall-devour thither to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thou-shall-be-goodly-centered, thou and the-one a-son of-thee

14:25 αργυριον] pr το A F | εαν] αν F | επιθυμει] επιθυμη A F | η ψυχη σου] + επι βουσι η επι προβατος επι οινω η επι σικερα η επι παντος ου εαν επιθυμη η ψυχη σου A F | εναντι A F | om και ευφρανθηση A | υιος] οικος A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:26 (Deu 14:27) καὶ ὁ Λευείτης ὁ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος μετὰ σοῦ.

(Deu 14:27) and the-one a-Leuei-belonger the-one in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee, to-which-a-one not it-be unto-it a-portion not-then-also a-lot with of-thee.

14:26 Λευιτης A F (item 28) | om αυτω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:27 (Deu 14:28) μετὰ τρία ἔτη ἐξοίσεις πᾶν τὸ ἐπιδέκατον τῶν γενημάτων σου· ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ ἐκείνῳ θήσεις αὐτὸ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου.

(Deu 14:28) With to-three to-yeareednesses thou-shall-bear-out to-all to-the-one to-tenthed-upon of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-thee; in unto-the-one unto-a-being-in-unto-it unto-the-one-thither thou-shall-place to-it in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 11 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 14:28 (Deu 14:29) καὶ ἐλεύσεται ὁ Λευείτης, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος μετὰ σοῦ, καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος καὶ ὁ ὀρφανὸς καὶ ἡ χήρα ἡ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου, καὶ φάγονται καὶ ἐμπλησθήσονται, ἵνα εὐλογήσῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔργοις οἷς ἐὰν ποιῇς.

(Deu 14:29) And it-shall-come, the-one a-Leuei-belonger, to-which-a-one not it-be unto-it a-portion not-then-also a-lot with of-thee, and the-one comeable-toward and the-one orphaned and the-one bereaved the-one in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee, and they-shall-devour and they-shall-be-repleted-in, so it-might-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works unto-which if-ever thou-might-do-unto.

14:28 ευλογησει A | πασι F | εργοις] + σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:1 Δι' ἑπτὰ ἐτῶν ποιήσεις ἄφεσιν.

Through of-seven of-yeareednesses thou-shall-do-unto to-a-sending-off.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:2 καὶ οὕτως τὸ πρόσταγμα τῆς ἀφέσεως· ἀφήσεις πᾶν χρέος ἴδιον ὃ ὀφείλει σοι ὁ πλησίον, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφόν σου οὐκ ἀπαιτήσεις· ἐπικέκληται γὰρ ἡ ἄφεσις Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου.

And unto-the-one-this the-one an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-sending-off; thou-shall-send-off to-all to-an-affordeedness to-private-belonged to-which it-debteth unto-thee, the-one to-nigh-belonged, and to-the-one to-brethrened of-thee not thou-shall-appeal-off-unto; it-had-come-to-be-called-upon-unto too-thus the-one a-sending-off unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-thee.

15:2 επικεκλ. γαρ] οτι επικεκλ. A F | η αφεσις] om η A F

[Appendix] οφιλει B* A F (οφειλει Ba b vid)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:3 τὸν ἀλλότριον ἀπαιτήσεις ὅσα ἐὰν ᾖ σοι παρ' αὐτῷ, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἄφεσιν ποιήσεις τοῦ χρέους σου·

To-the-one to-other-belonged thou-shall-appeal-off-unto which-a-which if-ever it-might-be unto-thee beside unto-it, of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee to-a-sending-off thou-shall-do-unto of-the-one of-an-affordeedness of-thee;

15:3 του αδελφου] τω δε αδελφω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:4 ὅτι οὐκ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ ἐνδεής, ὅτι εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ κατακληρονομεῖν σε αὐτήν·

to-which-a-one not it-shall-be in unto-thee bindinged-in, to-which-a-one goodly-fortheeing-unto it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot to-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-thee to-it;

15:4 ευλογων] pr δια το ρημα τουτο F1 mg | κατακληρονομειν σε] κατακληρονομησαι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:5 ἐὰν δὲ ἀκοῇ εἰσακούσητε τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, φυλάσσειν καὶ ποιεῖν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον.

if-ever then-also unto-a-hearing ye-might-have-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, to-guarder and to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day;

15:5 ακοη] ακουη A | εισακουσης A | om και ποιειν A | οσας] ας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:6 ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εὐλόγησέν σε ὃν τρόπον ἐλάλησέν σοι, καὶ δανιεῖς ἔθνεσιν πολλοῖς, σὺ δὲ οὐ δανιῇ, καὶ ἄρξεις ἐθνῶν πολλῶν, σοῦ δὲ οὐκ ἄρξουσιν.

to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee to-which to-a-turn it-spoke-unto unto-thee, and thou-shall-lend-to unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-much, thou then-also not thou-shall-lend-belong, and thou-shall-first of-placeedness-belongings-to of-much, of-thee then-also not they-shall-first.

Note: thou-shall-lend-belong (DANIH): from DANIW not DANEIZW.

15:6 εθνεσι A | αρξεις] συ αρξη A αρξεις συ F | εθνων πολλων] πολλων εθνων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:7 Ἐὰν δὲ γένηται ἐν σοὶ ἐνδεὴς τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων σου ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι, οὐκ ἀποστέρξεις τὴν καρδίαν σου, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ συνσφίγξῃς τὴν χεῖρα σου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου τοῦ ἐπιδεομένου·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became in unto-thee, bindinged-in of-the-ones of-brethrened of-thee, in unto-one of-the-ones of-cities of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, not thou-shall-beturn-off to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee, not-then-also not lest thou-might-have-astringed-together to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee off of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee of-the-one of-binding-upon;

15:7 των αδελφων] pr εκ A F | διδ. σοι] + εν κληρω A | αποστερξεις] αποστρεψεις A F | ουδ ου] ουδε A F | συσφιγξεις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:8 ἀνοίγων ἀνοίξεις τὰς χεῖράς σου αὐτῷ, δάνιον δανιεῖς αὐτῷ ὅσον ἐπιδέεται, καθότι ἐνδεεῖται.

opening-up thou-shall-open-up to-the-ones to-hands of-thee unto-it, to-a-lendlet thou-shall-lend-to unto-it to-which-a-which it-bindeth-upon, down-to-which-a-one it-shall-bind-in.

15:8 επιδεεται] αν επιδεηται A F | καθοτι ενδεειται] και καθ οσον υστερειται A F

[Appendix] δανειον Ba

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:9 πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ γένηται ῥῆμα κρυπτὸν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, ἀνόμημα, λέγων Ἐγγίζει τὸ ἔτος τὸ ἕβδομον, ἔτος τῆς ἀφέσεως, καὶ πονηρεύσηται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου τῷ ἐπιδεομένῳ, καὶ οὐ δώσεις αὐτῷ, καὶ καταβοήσεται κατὰ σοῦ πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ ἁμαρτία μεγάλη.

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest it-might-have-had-became, an-uttering-to hidened, in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee, an-un-parceleeing-to, forthing, It-neareth-to, the-one a-yeareedness the-one seventh, a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-sending-off, and it-might-have-en-necessitated-of, the-one an-eye of-thee, unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-thee unto-the-one unto-binding-upon, and not thou-shall-give unto-it, and it-shall-down-holler-unto down of-thee toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-shall-be in unto-thee an-un-adjusting-along-unto great.

15:9 om εν τη καρδια σου F* vid (hab Fmg) | της αφεσεως] om της A | δωσεις] δως F | βοησεται A F

[Appendix] εβδομο A* (εβδομον A1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:10 διδοὺς δώσεις αὐτῷ, δάνιον δανιεῖς αὐτῷ ὅσον ἐπιδέεται, καθότι ἐνδεεῖται· καὶ οὐ λυπηθήσῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου διδόντος σου αὐτῷ, ὅτι διὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο εὐλογήσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν οὗ ἂν ἐπιβάλῃς τὴν χεῖρά σου.

Giving thou-shall-give unto-it, to-a-lendlet thou-shall-lend-to unto-it to-which-a-which it-bindeth-upon, down-to-which-a-one it-shall-bind-in; and not thou-shall-be-throed-unto unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee of-giving of-thee unto-it, to-which-a-one through to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works and in unto-all of-which ever thou-might-have-had-casted-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee.

15:10 διδους] μεταδιδους F | δανιον] pr και Ba b (superscr) A F | επιδεεται] αν επιδεηται σου A F | om καθοτι ενδεειται A F | λυπηθηση] λυπηση A | πασι (1°) A F | εργοις] + σου A F

[Appendix] δανειον Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:11 οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἐνδεὴς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς· διὰ τοῦτο ἐγώ σοι ἐντέλλομαι ποιεῖν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο λέγων Ἀνοίγων ἀνοίξεις τὰς χεῖράς σου τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου τῷ πένητι καὶ τῷ ἐπιδεομένῳ τῷ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς σου.

Not too-thus lest it-might-have-had-remaindered-out, bindinged-in, off of-the-one of-a-soil; through to-the-one-this I unto-thee I-finish-in to-do-unto to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this forthing, Opening-up thou-shall-open-up to-the-ones to-hands of-thee unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-thee unto-the-one unto-necessitatinged and unto-the-one unto-binding-upon unto-the-one upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee.

15:11 εκλειπη A F | γης 1°] + σου A F | om ποιειν A | επιδεομενω] δεομενω A ενδεομεων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:12 Ἐὰν δὲ πραθῇ σοι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ὁ Ἐβραῖος καὶ ἡ Ἐβραία, δουλεύσει σοι ἓξ ἔτη, καὶ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ ἐξαποστελεῖς αὐτὸν ἐλεύθερον ἀπὸ σοῦ.

If-ever then-also it-might-have-been-en-acrossated unto-thee, the-one brethrened of-thee the-one Ebra-belonged and the-one Ebra-belonged, it-shall-bondee-of unto-thee to-six to-yeareednesses, and unto-the-one unto-seventh thou-shall-set-off-out to-it to-en-freed off of-thee.

15:12 και 1°] η A F | σοι 1°] οι sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:13 ὅταν δὲ ἐξαποστέλλῃς αὐτὸν ἐλεύθερον ἀπὸ σοῦ, οὐκ ἐξαποστελεῖς αὐτὸν κενόν·

Which-also-ever then-also thou-might-set-off-out to-it to-en-freed off of-thee, not thou-shall-set-off-out to-it to-empty;

15:13 om οταν δε…απο σου B* (hab Ba b mg) | εξαποστελλης] εξξαποστελεις F* (εξαποστελλεις F1 (vid)) | κενον] καινον A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:14 ἐφόδιον ἐφοδιάσεις αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων σου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σίτου σου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴνου σου· καθὰ εὐλόγησέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, δώσεις αὐτῷ.

To-wayed-upon-belonged thou-shall-way-upon-belong-to to-it off of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee and off of-the-one of-a-grain of-thee and off of-the-one of-a-wine of-thee; down-to-which it-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thou-shall-give unto-it.

15:14 του οινου] της ληνου A F | om σου 3° F | ηυλογησεν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:15 καὶ μνησθήσῃ ὅτι οἰκέτης ἦσθα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἐλυτρώσατό σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐκεῖθεν· διὰ τοῦτο ἐγώ σοι ἐντέλλομαι ποιεῖν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο.

And thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-houser thou-was in unto-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, and it-en-loosed to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thither-from; through to-the-one-this I unto-thee I-finish-in to-do-unto to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this.

15:15 Αιγυπτω A F | om και ελυτρωσατο…εκειθεν B* (hab Ba b mg) | om σε F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:16 ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃ πρὸς σέ Οὐκ ἐξελεύσομαι ἀπὸ σοῦ, ὅτι ἠγάπηκέν σε καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν σου, ὅτι εὖ αὐτῷ ἐστιν παρὰ σοί·

If-ever then-also it-might-forth toward to-thee, Not I-shall-come-out off of-thee, to-which-a-one I-had-come-to-excess-off-unto to-thee and to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-thee, to-which-a-one goodly unto-it it-be beside unto-thee;

15:16 ηγαπησεν A F | εστιν αυτω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:17 καὶ λήμψῃ τὸ ὀπήτιον καὶ τρυπήσεις τὸ ὠτίον αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἔσται σοι οἰκέτης εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· καὶ τὴν παιδίσκην σου ποιήσεις ὡσαύτως.

and thou-shall-take to-the-one to-an-awlet and thou-shall-bore-unto to-the-one to-an-earlet of-it toward to-the-one to-a-portaledness, and it-shall-be unto-thee a-houser into to-the-one to-an-age; and to-the-one to-a-child-belonging-of of-thee thou-shall-do-unto as-unto-it.

15:17 om και 1° A F | ωτιον] ους A F | προς] επι F | θυραν] + επι τον σταθμον Aa (sup ras) F1 mg | σοι οικετης] οικ. σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:18 οὐ σκληρὸν ἔσται ἐναντίον σου ἐξαποστελλομένων αὐτῶν ἐλευθέρων ἀπὸ σοῦ, ὅτι ἐφέτιον μισθὸν τοῦ μισθωτοῦ ἐδούλευσέν σοι ἓξ ἔτη· καὶ εὐλογήσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἐὰν ποιῇς.

Not stiffened it-shall-be ever-a-oned-in of-thee of-being-set-off-out of-them of-en-freed off of-thee, to-which-a-one to-yeared-upon-belonged to-a-pay of-the-one of-en-payable it-bondeed-of unto-thee to-six to-yeareednesses; and it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-which if-ever thou-might-do-unto.

15:18 om σε B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:19 Πᾶν πρωτότοκον ὃ ἐὰν τεχθῇ ἐν ταῖς βουσίν σου καὶ ἐν τοῖς προβάτοις σου, τὰ ἀρσενικὰ ἁγιάσεις Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου· οὐκ ἐργᾷ ἐν τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ μόσχῳ σου, καὶ οὐ μὴ κείρῃς τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν προβάτων σου·

All most-before-creationed which if-ever it-might-have-been-creationed in unto-the-ones unto-oxen of-thee and in unto-the-ones unto-stepped-before of-thee, to-the-ones to-male-belonged-of thou-shall-hallow-belong-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; not thou-shall-work-to in unto-the-one unto-most-before-creationed unto-a-calf of-thee, and not lest thou-might-have-shear-belonged to-the-ones to-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee;

15:19 εαν] αν F | τοις βουσιν A F | τα πρωτοτοκα] το πρωτοτοκον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:20 ἔναντι Κυρίου φάγῃ αὐτὸ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐξ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου.

in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) thou-shall-devour to-it to-a-being-in-unto-it out of-a-being-in-unto-it in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, thou and the-one a-house of-thee.

15:20 Κυριου] + του θυ̅̅ σου A F | εαν] αν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:21 καὶ ἐὰν ᾖ ἐν αὐτῷ μῶμος, χωλὸν ἢ τυφλόν, μῶμον πονηρόν, οὐ θύσεις αὐτὸ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου·

And if-ever it-might-be in unto-it a-blemish, to-lame or to-blind, to-a-blemish to-en-necessitated, not thou-shall-surge to-it unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

15:21 και εαν] εαν δε A F | η] pr μη B* (om Ba b) | μωμον πονηρον] η και πας μωμος πονηρος A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:22 ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου φάγῃ αὐτό, ὁ ἀκάθαρτος ἐν σοὶ καὶ ὁ καθαρὸς ὡσαύτως ἔδεται, ὡς δορκάδα ἢ ἔλαφον·

in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee thou-shall-devour to-it, the-one un-cleansabled in unto-thee and the-one cleansed as-unto-it it-shall-eat, as to-a-gazelle or to-a deer;

15:22 εδεται] φαγεται A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 12 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 15:23 πλὴν αἷμα οὐ φάγεσθε, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκχεεῖς αὐτὸ ὡς ὕδωρ.

to-beyond, to-a-rushering-to not ye-shall-devour, upon to-the-one to-a-soil thou-shall-pour-out to-it as to-a-water.

15:23 αιμα] pr το A F + αυτου F | φαγεσθε] φαγη A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:1 Φύλαξαι τὸν μῆνα τῶν νέων, καὶ ποιήσεις τὸ πάσχα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, ὅτι ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῶν νέων ἐξῆλθες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου νυκτός.

Thou-should-have-guardered to-the-one to-a-month of-the-ones of-new, and thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-which-a-one in unto-the-one unto-a-month of-the-ones of-new thou-had-came-out out of-an-Aiguptos of-a-night.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:2 καὶ θύσεις τὸ πάσχα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, πρόβατα καὶ βόας, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτὸν ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ.

And thou-shall-surge to-the-one to-a-Pascha unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-stepped-before and to-oxen, in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-it to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither.

16:2 εαν] αν A F | θεος] θ sup ras Bb? c?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:3 οὐ φάγῃ ἐπ' αὐτοῦ ζύμην· ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας φάγῃ ἐπ' αὐτοῦ ἄζυμα, ἄρτον κακώσεως, ὅτι ἐν σπουδῇ ἐξήλθετε ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ἵνα μνησθῆτε τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς ἐξοδίας ὑμῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς ὑμῶν.

Not thou-shall-devour upon of-it to-a-ferment; to-seven to-dayednesses thou-shall-devour upon of-it to-un-fermented, to-an-adjustation of-a-wedge-wedging, to-which-a-one in unto-a-hasteneeing ye-had-came-out out of-an-Aiguptos, so ye-might-have-been-memoried-unto to-the-one to-a-dayedness of-the-one of-waying-out-unto of-ye out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-ye.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

16:3 εξηλθατε F | om εξ Αιγ. ινα μνησθητε F* (hab F1 (mg) vid) | εξ Αιγ.] + νυκτος Aa (sup ras) | om ινα Aa | μνη sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:4 οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι ζύμη ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρίοις σου ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας, καὶ οὐ κοιμηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῶν κρεῶν ὧν ἐὰν θύσῃς τὸ ἑσπέρας τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πρώτῃ εἰς τὸ πρωί.

Not it-shall-be-beheld unto-thee a-ferment in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-thee to-seven to-dayednesses, and not it-shall-be-situateed-unto off of-the-ones of-meats of-which if-ever thou-might-have-surged to-the-one of-an-into-acrossedness unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-most-before into to-the-one unto-before-belonged.

16:4 πασιν A | εαν] αν A F | θυσης] θυσητε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:5 οὐ δυνήσῃ θῦσαι τὸ πάσχα ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν πόλεών σου ὧν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι·

Not thou-shall-able to-have-surged to-the-one to-a-Pascha in unto-not-then-also-one of-the-ones of-cities of-thee of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:6 ἀλλ' ἢ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ, θύσεις τὸ πάσχα ἑσπέρας πρὸς δυσμὰς ἡλίου ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ᾧ ἐξῆλθες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου·

other or into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither, thou-shall-surge to-the-one to-a-Pascha of-an-into-acrossedness toward to-sinkeeings of-a-sun in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-which thou-had-came-out out of-an-Aiguptos;

16:6 εαν] αν | θυσεις] θυσαι A | δυσμαις A F | εξ] εκ γης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:7 καὶ ἑψήσεις καὶ ὀπτήσεις καὶ φάγῃ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτόν· καὶ ἀποστραφήσῃ τὸ πρωὶ καὶ ἐλεύσῃ εἰς τοὺς οἴκους σου.

and thou-shall-seethe and thou-shall-roast-unto and thou-shall-devour in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion of-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-it; and thou-shall-have-been-beturned-off to-the-one unto-before-belonged and thou-shall-come into to-the-ones to-houses of-thee.

16:7 ου εαν] ω αν A F | ελευση] απελευση A F | τους οι|κουσα (sic) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:8 ἓξ ἡμέρας φάγῃ ἄζυμα, καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἐξόδιον, ἑορτὴ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου· οὐ ποιήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ πᾶν ἔργον, πλὴν ὅσα ποιηθήσεται ψυχῇ.

To-six to-dayednesses thou-shall-devour to-un-fermented, and unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-seventh way-out-belonged, a-festival unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee; not thou-shall-do-unto in unto-it to-all to-a-work, to-beyond to-which-a-which it-shall-be-done-unto unto-a-breathing.

16:8 ψυχη] ψυχηι (sic) Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:9 ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδας ἐξαριθμήσεις σεαυτῷ· ἀρξαμένου σου δρέπανον ἐπ' ἀμητὸν ἄρξῃ ἐξαριθμῆσαι ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδας.

To-seven to-sevens thou-shall-number-out-unto unto-thyself; of-having-firsted of-thee to-a-cullerant upon to-an-alongment thou-shall-first to-have-numbered-out-unto to-seven to-sevens.

16:9 επτα εβδομαδας] + ολοκληρους A (α εβδ. ολο sup ras Aa seq ut vid spat 3 litt) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:10 Καὶ ποιήσεις ἑορτὴν ἑβδομάδων Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου καθότι ἡ χείρ σου ἰσχύει, ὅσα ἂν δῷ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου·

And thou-shall-do-unto to-a-festival of-sevens unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee down-to-which-a-one the-one a-hand of-thee it-force-holdeth, to-which-a-which ever it-might-have-had-given, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

16:10 ισχυι (sic) η χειρ σου A F | δω] + σοι καθοτι ηυλογησεν σε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:11 καὶ εὐφρανθήσῃ ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ ὁ υἱός σου καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ σου, ὁ παῖς σου καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη σου, καὶ ὁ Λευείτης καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος καὶ ὁ ὀρφανὸς καὶ ἡ χήρα ἡ οὖσα ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ·

and thou-shall-be-goodly-centered to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and the-one a-son of-thee and the-one a-daughter of-thee, the-one a-child of-thee and the-one a-child-belonging-of of-thee, and the-one a-Leuei-belonger and the-one comeable-toward and the-one orphaned and the-one bereaved the-one being in unto-ye, in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither;

16:11 εναντι A F | του θεου σου] pr κυριου F | και 2°] pr συ A F | Λευειτης (Λευιτ. Bb A F item 14)] + ο εν ταις πολεσιν σου A F

om ουσα A | εαν] αν A F | om σου 6° F* (superscr F1) + αυτον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:12 καὶ μνησθήσῃ ὅτι οἰκέτης ἐγένου ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ φυλάξῃ καὶ ποιήσεις τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας.

and thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-houser thou-had-became in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos, and thou-shall-guarder and thou-shall-do-unto to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these.

16:12 εγενου] ησθα A F | φυλαξη] φυλαξεις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:13 Ἑορτὴν σκηνῶν ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἐν τῷ συναγαγεῖν σε ἐκ τοῦ ἅλωνός σου καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ληνοῦ σου·

To-a-festival of-tentings thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself to-seven to-dayednesses in unto-the-one to-have-had-led-together to-thee out of-the-one of-a-threshing of-thee and off of-the-one of-a-trough of-thee;

16:13 σκηνων] pr των A F | ποιησεις] ποιεις A | του αλωνος] της αλ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:14 καὶ εὐφρανθήσῃ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ σου, σὺ καὶ ὁ υἱός σου καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ σου, ὁ παῖς σου καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη σου, καὶ ὁ Λευείτης καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος καὶ ὁ ὀρφανὸς καὶ ἡ χήρα ἡ οὖσα ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου.

and thou-shall-be-goodly-centered in unto-the-one unto-a-festival of-thee, thou and the-one a-son of-thee and the-one a-daughter of-thee, the-one a-child of-thee and the-one a-child-belonging-of of-thee, and the-one a-Leuei-belonger and the-one comeable-toward and the-one orphaned and the-one bereaved the-one being in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee.

16:14 εν τη εορτη] εναντι κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:15 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἑορτάσεις Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτῷ· ἐὰν δὲ εὐλογήσῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πᾶσιν γενήμασίν σου καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ τῶν χειρῶν σου, καὶ ἔσῃ εὐφραινόμενος.

To-seven to-dayednesses thou-shall-festival-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, unto-it; if-ever then-also it-might-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-becomings-to of-thee and in unto-all unto-a-work of-the-ones of-hands of-thee, and thou-shall-be being-goodly-centered.

16:15 εαν 1°] αν A F | αυτω] αυτον επικληθηναι το ονομα αυτου εκει A (αυτον επικλη sup ras Aa) F | ευλογησει F | πασι A F | γενημασιν] pr τοις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:16 τρεῖς καιροὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ὀφθήσεται πᾶν ἀρσενικόν σου ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἐὰν ἐκλέξηται αὐτὸν Κύριος, ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ τῶν ἀζύμων, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ τῶν ἑβδομάδων, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ τῆς σκηνοπηγίας. οὐκ ὀφθήσῃ ἐνώπιον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου κενός·

To-three to-times of-the-one of-a-being-in-unto-it it-shall-be-beheld all male-belonged-of of-thee to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which if-ever it-might-have-forthed-out to-it, Authority-belonged, in unto-the-one unto-a-festival of-the-ones of-un-fermented, and in unto-the-one unto-a-festival of-the-ones of-sevens, and in unto-the-one unto-a-festival of-the-ones of-tent-pitchings-unto. Not thou-shall-be-beheld to-in-look-belonged of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee empty;

16:16 καιρου A* (ς superscr A1) | om σου 1° F | εναντι F | εαν] αν A F | om αυτον A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:17 ἕκαστος κατὰ δύναμιν τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν, κατὰ τὴν εὐλογίαν Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἣν ἔδωκέν σοι.

Each down to-an-ability of-the-ones of-hands of-ye, down to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-which it-gave unto-thee.

16:17 εκαστατα (sic) F* (εκαστος κατα F1 (vid))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:18 Κριτὰς καὶ γραμματοεισαγωγεῖς ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου αἷς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι κατὰ φυλάς, καὶ κρινοῦσιν τὸν λαὸν κρίσιν δικαίαν·

To-separaters and to-scribing-toer-leaders-into-of thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee unto-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee down to-tribings, and they-shall-separate to-the-one to-a-people to-a-separating to-course-belonged;

16:18 ποιησεις] καταστησεις A F | ταις πολεσιν] pr πασαις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:19 οὐκ ἐπιγνώσονται πρόσωπον, οὐδὲ λήμψονται δῶρον· τὰ γὰρ δῶρα ἀποτυφλοῖ ὀφθαλμοὺς σοφῶν καὶ ἐξαρεῖ λόγους δικαίων.

not they-shall-acquaint-upon to-looked-toward, not-then-also they-shall-take to-a-gift; the-ones too-thus gifts it-en-blindeth-off to-eyes of-wisdomed and it-lifteth-out to-forthees of-course-belonged.

16:19 ουκ επιγνωσ.] pr ουκ εκκλινουσιν (εκκλειν. F) κρισιν A F | δωρον] δωρα A F | αποτυφλοι] εκτυφλοι A F | εξαρει] εξαιρει Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:20 δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώξῃ, ἵνα ζῆτε καὶ εἰσελθόντες κληρονομήσητε τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι.

Unto-course-belonged to-the-one to-course-belonged thou-shall-pursue, so ye-might-life-unto and having-had-came-into ye-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee.

16:20 διωξη] φυλαξη A | om σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:21 Οὐ φυτεύσεις σεαυτῷ ἄλσος· πᾶν ξύλον παρὰ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ σου ὃ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ.

Not thou-shall-plant-of unto-thyself to-a-grove; to-all to-a-wood beside to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee not thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself.

16:21 παν, ξυλον· F | του θεου σου· F pr κ̅̅υ̅̅ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 13 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 16:22 οὐ στήσεις σεαυτῷ στήλην, ἃ ἐμίσησεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου.

Not thou-shall-stand unto-thyself to-a-block, to-which it-hated-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

16:22 om ου στησεις F

[Appendix] εμεισησεν B* A F (εμισ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:1 Οὐ θύσεις Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου μόσχον ἢ πρόβατον ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ μῶμος, πᾶν ῥῆμα πονηρόν, ὅτι βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σού ἐστιν.

Not thou-shall-surge unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-a-calf or to-stepped-before in unto-which it-be in unto-it a-blemish, all an-uttering-to en-necessitated, to-which-a-one an-abhorrering-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-be.

17:1 θυσεις] προσοισεις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:2 Ἐὰν δὲ εὑρεθῇ ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεών σου, ὧν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι, ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ ὅς ποιήσει τὸ πονηρὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, παρελθεῖν τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-been-found in unto-one of-the-ones of-cities of-thee, of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, a-man or a-woman which it-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-it,

17:2 ευρεθη] + εν σοι A F | ος] οστις A F | ποιησει B* vid A F] ποιηση B? | εναντι A F | αυτου] κυριου του θεου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:3 καὶ ἐλθόντες λατρεύσωσιν θεοῖς ἑτέροις καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτοῖς, τῷ ἡλίῳ ἢ τῇ σελήνῃ ἢ παντὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἃ οὐ προσέταξεν,

and having-had-came they-might-have-served-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different and they-shall-kiss-toward-unto unto-them, unto-the-one unto-a-sun or unto-the-one unto-a-moon or unto-all of-the-ones out of-the-one of-an-orderation of-the-one of-a-sky to-which not it-arranged-toward,

17:3 ελθοντες] απελθοντες A F | προσκυνησωσιν F | των εκ του κοσμου] τω κοσμω τω εκ A τω εκ του κοσμου F | προσεταξεν] προσεταξα A F + σοι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:4 καὶ ἀναγγελῇ σοι· καὶ ἐκζητήσεις σφόδρα, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀληθῶς γέγονεν τὸ ῥῆμα, γεγένηται τὸ βδέλυγμα τοῦτο ἐν Ἰσραήλ·

and it-might-have-had-been-leadeeered-up unto-thee; and thou-shall-seek-out-unto to-vehemented, and thou-should-have-had-seen, unto-un-secludinged it-hath-had-come-to-become, the-one an-uttering-to, it-had-come-to-become, the-one an-abhorrering-to the-one-this, in unto-an-Israêl;

17:4 ανηγγελη A | om τουτο A* vid (λυγμα| τουτο in mg et sup ras Aa) | Ισραηλ] pr τω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:5 καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖνον ἢ τὴν γυναῖκα ἐκείνην, καὶ λιθοβολήσετε αὐτοὺς ἐν λίθοις, καὶ τελευτήσουσιν.

and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-a-mankind to-the-one-thither or to-the-one to-a-woman to-the-one-thither, and ye-shall-stone-cast-unto to-them in unto-stones, and they-shall-finish-of-unto.

17:5 εξαρεις] εξαξεις Bb A F | εκεινην] + οιτινες (οιτεινες A) εποιησαν το πραγμα το πονηρον τουτο επι την πυλην A F | και λιθοβολησετε (λιθοβολησεται B) αυτους εν λιθοις και τελευτησουσιν B F] και τελευτησουσιν και λιθοβολησουσιν αυτους εν λιθοις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:6 ἐπὶ δυσὶν μάρτυσιν ἢ ἐπὶ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν ἀποθανεῖται ὁ ἀποθνήσκων· οὐκ ἀποθανεῖται ἐφ' ἑνὶ μάρτυρι.

Upon unto-two unto-witnesses or upon unto-three unto-witnesses it-shall-die-off, the-one dying-off; not it-shall-die-off upon unto-one unto-a-witness.

17:6 om επι 2° F

[Appendix] αποθανειτε A (bis: item 12)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:7 καὶ ἡ χεὶρ τῶν μαρτύρων ἔσται ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἐν πρώτοις θανατῶσαι αὐτόν, καὶ ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπ' ἐσχάτων· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.

And the-one a-hand of-the-ones of-witnesses it-shall-be upon unto-it in unto-most-before to-have-en-deathed to-it, and the-one a-hand of-the-one of-a-people upon of-most-bordered; and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them.

17:7 του λαου] pr παντος A F | εσχατω A F | εξαρειτε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:8 Ἐὰν δὲ ἀδυνατήσῃ ἀπὸ σοῦ ῥῆμα ἐν κρίσει ἀνὰ μέσον αἷμα αἵματος, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον κρίσις κρίσεως, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον ἁφὴ ἁφῆς, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀντιλογία ἀντιλογίας, ῥήματα κρίσεως ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὑμῶν· καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀναβήσῃ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐκεῖ,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-un-abled-unto off of-thee, an-uttering-to in unto-a-separating, up to-middle a-rushering-to of-a-rushering-to and up to-middle a-separating of-a-separating and up to-middle a-fastening of-a-fastening and up to-middle an-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto of-an-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto, utterings-to of-a-separating in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-ye; and having-had-stood-up thou-shall-step-up into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thither,

17:8 ρημα απο σου F | υμων] σου A F | εκει] pr επικληθηναι το ονομα αυτου A F

[Appendix] κρισι B* (κρισει Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:9 καὶ ἐλεύσῃ πρὸς τὸν κριτὴν ὃς ἂν γένηται ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ ἐκζητήσαντες ἀναγγελοῦσίν σοι τὴν κρίσιν.

and thou-shall-come toward to-the-one to-a-separater which ever it-might-have-had-became in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither, and having-sought-out-unto they-shall-leadeeer-up unto-thee to-the-one to-a-separating.

17:9 τον κριτην] pr τους ιερεις τους Λευιτας και προς A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:10 καὶ ποιήσεις κατὰ τὸ πρᾶγμα ὃ ἐὰν ἀναγγείλωσίν σοι ἐκ τοῦ τόπου οὗ ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, καὶ φυλάξῃ ποιῆσαι πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν νομοθετηθῇ σοι·

And thou-shall-do-unto down to-the-one to-a-practicing-to to-which if-ever they-might-have-leadeeered-up unto-thee out of-the-one of-an-occasion of-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, and thou-shall-guarder to-have-done-unto to-all to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-been-parcelee-placed-unto unto-thee;

17:10 πραγμα] ρημα A F | εαν bis] αν A F | ο θεος σου] + επικληθηναι το ονομα αυτου εκει A F | φυλαξη] + σφοδρα F | παντα] pr κατα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:11 κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν ἣν ἂν εἴπωσίν σοι ποιήσεις, οὐκ ἐκκλινεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ ῥήματος οὗ ἐὰν ἀναγγείλωσίν σοι δεξιὰ οὐδὲ ἀριστερά.

down to-the-one to-a-parcelee and down to-the-one to-a-separating to-which ever they-might-have-had-said unto-thee thou-shall-do-unto, not thou-shall-cline-out off of-the-one of-an-uttering-to of-which if-ever they-might-have-leadeeered-up unto-thee to-right-belonged not-then-also to-more-un-bounded.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

17:11 αν] εαν A F | αναγγειλωσιν] αναγγειλων (sic) A

[Appendix] εκκλεινεις B* F (εκκλιν. Bb A)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:12 καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ ὥστε μὴ ὑπακοῦσαι τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ παρεστηκότος λειτουργεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, ἢ τοῦ κριτοῦ ὃς ἂν ᾖ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀποθανεῖται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ Ἰσραήλ·

And the-one a-mankind which ever it-might-have-done-unto in unto-a-manifesting-over-unto as-also lest to-have-heard-under of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-stand-beside to-public-work-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, or of-the-one of-a-separater which ever it-might-be in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither, and it-shall-die-off, the-one a-mankind the-one-thither, and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-an-Israêl;

17:12 αν 1°] εαν A F | εν υπερη bis scr F | ωστε] του A F | η] γενηται A F | εν ται εν| ταις (sic) F | εξαρειτε F | εξ] εν A | Ισραηλ] υμων F* (Ισρ. F1 mg)

[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* (λειτουργ Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:13 καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἀκούσας φοβηθήσεται καὶ οὐκ ἀσεβήσει ἔτι.

and all the-one a-people having-heard it-shall-be-feareed-unto and not it-shall-un-revere-unto if-to-a-one.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:14 Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι, καὶ κληρονομήσῃς αὐτὴν καὶ κατοικήσῃς ἐπ' αὐτήν, καὶ εἴπῃς Καταστήσω ἐπ' ἐμαυτὸν ἄρχοντα καθὰ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἔθνη τὰ κύκλῳ μου·

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, and thou-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it and thou-might-have-housed-down-unto upon to-it, and thou-might-have-had-said, I-shall-stand-down upon to-myself to-firsting down-to-which and the-ones remaindered placeedness-belongings-to the-ones unto-a-circle of-me;

17:14 σοι] + εν κληρω A F | αυτην 1°] αυτης A | κατοικησεις A | αυτην 2°] αυτης A F | om επ 2° F* (superscr F1) | αρχοντας A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:15 καθιστῶν καταστήσεις ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν ἄρχοντα ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός αὐτόν. ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου καταστήσεις ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν ἄρχοντα· οὐ δυνήσῃ καταστῆσαι ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀλλότριον, ὅτι οὐκ ἀδελφός σού ἐστιν.

standing-down thou-shall-stand-down upon to-thyself to-firsting to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim), to-it. Out of-the-ones of-brethrened of-thee thou-shall-stand-down upon to-thyself to-firsting; not thou-shall-able to-have-stood-down upon to-thyself to-a-mankind to-other-belonged, to-which-a-one not brethrened of-thee it-be.

17:15 καθιστησεις A | ο θεος] + σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:16 διότι οὐ πληθυνεῖ ἑαυτῷ ἵππον· οὐδὲ μὴ ἀποστρέψῃ τὸν λαὸν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὅπως μὴ πληθύνῃ αὐτῷ ἵππον· ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν Οὐ προσθήσετε ἀποστρέψαι τῇ ὁδῷ ταύτῃ ἔτι.

Through-to-which-a-one not it-shall-repleten unto-self to-a-horse; not-then-also lest it-might-have-beturned-off to-the-one to-a-people into to-an-Aiguptos, unto-which-whither lest it-might-have-repletened unto-it to-a-horse; the-one then-also Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-had-said, Not ye-shall-place-toward to-have-beturned-off unto-the-one unto-a-way unto-the-one-this if-to-a-one.

Note: unto-it (AU)TW) in HS : unto-itself (AU(TW) is correct.

17:16 διοτι] πλην A F | αυτω] εαυτω A F | ειπεν] + υμιν A F | προσθησετε (-ται B)] προσθησεσθε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:17 καὶ οὐ πληθυνεῖ ἑαυτῷ γυναῖκας, οὐδὲ μεταστήσεται αὐτοῦ ἡ καρδία· καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐ πληθυνεῖ ἑαυτῷ σφόδρα.

And not it-shall-repleten unto-self to-women, not-then-also it-shall-stand-with of-it, the-one a-heart; and to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet not it-shall-repleten unto-self to-vehemented.

17:17 om γυναικας…εαυτω B* (hab Ba b mg inf) | ουδε μεταστησεται] ινα μη μεταστη A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:18 καὶ ὅταν καθίσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ γράψει αὐτῷ τὸ δευτερονόμιον τοῦτο εἰς βιβλίον παρὰ τῶν ἱερέων τῶν Λευειτῶν,

And which-also-ever it-might-have-sat-down-to upon of-the-one of-a-firsting of-it, and it-shall-scribe unto-it to-the-one to-a-second-parceleelet to-the-one-this into to-a-paperlet beside of-the-ones of-sacreders-of of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers,

Note: unto-it (AU)TW) in HS : unto-itself (AU(TW) is correct.

17:18 οταν] pr εσται A F | της αρχης] pr του διφρου A F | αυτω] εαυτω A F | Λευιτων Bb A F

[Appendix] καθειση F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:19 καὶ ἔσται μετ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναγνώσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μάθῃ φοβεῖσθαι Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου καὶ φυλάσσεσθαι πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα ταῦτα ποιεῖν·

and it-shall-be with of-it and it-shall-acquaint-up in unto-it to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-it, so it-might-have-had-learned to-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee and to-guarder to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to to-the-ones-these to-do-unto;

17:19 ημερας] pr εντολας F* (om F1) | σου] αυτου A F | om και 3° A F | ταυτας] αυτου F | ποιειν] + αυτα A F

[Appendix] φοβεισθε A | φυλασσεσθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 14 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 17:20 ἵνα μὴ ὑψωθῇ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ παραβῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν δεξιὰ ἢ ἀριστερά, ὅπως ἂν μακροχρονίσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.

so lest it-might-have-been-en-lofteed the-one a-heart of-it off of-the-ones of-brethrened of-it, so lest it-might-have-had-stepped-beside off of-the-ones of-finishings-in to-right-belonged or to-more-un-bounded, unto-which-whither ever it-might-have-en-long-whiled-to upon of-the-one of-a-firsting of-it, it and the-ones sons of-it in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

17:20 αυτου 1°] σου B | μακροχρονιση] μακροχρονιος η A F | αυτου 4°] + μετ αυτου (και οι υιοι| αυτου μετ αυτου εν τοις υιοις Ι̅̅η̅̅λ̅̅ in mg et sup ras) Aa | om εν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:1 Οὐκ ἔσται τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τοῖς Λευείταις, ὅλῃ φυλῇ Λευεί, μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος μετὰ Ἰσραήλ, καρπώματα Κυρίου ὁ κλῆρος αὐτῶν, φάγονται αὐτά.

Not it-shall-be unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers, unto-whole unto-a-tribing of-a-Leuei, a-portion not-then-also a-lot with of-an-Israêl, en-fruitings-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-lot of-them, they-shall-devour to-them.

18:1 ιερευσι A | Λευιταις Bb A F | Λευι A F | καρπωμα A | Κυριου] κ̅̅ω̅̅ A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:2 κλῆρος δὲ οὐκ ἔσται αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν· Κύριος αὐτὸς κλῆρος αὐτοῦ, καθότι εἶπεν αὐτῷ.

A-lot then-also not it-shall-be unto-them in unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-them; Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it a-lot of-it, down-to-which-a-one it-had-said unto-it.

18:2 αυτοις] αυτω A F | εν τοις αδελφοις] εκ των αδελφων F | αυτων] αυτου A F | ειπεν] ωμοσεν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:3 καὶ αὕτη ἡ κρίσις τῶν ἱερέων· τὰ παρὰ τοῦ λαοῦ, παρὰ τῶν θυόντων τὰ θύματα, ἐάν τε μόσχον ἐάν τε πρόβατον· καὶ δώσει τῷ ἱερεῖ τὸν βραχίονα καὶ τὰ σιαγόνια καὶ τὸ ἔνυστρον.

And the-one-this the-one a-separating of-the-ones of-sacreders-of; to-the-ones beside of-the-one of-a-people, beside of-the-ones of-surging to-the-ones to-surgings-to, if-ever also to-a-calf if-ever also to-stepped-before; and it-shall-give unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of to-the-one to-more-short and to-the-ones to-jawlets and to-the-one to-an-en-lattering-in.

Note: to-an-en-lattering-in : used to refer to the main stomach in ruminating animals which is the last of four called the abomasum.

18:3 τα θυματα] τας θυσιας A F | om τε 2° F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:4 καὶ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τοῦ σίτου σου καὶ τοῦ οἴνου σου καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου σου, καὶ τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν κουρῶν τῶν προβάτων σου δώσεις αὐτῷ·

And to-the-ones to-firstings-off of-the-one of-a-grain of-thee and of-the-one of-a-wine of-thee and of-the-one of-an-oillet of-thee, and to-the-one to-a-firsting-off of-the-ones of-shearings of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee thou-shall-give unto-it;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:5 ὅτι αὐτὸν ἐξελέξατο Κύριος ἐκ πασῶν τῶν φυλῶν σου, παρεστάναι ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, λειτουργεῖν καὶ εὐλογεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.

to-which-a-one to-it it-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), out of-all of-the-ones of-tribings of-thee, to-have-had-come-to-stand-beside in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity, to-public-work-unto and to-goodly-forthee-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it, it and the-ones sons of-it in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.

18:5 Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ σου A F | του θεου] + σου A F | αυτου] κ̅̅υ̅̅ A F | εν τοις υιοις Ισρ.] πασας τας ημερας A F

[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* (λειτουργ Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:6 Ἐὰν δὲ παραγένηται ὁ Λευείτης ἐκ μιᾶς τῶν πόλεων ἐκ πάντων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οὗ αὐτὸς παροικεῖ, καθότι ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became-beside, the-one a-Leuei-belonger, out of-one of-the-ones of-cities out of-all of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl of-which it it-houseth-beside-unto, down-to-which-a-one it-passioneth-upon-unto, the-one a-breathing of-it, into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out,

18:6 Λευιτης Bb A F | πολεων] + υμων A F | παντων των | υι sup ras Ba b | εκλεξηται] ι sup ras Ba c + κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:7 λειτουργήσει τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ ὥσπερ πάντες οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ Λευεῖται οἱ παρεστηκότες ἐκεῖ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου·

it-shall-public-work-unto unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-it as-very all the-ones brethrened of-it the-ones Leuei-belongers the-ones having-had-come-to-stand-beside thither to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee;

18:7 λειτουργησει] λ sup ras Ba c pr και A F | Λευιται Bb A F | εναντι A F | om του θεου σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:8 μερίδα μεμερισμένην φάγεται, πλὴν τῆς πράσεως τῆς κατὰ πατριάν.

to-a-portion to-having-had-come-to-be-portioned-to it-shall-devour, to-beyond of-the-one of-an-en-acrossating of-the-one down to-a-fathering-unto.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:9 Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι, οὐ μαθήσῃ ποιεῖν κατὰ τὰ βδελύγματα τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκείνων.

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, not thou-shall-learn to-do-unto down to-the-ones to-abhorrerings-to of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones-thither.

18:9 om σου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:10 οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται ἐν σοὶ περικαθαίρων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ ἐν πυρί, μαντευόμενος μαντείαν, κληδονιζόμενος καὶ οἰωνιζόμενος, φαρμακοῖς

Not it-shall-be-found in unto-thee cleansing-about to-the-one to-a-son of-it and to-the-one to-a-daughter of-it in unto-a-fire, auguring-of to-an-aguring-of, omening-to and raptoring-to, unto-doses

18:10 ευρεθησεται] ευρησεται A | και 1°] η A F | om εν πυρι F | κληδονιζ.] pr και A F | φαρμακος A F

[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb) | μαντιαν B* (μαντειαν Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:11 ἐπαείδων ἐπαοιδήν, ἐνγαστρίμυθος καὶ τερατοσκόπος, ἐπερωτῶν τοὺς νεκρούς.

chanting-upon to-a-chanting-upon, stomach-related-in and an-anomaly-scouter, upon-entreating-unto to-the-ones to-en-deaded.

18:11 επαειδων] επαοιδων Bb A επαδων F | τερατοσκοτος (sic) A | επερωτων] pr και A F

[Appendix] εγγαστριμυθ. Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:12 ἔστιν γὰρ βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου πᾶς ποιῶν ταῦτα· ἕνεκεν γὰρ τῶν βδελυγμάτων τούτων Κύριος ἐξολεθρεύσει αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ σοῦ.

It-be too-thus an-abhorrering-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-thee all doing-unto to-the-ones-these; in-out-in too-thus of-the-ones of-abhorrerings-to of-the-ones-these Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-destruct-out-of to-them off of-thee.

18:12 βδελυγματω F* (ν superscr F1 vid) | Κυριος] + ο θεος σου A F | σου 2°] pr προσωπου A F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:13 τέλειος ἔσῃ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου·

Finish-belonged thou-shall-be to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

18:13 εναντι A

[Appendix] τελιος B* F (τελειος Bb A)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:14 τὰ γὰρ ἔθνη ταῦτα οὓς σὺ κατακληρονομεῖς αὐτούς, οὗτοι κληδόνων καὶ μαντειῶν ἀκούσονται· καὶ σοὶ οὐχ οὕτως ἔδωκεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου.

to-the-ones too-thus to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones-these to-which thou thou-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-them, the-ones-these of-reporteeings and of-augurings-of they-shall-hear; and unto-thee not unto-the-one-this it-gave, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

18:14 κατακληρονομησεις F | κληδονων] κληδονισμων A F | και σοι] σοι δε A F

[Appendix] μαντιων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:15 Προφήτην ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ὡς ἐμὲ ἀναστήσει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου σοί, αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε.

To-a-declarer-before out of-the-ones of-brethrened of-thee as to-ME it-shall-stand-up, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, unto-thee, of-it ye-shall-hear.

18:15 om ως εμε F* (hab F1 mg) | σοι κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:16 κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ᾐτήσω παρὰ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐν Χωρὴβ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας λέγοντες Οὐ προσθήσομεν ἀκοῦσαι τὴν φωνὴν Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ τὸ πῦρ τὸ μέγα τοῦτο οὐκ ὀψόμεθα ἔτι, οὐδὲ μὴ ἀποθάνωμεν.

Down to-all to-which-a-which thou-appealed-unto beside of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee in unto-a-Chôrêb unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-calling-out-unto forthing, Not we-shall-place-toward to-have-heard to-the-one to-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and to-the-one to-a-fire to-the-one to-great to-the-one-this not we-shall-behold if-to-a-one, not-then-also lest we-might-have-had-died-off,

18:16 σου 2°] ημων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:17 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Ὀρθῶς πάντα ὅσα ἐλάλησαν πρὸς σέ·

and it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) toward to-me, Unto-straight-jutted all to-which-a-which they-spoke-unto toward to-thee;

18:17 om προς σε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:18 προφήτην ἀναστήσω αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῶν ὥσπερ σέ· καὶ δώσω τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαλήσει αὐτοῖς καθότι ἂν ἐντείλωμαι αὐτῷ·

to-a-declarer-before I-shall-stand-up unto-them out of-the-ones of-brethrened of-them as-very to-thee; and I-shall-give to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-me in unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-it, and it-shall-speak-unto unto-them down-to-which-a-one ever I-might-have-finished-in unto-it;

18:18 των αδελφων] pr μεσου A F | τα ρηματα] το ρημα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:19 καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ ὅσα ἐὰν λαλήσῃ ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι μου, ἐγὼ ἐκδικήσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

and the-one a-mankind which if-ever lest it-might-have-heard to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-spoken-unto, the-one a-declarer-before the-one-thither, upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-me, I I-shall-course-out-unto out of-it.

18:19 ο ανθρωπος] + εκεινος A F | ακουση] + των λογων αυτου A F | εαν 2°] αν F | om εκεινος A F | επι τω ον. μου ο προφ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:20 πλὴν ὁ προφήτης ὃς ἂν ἀσεβήσῃ λαλῆσαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου ῥῆμα ὃ οὐ προσέταξα λαλῆσαι, καὶ ὃς ἂν λαλήσῃ ἐν ὀνόματι θεῶν ἑτέρων, ἀποθανεῖται ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος.

To-beyond, the-one a-declarer-before which ever it-might-have-un-revered-unto to-have-spoken-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-me to-an-uttering-to to-which not I-arranged-toward to-have-spoken-unto, and which ever it-might-have-spoken-unto in unto-a-naming-to of-deities(elohim) of-different it-shall-die-off, the-one a-declarer-before the-one-thither.

18:20 αν 1°] εαν A | ρημα επι τω ον. μου A F | προσεταξα (προσ|εταξα B* προσε|ταξα Bb)] + αυτω A F | εν] επ A F

[Appendix] αποθανειτε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:21 ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου Πῶς γνωσόμεθα τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ οὐκ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος;

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-said in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee, Unto-whither we-shall-acquaint to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-which not it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh)?

18:21 ειπης] λεγης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 15 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 18:22 ὅσα ἐὰν λαλήσῃ ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ μὴ γένηται καὶ μὴ συμβῇ, τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ οὐκ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος· ἐν ἀσεβείᾳ ἐλάλησεν ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος, οὐκ ἀφέξεσθε αὐτοῦ.

To-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-spoken-unto, the-one a-declarer-before the-one-thither, unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and lest it-might-have-had-became and lest it-might-have-had-stepped-together, the-one-this the-one an-uttering-to to-which not it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh); in unto-an-un-revering-of it-spoke-unto, the-one a-declarer-before the-one-thither, not ye-shall-hold-off of-it.

18:22 εαν] αν F | om εκεινος 1° A F | τω ονοματι] pr επι A F | γενηται] + το ρημα A F | om μη 2° F | om ο 2° F | om εκεινος 2° A* (hab A1? a? (mg)) | αυτου] pr απ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:1 Ἐὰν δὲ ἀφανίσῃ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰ ἔθνη ἃ ὁ θεός δίδωσίν σοι τὴν γῆν, καὶ κατακληρονομήσητε αὐτούς, καὶ κατοικήσητε ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-un-manifested-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-which the-one a-Deity(Elohim) it-giveth unto-thee to-the-one to-a-soil, and ye-might-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto to-them, and ye-might-have-housed-down-unto in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-them and in unto-the-ones unto-houses of-them,

19:1 ο θεος 2°] + σου A F | γην] + αυτων A F | κατακληρονομησεις A F | κατοικησης A F | και εν τοις οικοις αυτων bis scr F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:2 τρεῖς πόλεις διαστελεῖς σεαυτῷ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς σου ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι.

to-three to-cities thou-shall-set-through unto-thyself in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee.

19:2 [Appendix] εμμεσω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:3 στόχασαί σοι τὴν ὁδόν· καὶ τριμεριεῖς τὰ ὅρια τῆς γῆς σου ἣν καταμερίζει σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, καὶ ἔσται καταφυγὴ ἐκεῖ παντὶ φονευτῇ.

Thou-should-have-belineated-to unto-thee to-the-one to-a-way; and thou-shall-three-portion-to to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee to-which it-portioneth-down-to unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and it-shall-be a-fleeing-down thither unto-all unto-a-slayer-of.

Note: Thou-should-have-belineated-to : i.e. set in line.

19:3 κατμεριει F | φονευτη] pr τω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:4 τοῦτο δὲ ἔσται τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ φονευτοῦ ὃς ἂν φύγῃ ἐκεῖ καὶ ζήσεται· ὃς ἂν πατάξῃ τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἰδώς, καὶ οὗτος οὐ μισῶν αὐτὸν πρὸ τῆς ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτης.

The-one-this then-also it-shall-be the-one an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-slayer-of which ever it-might-have-had-fled thither and it-shall-life-unto; which ever it-might-have-smote to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it not having-had-come-to-see, and the-one-this not hating-unto to-it before of-the-one yester and of-third.

19:4 εσται] εστιν A F | ουκ ειδως] ακουσιως A F | χθες Bb | τριτης] pr προ της A F

[Appendix] μεισων B* A (μισ. Bb F: item 6, 11)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:5 καὶ ὃς ἂν εἰσέλθῃ μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον εἰς τὸν δρυμὸν συναγαγεῖν ξύλα, καὶ ἐκκρουσθῇ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀξίνῃ κόπτοντος τὸ ξύλον, καὶ ἐκπεσὸν τὸ σιδήριον ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τύχῃ τοῦ πλησίον, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, οὗτος καταφεύξεται εἰς μίαν τῶν πόλεων τούτων καὶ ζήσεται·

And which ever it-might-have-had-came-into with of-the-one to-nigh-belonged into to-the-one to-a-treeing-of to-have-had-led-together to-woods, and it-might-have-been-strucked-out the-one a-hand of-it unto-the-one unto-a-hatchet of-felling to-the-one to-a-wood, and having-had-fallen-out, the-one an-ironlet, off of-the-one of-a-wood unto-an-actuation of-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and it-might-have-had-died-off, the-one-this it-shall-flee-down into to-one of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones-these and it-shall-life-unto;

19:5 πλησιον] + αυτου A F | εκκρουσθη B A* vid F] εκκουση Aa

[Appendix] αξεινη B* (αξινη Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:6 ἵνα μὴ διώξας ὁ ἀγχιστεύων τοῦ αἵματος ὀπίσω τοῦ φονεύσαντος, ὅτι παρατεθέρμανται τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ καταλάβῃ αὐτόν, ἐὰν μακροτέρα ἦν ἡ ὁδός, καὶ πατάξῃ αὐτοῦ ψυχήν· καὶ τούτῳ οὐκ ἔστιν κρίσις θανάτου, ὅτι οὐ μισῶν ἦν αὐτὸν πρὸ τῆς ἐχθὲς οὐδὲ πρὸ τῆς τρίτης.

so lest having-pursued, the-one most-nearing-of of-the-one of-a-rushering-to, aback-unto-which of-the-one of-having-slayed-of, to-which-a-one they-had-come-to-be-heated-beside unto-the-one unto-a-heart, and it-might-have-had-taken-down to-it, if-ever to-more-en-longed it-was the-one a-way, and it-might-have-smote of-it to-a-breathing; and unto-the-one-this not it-be a-separating of-a-death, to-which-a-one not hating-unto it-was to-it before of-the-one yester not-then-also before of-the-one of-third.

19:6 του αιματος] το αιμα F | τη καρδια] τη κ. αυτου A την καρδιαν αυτου F | ην] η A F | ψυχην] pr την A F + και αποθανη A F | χθες Bb | ουδε] και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:7 διὰ τοῦτο ἐγώ ἐντέλλομαί σοι τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο λέγων Τρεῖς πόλεις διαστελεῖς σεαυτῷ.

Through to-the-one-this I I-finish-in unto-thee to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this forthing, To-three to-cities thou-shall-set-through unto-thyself.

19:7 σοι εντελλομαι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:8 ἐὰν δὲ ἐμπλατύνῃ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰ ὅριά σου ὃν τρόπον ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν σου, καὶ δῷ σοι Κύριος πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἣν εἶπεν δοῦναι τοῖς πατράσιν σου,

If-ever then-also it-might-broadeneth-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-boundlets of-thee to-which to-a-turn it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee, and it-might-have-had-given unto-thee, Authority-belonged, to-all to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-had-said to-have-had-given unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee,

19:8–9 om πασαν…ακουσης B* vid (hab Ba b (mg inf))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:9 ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς ποιεῖν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ἃς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, πορεύεσθαι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας· καὶ προσθήσεις σαυτῷ ἔτι τρεῖς πόλεις πρὸς τὰς τρεῖς ταύτας·

if-ever thou-might-have-heard to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-traverse-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses; and thou-shall-place-toward unto-thineself if-to-a-one to-three to-cities toward to-the-ones to-three to-the-ones-these;

19:8–9 om πασαν…ακουσης B* vid (hab Ba b (mg inf))

19:9 ακουσης] εισακουση A εισακουσης F | σοι εντελλομαι F | σαυτω] αυτω B* vid σεαυτω A F | τρεις 2°] τρις A | ταυτας 2°] pr πολεις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:10 καὶ οὐκ ἐκχυθήσεται αἷμα ἀναίτιον ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ αἵματι ἔνοχος.

and not it-shall-be-poured-out a-rushering-to un-appealed-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot, and not it-shall-be in unto-thee unto-a-rushering-to held-in.

19:10 γη] + σου A F | η] ην A F | om σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:11 ἐὰν δὲ γένηται ἐν σοὶ ἄνθρωπος μισῶν τὸν πλησίον, καὶ ἐνεδρεύσῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπαναστῇ ἐπ' αὐτὸν καὶ πατάξῃ αὐτοῦ ψυχήν, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ φύγῃ εἰς μίαν τῶν πόλεων τούτων·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became in unto-thee a-mankind hating-unto to-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and it-might-have-seated-in-of to-it and it-might-have-had-stood-up-upon upon to-it and it-might-have-smote of-it to-a-breathing, and it-might-have-had-died-off, and it-might-have-had-fled into to-one of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones-these;

19:11 om εν σοι A F | πλησιον] + αυτου A F | αυτου ψυχην] αυτου την ψ. A ψυχη A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:12 καὶ ἀποστελοῦσιν ἡ γερουσία τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῦ καὶ λήμψονται αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν εἰς χεῖρας τῶν ἀγχιστεύοντων τοῦ αἵματος, καὶ ἀποθανεῖται·

and they-shall-set-off, the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-city of-it, and they-shall-take to-it thither-from, and they-shall-give-beside to-it into to-hands of-the-ones of-most-nearing-of of-the-one of-a-rushering-to, and it-shall-die-off;

19:12 των αγχιστευοντων] τω αγχιστευοντι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:13 οὐ φείσεται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἐπ' αὐτῷ, καὶ καθαριεῖς τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἀναίτιον ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ εὖ σοι ἔσται.

not it-shall-spare, the-one an-eye of-thee, upon unto-it, and thou-shall-cleanse-to to-the-one to-a-rushering-to to-the-one to-un-appeal-belonged out of-an-Israêl, and goodly unto-thee it-shall-be.

19:13 [Appendix] φισεται F (item 21)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:14 Οὐ μετακινήσεις ὅρια τοῦ πλησίον ἃ ἔστησαν οἱ πατέρες σου ἐν τῇ κληρονομίᾳ ᾗ κατεκληρονομήθης ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ.

Not thou-shall-move-with-unto to-boundlets of-the-one to-nigh-belonged to-which they-stood, the-ones fathers of-thee, in unto-the-one unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-which thou-was-lot-parceleed-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot.

19:14 πλησιον] + σου A F | πατερες] προτεροι A | κληρονομια] + σου A F | η 1°] ην A | η 2°] ην A F | εν κληρω] + κληρονομησαι αυτην Aa (εν κληρω κλη|ρονομησαι αυτην in mg et sup ras)

[Appendix] μετακεινησεις B* (μετακιν. Bb) | ορεια B* (ορια Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:15 Οὐκ ἐμμενεῖ μάρτυς εἷς μαρτυρῆσαι κατὰ ἀνθρώπου κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀδικίαν καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἁμάρτημα καὶ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἣν ἂν ἁμάρτῃ· ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ ἐπὶ στόματος τριῶν μαρτύρων στήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα.

Not it-shall-stay-in, a-witness one, to-have-witnessed-unto down of-a-mankind down to-all to-an-un-coursing-unto and down to-all to-an-un-adjusting-along-to and down to-all to-an-adjusting-along-unto to-which ever it-might-have-had-un-adjusted-along; upon of-a-becutteeing-to of-two of-witnesses and upon of-a-becutteeing-to of-three of-witnesses it-shall-stand, all an-uttering-to.

19:15 εμμενεις B* (εμμενει Ba b) | αν] εαν A F | στησεται] σταθησεται A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:16 ἐὰν δὲ καταστῇ μάρτυς ἄδικος κατὰ ἀνθρώπου καταλέγων αὐτοῦ ἀσέβειαν,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-stood-down, a-witness un-coursed, down of-a-mankind forthing-down of-it to-an-un-revering-of,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:17 καὶ γνώσονται οἱ δύο ἄνθρωποι οἷς ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἀντιλογία ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ ἔναντι τῶν ἱερέων καὶ ἔναντι τῶν κριτῶν οἳ ἐὰν ὦσιν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις,

and they-shall-acquaint, the-ones two mankinds, unto-which it-be unto-them the-one an-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-separaters which if-ever they-might-be in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither,

19:17 γνωσονται (ενωσονται Mai)] στησονται Ba b A F | εαν] αν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:18 καὶ ἐξετάσωσιν οἱ κριταὶ ἀκριβῶς, καὶ ἰδοὺ μάρτυς ἄδικος ἐμαρτύρησεν ἄδικα, ἀντέστη κατὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ·

and they-might-have-out-tested-to, the-ones separaters, unto-exacted, and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-witness un-coursed it-witnessed-unto to-un-coursed, it-had-ever-a-one-stood down of-the-one of-brethrened of-it;

19:18 [Appendix] ακρειβως B* (ακριβ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:19 καὶ ποιήσετε αὐτῷ ὃν τρόπον ἐπονηρεύσατο ποιῆσαι κατὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.

and ye-shall-do-unto unto-it to-which to-a-turn it-en-necessitated-of to-have-done-unto down of-the-one of-brethrened of-it, and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them.

19:19 ποιησεται A | επονηρευσατο] + τω πλησιον A | om κατα του αδελφου αυτου A | εξαρειτε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:20 καὶ οἱ ἐπίλοιποι ἀκούσαντες φοβηθήσονται, καὶ οὐ προσθήσουσιν ἔτι ποιῆσαι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ πονηρὸν ἐν ὑμῖν.

And the-ones remaindered-upon having-heard they-shall-be-feareed-unto, and not they-shall-place-toward if-to-a-one to-have-done-unto down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this to-the-one to-en-necessitated in unto-ye.

19:20 προσθησουσιν] σου|σιν in mg et sup ras Aa vid | ποιησαι] ποιειν A | το πονηρον τουτο A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 16 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 19:21 οὐ φείσεται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἐπ' αὐτῷ· ψυχὴν ἀντὶ ψυχῆς, ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος, χεῖρα ἀντὶ χειρός, πόδα ἀντὶ ποδός.

Not it-shall-spare, the-one an-eye of-thee, upon unto-it; to-a-breathing ever-a-one of-a-breathing, to-an-eye ever-a-one of-an-eye, to-a-tooth ever-a-one of-a-tooth, to-a-hand ever-a-one of-a-hand, to-a-foot ever-a-one of-a-foot.

19:21 σου] σ sup ras Aa | οφθαλμον| αντι…οδοντος in mg et sup ras Aa | ποδα αντι ποδος χειρι αντι χειρος F | ποδος] + καθοτι αν δω μωμον τω πλησιον ουτως δοθησεται αυτω Ba b mg inf A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:1 Ἐὰν δὲ ἐξέλθῃς εἰς πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, καὶ ἴδῃς ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην καὶ λαὸν πλείονά σου, οὐ φοβηθήσῃ ἀπ' αὐτῶν· ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου μετὰ σοῦ, ὁ ἀναβιβάσας σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου.

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-out into to-a-war upon to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee, and thou-might-have-had-seen to-a-horse and to-a-stepper-up and to-a-people to-more-beyond of-thee, not thou-shall-be-feareed-unto off of-them; to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee with of-thee, the-one having-up-step-stepped-to to-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos.

20:1 απ] επ F | om μετα σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:2 καὶ ἔσται ὅταν ἐγγίσῃς τῷ πολέμῳ, καὶ προσεγγίσας ὁ ἱερεὺς λαλήσει τῷ λαῷ

And it-shall-be which-also-ever thou-might-have-neared-to unto-the-one unto-a-war, and having-neared-toward-to, the-one a-sacreder-of, it-shall-speak-unto unto-the-one unto-a-people

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:3 καὶ ἐρεῖ πρὸς αὐτούς Ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ· ὑμεῖς πορεύεσθε σήμερον εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, μὴ ἐκλυέσθω ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν, μὴ φοβεῖσθε μηδὲ θραύεσθε μηδὲ ἐκκλίνετε ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν·

and it-shall-utter toward to-them, Thou-should-hear, Israêl; ye ye-traverse-of this-day into to-the-one to-a-war upon to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-ye, lest it-should-be-loosed-out the-one a-heart of-ye, lest ye-should-fearee-unto lest-then-also ye-should-be-crushed lest-then-also ye-should-cline-out off of-looked-toward of-them;

20:3 πορευεσθε] προσπορευεσθαι A προσπορευεσθε F | τον πολεμον] om τον A F | εκκλινετε] εκκλεινητε A εκκλεινηται F

[Appendix] εκκλεινετε B* (εκκλιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:4 ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ὁ προπορευόμενος μεθ' ὑμῶν, συνεκπολεμῆσαι ὑμῖν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, διασῶσαι ὑμᾶς.

to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye the-one traversing-before-of with of-ye, to-have-warred-out-together-unto unto-ye to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-ye, to-have-saved-through-to to-ye.

20:4 διασωσαι] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:5 καὶ λαλήσουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγοντες Τίς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ οἰκοδομήσας οἰκίαν καινὴν καὶ οὐκ ἐνεκαίνισεν αὐτήν; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἕτερος ἐνκαινιεῖ αὐτήν.

And they-shall-speak-unto, the-ones scribing-toers-of, toward to-the-one to-a-people forthing, What-one the-one a-mankind the-one having-house-built-unto to-a-housing-unto to-fresh and not it-freshened-in-to to-it? It-should-traverse-of and it-should-have-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it, lest it-might-have-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-a-war and a-mankind different it-shall-freshen-in-to to-it.

20:5 αποστραφητω] επιστραφητω A F | ετερος] εταιρος A | ενκαινιει (εγκενιει A) αυτην] κληρονομησει αυτον F

[Appendix] ενεκενισεν A | εγκαθινιει Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:6 καὶ τίς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα καὶ οὐκ εὐφράνθη ἐξ αὐτοῦ; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἕτερος εὐφρανθήσεται ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

And what-one the-one a-mankind which-a-one it-planted-of to-a-vining and not it-was-goodly-centered out of-it? It-should-traverse-of and it-should-have-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it, lest it-might-have-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-a-war and a-mankind different it-shall-be-goodly-centered out of-it.

20:6 ηυφρανθη A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:7 καὶ τίς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὅστις μεμνήστευται γυναῖκα καὶ οὐκ ἔλαβεν αὐτήν; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἕτερος λήμψεται αὐτήν.

And what-one the-one a-mankind which-a-one it-had-come-to-remembrance-of to-a-woman and not it-had-taken to-it? It-should-traverse-of and it-should-have-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it, lest it-might-have-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-a-war and a-mankind different it-shall-take to-it.

20:7 ο ανθρωπος] om ο F* (superscr F1) | αποστραφητω] επιστραφητω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:8 καὶ προσθήσουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἐροῦσιν Τίς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ φοβούμενος καὶ δειλὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ δειλιάνῃ τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ὥσπερ ἡ αὐτοῦ.

And they-shall-place-toward, the-ones scribing-toers-of, to-have-spoken-unto toward to-the-one to-a-people and they-shall-utter, What-one the-one a-mankind the-one feareeing-unto and dired unto-the-one unto-a-heart? It-should-traverse-of and it-should-have-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it, so lest it-might-dire to-the-one to-a-heart of-the-one of-brethrened of-it as-very the-one of-it.

20:8 δειλιανη (διλ. B* A)] διλα|νη F | του αδελφου] pr αυτου και

[Appendix] φουμενος F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:9 καὶ ἔσται ὅταν παύσωνται οἱ γραμματεῖς λαλοῦντες πρὸς τὸν λαόν, καὶ καταστήσουσιν ἄρχοντας τῆς στρατιᾶς προηγουμένους τοῦ λαοῦ.

And it-shall-be which-also-ever they-might-have-ceased, the-ones scribing-toers-of, speaking-unto toward to-the-one to-a-people, and they-shall-stand-down to-firsting of-the-one of-an-amassing-unto to-leading-before-unto of-the-one of-a-people.

20:9 στρατειας F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:10 Ἐὰν δὲ προσέλθῃς πρὸς πόλιν ἐκπολεμῆσαι αὐτούς, καὶ ἐκκάλεσαι αὐτοὺς μετ' εἰρήνης.

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-toward toward to-a-city to-have-warred-out-unto to-them, and thou-should-have-called-out-unto to-them with of-a-joinifying.

20:10 αυτους 1°] αυτην A F | εκκαλεσαι] εκκαλεση A εκκκαλεσης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:11 ἐὰν μὲν εἰρηνικὰ ἀποκριθῶσίν σοι καὶ ἀνοίξωσίν σοι, ἔσται πᾶς ὁ λαός, οἱ εὑρεθέντες ἐν αὐτῇ, ἔσονταί σοι φορολόγητοι καὶ ὑπήκοοί σου·

If-ever indeed to-joinify-belonged-of they-might-have-been-separated-off unto-thee and they-might-have-opened-up unto-thee, it-shall-be all the-one a-people, the-ones having-been-found in unto-it, they-shall-be unto-thee bearee-fortheeable and heard-under of-thee;

20:11 εαν μεν] pr και εσται Aa | αποκριθωσιν σοι] αποκριθωσι Bb | αυτη] τη πολει A | om σοι 3° A | φωρολογητοι A φορολογ… F | σου] σοι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:12 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ὑπακούσωσίν σοι καὶ ποιῶσιν πρὸς σὲ πόλεμον, περικαθιεῖς αὐτήν,

if-ever then-also lest they-might-have-heard-under unto-thee and they-might-have-done-unto toward to-thee to-a-war, thou-shall-sit-down-about-to to-it,

20:12 και ποιωσιν] και| ποιω sup ras Ba και ποιησωσιν A F | περικαθιεις] περικαθαριεις A* vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:13 ἕως ἂν παραδῷ σοι αὐτὴν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου, καὶ πατάξεις πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν αὐτῆς ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας,

unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-given-beside unto-thee to-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee, and thou-shall-smite to-all to-male-belonged-of of-it in unto-a-slayee of-a-battle-section-alongedness,

20:13 εως αν παραδω σοι] και παραδωσει A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:14 πλὴν τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ τῆς ἀποσκευῆς· καὶ ὅσα ἂν ὑπάρχῃ ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀπαρτίαν προνομεύσεις σεαυτῷ, καὶ φάγῃ πᾶσαν τὴν προνομὴν τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου ὧν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι.

to-beyond of-the-ones of-women and of-the-one of-an-equipping-off; and to-which-a-which ever it-might-first-under in unto-the-one unto-a-city and to-all to-the-one to-an-adjusting-off-unto thou-shall-parcelee-before-of unto-thyself, and thou-shall-devour to-all to-the-one to-a-parceleeing-before of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-thee of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee.

20:14 οσα] pr παντα τα κτηνη και παντα A F | και φαγη πασαν bis scr A*

[Appendix] πολι B* (πολει Ba b) | διδωσινσιν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:15 οὕτως ποιήσεις πάσας τὰς πόλεις τὰς μακρὰν οὔσας σοῦ σφόδρα· οὐχὶ ἐκ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐθνῶν τούτων

Unto-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones to-en-longed to-being of-thee to-vehemented; unto-not out of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones-these

20:15 σου] pr απο A | ουχι] pr αι A F | εκ] απο A F | των πολεων των εθνων] των ωθνων των πολεων F

[Appendix] μα|μακραν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:16 ὧν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι κληρονομεῖν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, οὐ ζωγρήσετε πᾶν ἐνπνέον,

of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee to-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them, not ye-shall-field-alive-unto to-all to-currenting-in,

20:16 ων] pr ιδου δε απο των πολεων τουτων A F | κληρονομειν] κληρονομησαι F | ζωγρησετε (ζωγρησεται B A)] + απ αυτων A F

[Appendix] εμπνεον Bb F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:17 ἀλλ' ἢ ἀναθέματι ἀναθεματιεῖτε αὐτούς, τὸν Χετταῖον καὶ Ἀμορραῖον καὶ Χαναναῖον καὶ Φερεζαῖον καὶ Εὑαῖον καὶ Ἰεβουσαῖον, ὃν τρόπον ἐνετείλατό σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου·

other or unto-a-placing-up-to ye-shall-place-up-to to-them, to-the-one to-Chet-belonged and to-Amor-belonged and to-Chanan-belonged and to-Ferez-belonged and to-Heu-belonged and to-Iebous-belonged, to-which to-a-turn it-finished-in unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

20:17 αλλ η] αλλα A F | om αναθεματι F | Αμ. και Χαν.] τον Αμ. και τον Χαν. A F | Φερεζαιον] pr τον F | Ευαιον] + ϗ Γεργεσαιον Ba b (mg) | Ιεβουσαιον] + και Γεργεσαιον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:18 ἵνα μὴ διδάξωσιν ὑμᾶς ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ βδελύγματα αὐτῶν ὅσα ἐποίησαν τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἁμαρτήσεσθε ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν.

so lest they-might-have-veer-veerated to-ye to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-abhorrerings-to of-them to-which-a-which they-did-unto unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them, and ye-shall-un-adjust-along to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:19 Ἐὰν δὲ περικαθίσῃς περὶ πόλιν μίαν ἡμέρας πλείους ἐκπολεμῆσαι αὐτὴν εἰς κατάλημψιν αὐτῆς, οὐχὶ ἐξολεθρεύσεις τὰ δένδρα αὐτῆς ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ' αὐτὰ σίδηρον· ἀλλ' ἢ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐκκόψεις. μὴ ἄνθρωπος τὸ ξύλον τὸ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, εἰσελθεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου σου εἰς τὸν χάρακα;

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-sat-down-about-to about to-a-city to-one to-dayednesses to-beyond to-have-warred-out-unto to-it into to-a-taking-down of-it, unto-not thou-shall-destruct-out-of to-the-ones to-en-treeings of-it to-have-had-casted-upon upon to-them to-an-iron; other or off of-it thou-shall-devour, to-it then-also not thou-shall-fell-out. Lest a-mankind to-the-one to-a-wood to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-a-field, to-have-had-came-into off of-looked-toward of-thee into to-the-one to-a-pale;

20:19 om μιαν A F | πλειους] πλειονας A | ουχι] ουκ A F | αυτα] αυτας F | αλλ η] αλλα A F | αγρω] δρυμω A F

[Appendix] περικαθεισης A F | εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 17 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 20:20 ἀλλὰ ξύλον ὃ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι οὐ καρπόβρωτόν ἐστιν, τοῦτο ὀλεθρεύσεις καὶ ἐκκόψεις καὶ οἰκοδομήσεις χαράκωσιν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἥτις ποιεῖ πρὸς σὲ τὸν πόλεμον, ἕως ἂν παραδοθῇ.

other to-a-wood to-which thou-stand-upon to-which-a-one not fruit-feedeed it-be, to-the-one-this thou-shall-destruct-of and thou-shall-fell-out and thou-shall-house-build-unto to-a-paling upon to-the-one to-a-city which-a-one it-doeth-unto toward to-thee to-the-one to-a-war, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-been-given-beside.

20:20 ξυλον] pr το A F | εξολεθρευσεις A F

[Appendix] ολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:1 Ἐὰν δὲ εὑρεθῇ τραυματίας ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι κληρονομῆσαι, πεπτωκὼς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ οὐκ οἴδασιν τὸν πατάξαντα,

If-ever then-also it-might-have-been-found a-wounded-belonger in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee to-have-lot-parceleed-unto, having-had-come-to-fall in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet, and not they-had-come-see to-the-one to-having-smote,

21:1 η] ην A F

[Appendix] τραμματ. F (item 2, 3, 6)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:2 ἐξελεύσεται ἡ γερουσία σου καὶ οἱ κριταί σου, καὶ ἐκμετρήσουσιν ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς κύκλῳ τοῦ τραυματίου·

it-shall-come-out, the-one a-senioring-unto of-thee and the-ones separaters of-thee, and they-shall-measure-out-unto upon to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-wounded-belonger;

21:2 om σου 1° F | om επι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:3 καὶ ἔσται ἡ πόλις ἡ ἐγγίζουσα τῷ τραυματίᾳ, καὶ λήμψεται ἡ γερουσία τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης δάμαλιν ἐκ βοῶν, ἥτις οὐκ εἴργασται καὶ ἥτις οὐχ εἵλκυσεν ζυγόν·

and it-shall-be the-one a-city the-one nearing-to unto-the-one unto-a-wounded-belonger, and it-shall-take, the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one-thither, to-a-heifer out of-oxen which-a-one not it-had-come-to-be-worked-to and which-a-one not it-haulationed to-a-couplage;

21:3 ητις 2°] ειτις A

[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb: item 7)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:4 καὶ καταβιβάσουσιν ἡ γερουσία τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης δάμαλιν εἰς φάραγγα τραχεῖαν, ἥτις οὐκ εἴργασται οὐδὲ σπείρεται, καὶ νευροκοπήσουσιν τὴν δάμαλιν ἐν τῇ φάραγγι.

and they-shall-down-step-step-to, the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one-thither, to-a-heifer into to-a-chasm to-rough, which-a-one not it-had-come-to-be-worked-to not-then-also it-be-whorled, and they-shall-sinew-fell-unto to-the-one to-a-heifer in unto-the-one unto-a-chasm.

21:4 δαμαλιν 1°] pr την A F

[Appendix] τραχιαν B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:5 καὶ προσελεύσονται οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ Λευεῖται, ὅτι αὐτοὺς ἐπέλεξεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς παρεστηκέναι αὐτῷ καὶ εὐλογεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἔσται πᾶσα ἀντιλογία καὶ πᾶσα ἁφή·

And they-shall-come-toward, the-ones sacreders-of the-ones Leuei-belongers, to-which-a-one to-them it-forthed-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim), to-have-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-it and to-have-goodly-fortheed-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it, and upon unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-them it-shall-be all an-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto and all a-fastening;

21:5 Λευιται Bb A F | αυτος F* (αυτους F1 vid) | επελεξεν] εξελεξατο A επελεξατο F | ο θεος] + σου A F | στοματι] ονοματι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:6 καὶ πᾶσα ἡ γερουσία τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης οἱ ἐγγίζοντες τῷ τραυματίᾳ νίψονται τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς δαμάλεως τῆς νενευροκοπημένης ἐν τῇ φάραγγι,

and all the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one-thither the-ones nearing-to unto-the-one unto-a-wounded-belonger they-shall-wash to-the-ones to-hands upon to-the-one to-a-head of-the-one of-a-heifer of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-sinew-felled-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-chasm,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:7 καὶ ἀποκριθέντες ἐροῦσιν Αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξέχεαν τὸ αἷμα τοῦτο, καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν οὐχ ἑωράκασιν·

and having-been-separated-off they-shall-utter, The-ones hands of-us not they-poured-out to-the-one to-a-rushering-to to-the-one-this, and the-ones eyes of-us not they-had-come-to-seeee-unto;

21:7 ερουσιν bis scr F

[Appendix] εξεαν F* (εξεχεαν F1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:8 ἵλεως γενοῦ τῷ λαῷ σου Ἰσραήλ, οὓς ἐλυτρώσω, Κύριε, ἵνα μὴ γένηται αἷμα ἀναίτιον ἐν τῷ λαῷ σου Ἰσραήλ. καὶ ἐξιλασθήσεται αὐτοῖς τὸ αἷμα.

unto-sectionated thou-should-have-had-became unto-the-one unto-a-people of-thee unto-an-Israêl, to-which thou-en-loosed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), so lest it-might-have-had-became a-rushering-to un-appeal-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-people of-thee unto-an-Israêl. And it-shall-be-sectionated-out unto-them the-one a-rushering-to.

21:8 Κυριε] + εκ γης Αιγυπτου A F

[Appendix] ειλεως B* (ιλ. Bb) | εξειλασθησεται B* (εξιλ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:9 σὺ δὲ ἐξαρεῖς τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἀναίτιον ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, ἐὰν ποιήσῃς τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ ἀρεστὸν ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

Thou then-also thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-a-rushering-to to-the-one to-un-appeal-belonged out of-ye of-them, if-ever thou-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-seemly and to-the-one to-pleasable in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee.

21:9 ποιησης] ποιησητε F | om Κυριου A | om σου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:10 Ἐὰν δὲ ἐξελθὼν εἰς πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, καὶ παραδῷ σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου, καὶ προνομεύσεις τὴν προνομὴν αὐτῶν,

If-ever then-also having-had-came-out into to-a-war upon to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee, and it-might-have-had-given-beside unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee, and thou-shall-parcelee-before-of to-the-one to-a-parceleeing-before of-them,

21:10 εξελθων] εξελθης A F | σοι] αυτους A F | προνομευσης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:11 καὶ ἴδῃς ἐν τῇ προνομῇ γυναῖκα καλὴν τῷ εἴδει, καὶ ἐνθυμηθῇς αὐτῆς καὶ λάβῃς αὐτὴν σαυτῷ γυναῖκα,

and thou-might-have-had-seen in unto-the-one unto-a-parceleeing-before to-a-woman to-seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness, and thou-might-have-been-passioned-in-unto of-it and thou-might-have-had-taken to-it unto-thineself to-a-woman,

21:11 σεαυτω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:12 καὶ εἰσάξεις αὐτὴν ἔνδον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν σου, καὶ ξυρήσεις τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς καὶ περιονυχιεῖς αὐτήν·

and thou-shall-lead-into to-it to-given-in into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-thee, and thou-shall-razor-unto to-the-one to-a-head of-it and thou-shall-unguis-about-to to-it;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:13 καὶ περιελεῖς τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἀπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ καθιεῖται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου καὶ κλαύσεται τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα μηνὸς ἡμέρας· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσελεύσῃ πρὸς αὐτὴν καὶ συνοικισθήσῃ αὐτῇ, καὶ ἔσται σου γυνή.

and thou-shall-have-sectioned-about to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto off of-it, and it-shall-sit-down-to in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-thee and it-shall-sob-belong to-the-one to-a-father and to-the-one to-a-mother of-a-month to-dayednesses; and with to-the-ones-these thou-shall-come-into toward to-it and thou-shall-be-housed-together-to unto-it, and it-shall-be of-thee a-woman.

21:13 αιχμαλωσιας] + αυτης A F | καθιειται A F] καθιεται B | πατερα] + αυτης A | σου 2°] σοι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:14 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν μὴ θέλῃς αὐτήν, ἐξαποστελεῖς αὐτὴν ἐλευθέραν, καὶ πράσει οὐ πραθήσεται ἀργυρίου· οὐκ ἀθετήσεις αὐτήν, διότι ἐταπείνωσας αὐτήν.

And it-shall-be if-ever lest thou-might-determine to-it, thou-shall-set-off-out to-it to-en-freed, and unto-an-en-acrossating not it-shall-be-en-acrossated of-a-silverlet; not thou-shall-un-place-unto to-it, through-to-which-a-one thou-en-low-belonged-to to-it.

21:14 [Appendix] πρασι B* (πρασει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:15 Ἐὰν δὲ γένωνται ἀνθρώπῳ δύο γυναῖκες, μία αὐτῶν ἠγαπημένη καὶ μία αὐτῶν μισουμένη, καὶ τέκωσιν αὐτῷ ἡ ἠγαπημένη καὶ ἡ μισουμένη, καὶ γένηται υἱὸς πρωτότοκος τῆς μισουμένης·

If-ever then-also they-might-have-had-became unto-a-mankind two women, one of-them having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto and one of-them being-hated-unto, and they-might-have-creationed unto-it, the-one having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto and the-one being-hated-unto, and it-might-have-had-became a-son most-before-creationed of-the-one of-being-hated-unto;

21:15 [Appendix] μεισουμ. 1° B* A (μισ. Bb F): 2° B* A F (μισ. Bb: item 16, 17)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:16 καὶ ἔσται ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ κατακληρονομῇ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ, οὐ δυνήσεται πρωτοτοκεῦσαι τῷ υἱῷ τῆς ἠγαπημένης, ὑπεριδὼν τὸν υἱὸν τῆς μισουμένης τὸν πρωτότοκον·

and it-shall-be unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-lot-parcelee-down-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it to-the-ones to-firsting-under of-it, not it-shall-able to-have-most-before-creation-of unto-the-one unto-a-son of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto, having-had-seen-over to-the-one to-a-son of-the-one of-being-hated-unto to-the-one to-most-before-creationed;

21:16 κατακληρονομη] κατακληροδοτη A F | υιος F* (υιοις F1 (vid)) |

τω υιω] τον υιον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:17 ἀλλὰ τὸν πρωτότοκον υἱὸν τῆς μισουμένης ἐπιγνώσεται δοῦναι αὐτῷ διπλᾶ ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν ἂν εὑρεθῇ αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ἀρχὴ τέκνων αὐτοῦ, καὶ τούτῳ καθήκει τὰ πρωτοτοκεῖα.

other to-the-one to-most-before-creationed to-a-son of-the-one of-being-hated-unto it-shall-acquaint-upon to-have-had-given unto-it to-two-fold off of-all of-which ever it-might-have-been-found unto-it, to-which-a-one the-one-this it-be a-firsting of-creationees of-it, and unto-the-one-this it-arriveth-down, the-ones most-before-creation-belonged.

21:17 πρωτοτοκια F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:18 Ἐὰν δέ τινι ᾖ υἱὸς ἀπειθὴς καὶ ἐρεθιστής, οὐχ ὑπακούων φωνὴν πατρὸς καὶ φωνὴν μητρός, καὶ παιδεύσωσιν αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εἰσακούῃ αὐτῶν·

If-ever then-also unto-a-one it-might-be a-son un-suringed and an-irker, not hearing-under to-a-sound of-a-father and to-a-sound of-a-mother, and they-might-have-childed-of to-it and lest it-might-have-heard-under of-them;

21:18–19 om αυτον και μη εισακουη (εισακουσης A1) αυτων και συλλαβοντες B* (hab Ba b (mg))

21:18 om δε F | πατρος] + αυτου A F | om και φωνην μητρος F | μητρος] + αυτου A | παιδευωσιν A F

[Appendix] υος F* (υιος F1 (vid)) | αιρεθιστης B* A (ερεθ. Ba b F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:19 καὶ συλλαβόντες αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξάξουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γερουσίαν τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τοῦ τόπου,

and having-had-taken-together to-it, the-one a-father of-it and the-one a-mother of-it, and they-shall-lead-out to-it upon to-the-one to-a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city of-it and upon to-the-one to-a-gate of-the-one of-an-occasion,

21:18–19 om αυτον και μη εισακουη (εισακουσης A1) αυτων και συλλαβοντες B* (hab Ba b (mg))

21:19 om και 3° A F | του τοπου] της πολεως αυτου A του τοπου αυτων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:20 καὶ ἐροῦσιν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν Ὁ υἱὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος ἀπειθεῖ καὶ ἐρεθίζει, οὐχ ὑπακούει τῆς φωνῆς ἡμῶν, συμβολοκοπῶν οἰνοφλυγεῖ·

and they-shall-utter unto-the-ones unto-men of-the-one of-a-city of-them, The-one a-son of-us the-one-this it-un-sureth-unto and it-irketh-to, not it-heareth-under of-the-one of-a-sound of-us, castee-together-felling-unto it-wine-prattleth-unto;

21:20 om και ερουσιν τοις ανδρασιν της πολεως αυτων F | αυτων] αυτου A | ο υιος] pr λεγων F1 mg | ουχ υπακουει] ουκ ακουει A | οινοφρυγει B* (οινοφλ. Ba b)

[Appendix] ουκ| υπ. B* ου|χ υπ. Bb? | συμβολοπων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:21 καὶ λιθοβολήσουσιν αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῦ ἐν λίθοις, καὶ ἀποθανεῖται· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἐπίλοιποι ἀκούσαντες φοβηθήσονται.

and they-shall-stone-cast-unto to-it, the-ones men of-the-one of-a-city of-it, in unto-stones, and it-shall-die-off; and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them, and the-ones remaindered-upon having-heard they-shall-be-feareed-unto.

21:21 αυτον Ba b A F] αυτους B*

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:22 Ἐὰν δὲ γένηται ἔν τινι ἁμαρτία κρίμα θανάτου, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ κρεμάσητε αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ξύλου·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became in unto-a-one an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-a-separating-to of-a-death, and it-might-have-had-died-off, and ye-might-have-hung-unto to-it upon of-a-wood;

21:22 om εν F | κρεμασητε] κρεμαση A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 18 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 21:23 οὐ ἐπικοιμηθήσεται τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου, ἀλλὰ ταφῇ θάψετε αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ὅτι κεκαταραμένος ὑπὸ θεοῦ πᾶς κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου· καὶ οὐ μιανεῖτε τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ.

not it-shall-be-situateed-upon-unto, the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-it, upon of-the-one of-a-wood, other unto-a-buriaging ye-shall-burial to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, to-which-a-one having-had-come-to-be-down-cursed-unto under of-a-Deity(Elohim) all en-hanging upon of-a-wood; and not ye-shall-stain-belong to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot.

21:23 ου κοιμ.] ουκ επικοιμ. A F | αυτο] αυτον A F | κεκατηραμενος A F | ου 2°] + μη A F | μιανειτε] μιανειται A μιανηται F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:1 Μὴ ἰδὼν τὸν μόσχον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἢ τὸ πρόβατον αὐτοῦ πλανώμενα ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, μὴ ὑπερίδῃς αὐτά· ἀποστροφῇ ἀποστρέψεις αὐτὰ τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου καὶ ἀποδώσεις αὐτῷ.

Lest having-had-seen to-the-one to-a-calf of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee or to-the-one to-stepped-before of-it to-wandering-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-way, lest thou-might-have-had-seen-over to-them; unto-a-beturning-off thou-shall-beturn-off to-them unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-thee and thou-shall-give-off unto-it.

22:1 πλανωμενον F | om μη 2° A F | αυτω] + αυτα Aa? mg αυτα τω αδελφω σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:2 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἐγγίζῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου πρὸς σὲ μηδὲ ἐπίστῃ αὐτόν, συνάξεις αὐτὸν ἔνδον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν σου, καὶ ἔσται μετὰ σοῦ ἕως ἂν ζητήσῃ αὐτὰ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, καὶ ἀποδώσεις αὐτῷ.

If-ever then-also lest it-might-near-to, the-one brethrened of-thee, toward to-thee lest-then-also thou-might-stand-upon to-it, thou-shall-lead-together to-it to-given-in into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-thee, and it-shall-be with of-thee unto-if-which ever it-might-have-sought-unto to-them, the-one brethtrened of-thee, and thou-shall-give-off unto-it.

22:2 προς σε ο αδ. σου A F | επιστη A F] εγ|γιζη B | αυτον 1°] αυτο (sup ras) Aa? | συναξεις B A1? a? (sup ras seq spat 4 vel 5 litt)] συνεξεις F | αυτον 2°] αυτα A F | αυτω] pr αυτα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:3 οὕτως ποιήσεις τὸν ὄνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὕτως ποιήσεις κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀπωλίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου· ὅσα ἐὰν ἀπόληται παρ' αὐτοῦ καὶ εὕρῃς, οὐ δυνήσῃ ὑπεριδεῖν.

Unto-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-donkey of-it, and unto-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto down to-all to-a-destructing-off-unto of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee; to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-had-destructed-off beside of-it and thou-might-have-had-found, not thou-shall-able to-have-had-seen-over.

22:3 αυτου 1°] + και ουτως ποιησεις το ιματιον αυτου A F | ουτως 2°] ουτος Bedit (ουτως Mai) | ευρης] + αυτα A F | υπεριδειν] + αυτα Aa (mg)

[Appendix] απωλειαν Ba? b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:4 Οὐκ ὄψῃ τὸν ὄνον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἢ τὸν μόσχον αὐτοῦ πεπτωκότας ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ· μὴ ὑπερίδῃς αὐτούς· ἀνιστῶν ἀναστήσεις μετ' αὐτοῦ.

Not thou-shall-behold to-the-one to-a-donkey of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee or to-the-one to-a-calf of-it to-having-had-come-to-fall in unto-the-one unto-a-way; lest thou-might-have-had-seen-over to-them; standing-up thou-shall-stand-up with of-it. of-the-one of-brethrened

22:4 οψη] υπεροψη in mg et sup ras Aa? | πεπτωκοτα A F | υπερειδης F | αναστησεις] + αυτα A | μετ αυτου] μετα σου A

[Appendix] υπερειδης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:5 Οὐκ ἔσται σκεύη ἀνδρὸς ἐπὶ γυναικί, οὐδὲ μὴ ἐνδύσηται ἀνὴρ στολὴν γυναικίαν· ὅτι βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σού ἐστιν πᾶς ποιῶν ταῦτα.

Not it-shall-be equipeednesses of-a-man upon unto-a-woman, not-then-also lest it-might-have-sunk-in, a-man, to-a-seteeing to-woman-belonged; to-which-a-one an-abhorrering-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-be all doing-unto to-the-ones-these.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

22:5 om οτι A

[Appendix] γυναικιαν B* A] γυναικειαν Ba? b F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:6 Ἐὰν δὲ συναντήσῃς νοσσιᾷ ὀρνέων πρὸ προσώπου σου ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἢ ἐπὶ παντὶ δένδρει ἢ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, νοσσοῖς ἢ ὠοῖς, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ θάλπῃ ἐπὶ τῶν νοσσῶν ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν ὠῶν, οὐ λήμψῃ τὴν μητέρα μετὰ τῶν τέκνων·

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-a-nestling-unto of-en-flailings before of-looked-toward of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-way or upon unto-all unto-an-en-treeing or upon of-the-one of-a-soil, unto-nestlings or unto-eggs, and the-one a-mother it-might-warm upon of-the-ones of-nestlings or upon of-the-ones of-eggs, not thou-shall-take to-the-one to-a-mother with of-the-ones of-creationees;

Note: of-en-flailings : groupingly refers to birds that non-glidingly flail their wings.

22:6 δενδρει (δενδρι B* A)] δενδρω Ba b F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:7 ἀποστολῇ ἀποστελεῖς τὴν μητέρα, τὰ δὲ παιδία λήμψῃ σεαυτῷ, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ πολυήμερος γένῃ.

unto-a-seteeing-off thou-shall-set-off to-the-one to-a-mother, to-the-ones then-also to-childlets thou-shall-take unto-thyself, so goodly unto-thee it-might-have-had-became and much-dayed thou-might-have-had-became.

22:7 πολυμερος] μακροημερος F | γενη] εση A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:8 Ἐὰν οἰκοδομήσῃς οἰκίαν καινήν, καὶ ποιήσεις στεφάνην τῷ δώματί σου· καὶ οὐ ποιήσεις φόνον ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου, ἐὰν πέσῃ ὁ πεσὼν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.

If-ever thou-might-have-house-built-unto to-a-housing-unto to-fresh; and thou-shall-do-unto to-a-wreathing unto-the-one unto-a-building-to of-thee; and not thou-shall-do-unto to-a-slayee in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-thee if-ever it-might-have-had-fallen, the-one having-had-fallen, off of-it.

22:8 εαν] + δε A F | om και 1° A | αυτου] αυτης A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:9 Οὐ κατασπερεῖς τὸν ἀμπελῶνά σου δίφορον, ἵνα μὴ ἁγιασθῇ τὸ γένημα καὶ τὸ σπέρμα ὃ ἐὰν σπείρῃ μετὰ τοῦ γενήματος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνός σου.

Not thou-shall-whorl-down to-the-one to-a-vining of-thee to-beareed-through, so lest it-might-have-been-hallow-belonged-to the-one a-becoming-to and the-one a-whorling-to to-which if-ever thou-might-whorl with of-the-one of-a-becoming-to of-the-one of-a-vining of-thee.

22:9 κατασπερει σον αμπ. B* vid (κατασπερεις τον αμπ. Ba b) | διφορον B F? vid (ras α teste Field)] διαφορον A F* (δι.φορον) | σπειρης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:10 οὐκ ἀροτριάσεις ἐν μόσχῳ καὶ ὄνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό.

Not thou-shall-en-lift-belong-unto in unto-a-calf and unto-a-donkey upon to-the-one to-it.

Note: thou-shall-en-lift-belong-unto : used to refer to ploughing or cultivating soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:11 οὐκ ἐνδύσῃ κίβδηλον, ἔρια καὶ λίνον ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ.

Not thou-shall-sink-in to-drossed, to-wools and to-a-flaxee in unto-the-one unto-it.

22:11 εν τω αυτω] επι το αυτο A

[Appendix] ερεια A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:12 Στρεπτὰ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ ἐπὶ τῶν τεσσάρων κρασπέδων τῶν περιβολαίων σου, ἃ ἐὰν περιβάλῃ ἐν αὐτοῖς.

To-beturned thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself upon of-the-ones of-four of-fringed-footments of-the-ones of-casted-aboutlets of-thee, to-which if-ever thou-might-have-had-casted-about in unto-them.

22:12 εαν] αν A F | περιβαλη B A F*] περιβαλλη F1

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:13 Ἐὰν δέ τις λάβῃ γυναῖκα καὶ συνοικήσῃ αὐτῇ, καὶ μισήσῃ αὐτήν,

If-ever then-also a-one it-might-have-had-taken to-a-woman and it-might-have-housed-together-unto unto-it, and it-might-have-hated-unto to-it,

22:13 [Appendix] μεισηση B* μησειση A (μισηση Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:14 καὶ ἐπιθῇ αὐτῇ προφασιστικοὺς λόγους, καὶ κατενέγκῃ αὐτῆς ὄνομα πονηρὸν καὶ λέγῃ Τὴν γυναῖκα ταύτην εἴληφα, καὶ προσελθὼν αὐτῇ οὐχ εὕρηκα αὐτῆς τὰ παρθένια·

and it-might-have-placed-upon unto-it to-manifest-before-belonged-of to-forthees, and it-might-have-beared-down of-it to-a-naming-to to-en-necessitated and it-might-forth, To-the-one to-a-woman to-the-one-this I-hath-had-come-to-take and having-had-came-toward unto-it not I-had-come-to-find of-it to-the-ones to-maiden-belonged;

22:14 τα παρθ.] om τα F

[Appendix] παρθενεια A (item 15, 17 bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:15 καὶ λαβὼν ὁ πατὴρ τῆς παιδὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ ἐξοίσουσιν τὰ παρθένια τῆς παιδὸς πρὸς τὴν γερουσίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην,

and having-had-taken, the-one a-father of-the-one of-a-child and the-one a-mother, they-shall-bear-out to-the-ones to-maiden-belonged of-the-one of-a-child toward to-the-one to-a-senioring-unto upon to-the-one to-a-gate,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:16 καὶ ἐρεῖ ὁ πατὴρ τῆς παιδὸς τῇ γερουσίᾳ Τὴν θυγατέρα μου ταύτην δέδωκα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ γυναῖκα, καὶ μισήσας αὐτὴν

and it-shall-utter, the-one a-father of-the-one of-a-child, unto-the-one unto-a-senioring-unto, To-the-one to-a-daughter of-me to-the-one-this I-gave unto-the-one unto-a-mankind unto-the-one-this to-a-woman, and having-hated-unto to-it

22:16 [Appendix] μεισησας B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:17 νῦν οὗτος ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτῇ προφασιστικοὺς λόγους, λέγων Οὐχ εὕρηκα τῇ θυγατρί σου παρθένια, καὶ ταῦτα τὰ παρθένια τῆς θυγατρός μου, καὶ ἀναπτύξουσιν τὸ ἱμάτιον ἐναντίον τῆς γερουσίας τῆς πόλεως.

now the-one-this it-placeth-upon unto-it to-manifest-before-belonged-of to-forthees, forthing, Not I-had-come-to-find unto-the-one unto-a-daughter of-thee to-maiden-belonged, and the-ones-these the-ones maiden-belonged of-the-one of-a-daughter of-me, and they-shall-plicater-up to-the-one to-an-apparelet to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city.

22:17 νυν ουτος] αυτος νυν A F | εναντι A F | πολεως] + εκεινης Aa? (ως εκει|νης in mg et sup ras)

[Appendix] επιτηθισιν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:18 καὶ λήμψεται ἡ γερουσία τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖνον καὶ παιδεύσουσιν αὐτόν,

And it-shall-take, the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one-thither, to-the-one to-a-mankind to-the-one-thither and they-shall-child-of to-it,

22:18 παιδευσωσιν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:19 καὶ ζημιώσουσιν αὐτὸν ἑκατὸν σίκλους καὶ δώσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ τῆς νεάνιδος, ὅτι ἐξήνεγκεν ὄνομα πονηρὸν ἐπὶ παρθένον Ἰσραηλεῖτιν· καὶ αὐτοῦ ἔσται γυνή, οὐ δυνήσεται ἐξαποστεῖλαι αὐτὴν τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον.

and they-shall-en-damage-belong to-it to-a-hundred to-shekels and they-shall-give unto-the-one unto-a-father of-the-one of-a-new-belonging, to-which-a-one it-beared-out to-a-naming-to to-en-necessitated upon to-a-maiden to-an-Israêl-belongeress; and of-it it-shall-be a-woman, not it-shall-able to-have-set-off-out to-it to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while.

22:19 Ισραηλιτην Bb F | δυνησει A* (δυνησεται A?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:20 ἐὰν δὲ ἐπ' ἀληθείας γένηται ὁ λόγος οὗτος καὶ μὴ εὑρεθῇ παρθένια τῇ νεάνιδι,

If-ever then-also upon of-an-un-secluding-of it-might-have-had-became, the-one a-forthee the-one-this, and lest it-might-have-been-found maiden-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-new-belonging,

22:20 [Appendix] αληθιας B* (αληθειας Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:21 καὶ ἐξάξουσιν τὴν νεᾶνιν ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ λιθοβολήσουσιν αὐτὴν ἐν λίθοις καὶ ἀποθανεῖται, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ἀφροσύνην ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ἐκπορνεῦσαι τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.

and they-shall-lead-out to-the-one to-a-new-belonging upon to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-father of-it, and they-shall-stone-cast-unto to-it in unto-stones and it-shall-die-off, to-which-a-one it-did-unto to-an-un-centeringedness in unto-sons of-an-Israêl, to-have-harloted-out-of to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-it; and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them.

22:21 θυρας] + οικου A + του οικου F | του πατρος 1°] om του A | αυτην] + οι ανδρες της πολεως αυτης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:22 Ἐὰν δὲ εὑρεθῇ ἄνθρωπος κοιμώμενος μετὰ γυναικὸς συνοικισμένης ἀνδρί, ἀποκτενεῖτε ἀμφοτέρους, τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν κοιμώμενον μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ.

If-ever then-also it-might-have-been-found a-mankind situateeing-unto with of-a-woman of-having-had-come-to-be-housed-together-unto unto-a-man, they-shall-kill-off to-more-around, to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one to-situateeing-unto with of-the-one of-a-woman and to-the-one to-a-woman; and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-an-Israêl.

22:22 om κοιμωμενος F | συνωκισμενης A F | αμφ.] pr αμα A | τον ανδρα] τον τε ανδρα A | Ισραηλ] υμων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:23 Ἐὰν δὲ γένηται παῖς παρθένος μεμνηστευμένη ἀνδρί, καὶ εὑρὼν αὐτὴν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πόλει κοιμηθῇ μετ' αὐτῆς·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became a-child a-maiden having-had-come-to-be-remembranced-of unto-a-man, and having-had-found to-it, a-mankind, in unto-a-city it-might-have-been-situateed-unto with of-it;

22:23 εμνηστευμενη A | om εν πολει A* vid (εν πολει κοιμηθη sup ras Aa | μετ αυτης] ταυτης A (sed τ 1° referend ad μετ cuius duae poster litt per ras exciderunt)

[Appendix] πολι B* (πολει Ba b: item 24)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:24 ἐξάξετε ἀμφοτέρους ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν, καὶ λιθοβοληθήσονται ἐν λίθοις καὶ ἀποθανοῦνται· τὴν νεᾶνιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐβόησεν ἐν τῇ πόλει, καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὅτι ἐταπείνωσεν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.

ye-shall-lead-out to-more-around upon to-the-one to-a-gate of-the-one of-a-city of-them, and they-shall-be-stone-casted-unto in unto-stones and they-shall-die-off; to-the-one to-a-new-belonging, to-which-a-one not it-hollered-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-city, and to-the-one to-a-mankind, to-which-a-one it-en-low-belonged-to to-the-one to-a-woman of-the-one to-nigh-belonged; and thou-shall-lift-out to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them.

22:24 om αυτων 1° F | πλησιον] + αυτου A F

[Appendix] την πυλης A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:25 Ἐὰν δὲ ἐν πεδίῳ εὕρῃ ἄνθρωπος τὴν παῖδα τὴν μεμνηστευμένην καὶ βιασάμενος κοιμηθῇ μετ' αὐτῆς, ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν κοιμώμενον μετ' αὐτῆς μόνον,

If-ever then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet it-might-have-had-found, a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-child to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-remembranced-of and having-dureeated-to it-might-have-been-situateed-unto with of-it, ye-shall-kill-off to-the-one to-situateeing-unto with of-it to-stayeed,

22:25 τον κοιμ.] pr τον α̅̅ν̅̅ο̅̅ν̅̅ A F

[Appendix] παιδιω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:26 καὶ τῇ νεάνιδι οὐκ ἔστιν ἁμάρτημα θανάτου. ὡς εἴ τις ἐπαναστῇ ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ τὸν πλησίον καὶ φονεύσῃ αὐτοῦ ψυχήν, οὕτως τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο·

and unto-the-one unto-a-new-belonging not it-be an-un-adjusting-along-to of-a-death. As if a-one it-might-have-had-stood-up-upon, a-mankind, upon to-the-one to-nigh-belonged and it-might-have-slayed-of of-it to-a-breathing, unto-the-one-this the-one a-practicing-to the-one-this;

22:26 και τη νεανιδι] τη δε νεαν. A F + ηου ποιησετε ουδεν Ba b (mg) F + ου ποιησεται ουδεν A | ουκ εστιν] + τη νεανιδι Ba b (superscr) A F | ως ει] pr οτι A F | επι sup ras Ba | πλησιον] + αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:27 ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ εὗρεν αὐτήν, ἐβόησεν ἡ νεᾶνις ἡ μεμνηστευμένη, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ βοηθήσων αὐτῇ.

to-which-a-one in unto-the-one unto-a-field it-had-found to-it, it-hollered-unto, the-one a-new-belonging the-one having-had-come-to-be-remembrance-of, and not it-was the-one shall-having-holler-ran-unto unto-it.

22:27 ουκ ην ο βοηθησων] ο βοηθων ουκ εστιν αυτη A ο βοηθησων ουκ ην αυτη F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:28 Ἐὰν δέ τις εὕρῃ τὴν παῖδα τὴν παρθένον ἥτις οὐ μεμνήστευται, καὶ βιασάμενος κοιμηθῇ μετ' αὐτῆς, καὶ εὑρεθῇ·

If-ever then-also a-one it-might-have-had-found to-the-one to-a-child to-the-one to-a-maiden which-a-one not it-had-come-to-be-remembranced-of, and having-dureeated-to it-might-have-been-situateed-unto with of-it, and it-might-have-been-found;

22:28 βιασαμενος] + αυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:29 δώσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κοιμηθεὶς μετ' αὐτῆς τῷ πατρὶ τῆς νεάνιδος πεντήκοντα δίδραχμα ἀργυρίου, καὶ αὐτοῦ ἔσται γυνή, ἀνθ' ὧν ἐταπείνωσεν αὐτήν· οὐ δυνήσεται ἐξαποστεῖλαι αὐτὴν τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον.

it-shall-give, the-one a-mankind the-one having-been-situateed-unto with of-it, unto-the-one unto-a-father of-the-one of-a-new-belonging, to-fifty to-two-grasped of-a-silverlet, and of-it it-shall-be a-woman ever-a-one of-which it-en-low-belonged-to to-it, not it-shall-able to-have-set-off-out to-it to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while.

22:29 διδραγμα F | ανθ ων] ανθ ου A

[Appendix] εταπινωσωεν B* A (εταπειν. Ba b F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 19 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 22:30 (Deu 23:1 Heb.) Οὐ λήμψεται ἄνθρωπος τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἀποκαλύψει συνκάλυμμα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ.

(Deu 23:1 Heb.) Not it-shall-take, a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-woman of-the-one of-a-father of-it, and not it-shall-shroud-off to-a-shrouding-together-to of-the-one of-a-father of-it.

22:30 αποκαλυψει] ανακαλυψει A F

[Appendix] συγκαλυμμα Ba b A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:1 (Deu 23:2 Heb.) Οὐκ εἰσελεύσονται θλαδίας οὐδὲ ἀποκεκομμένος εἰς ἐκκλησίαν Κυρίου.

(Deu 23:2 Heb.) Not they-shall-come-into, a-dashed-belonger not-then-also having-had-come-to-be-felled-off, into to-a-calling-out-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

23:1 εισελευσονται] εισελευσεται Ba? b? A F | ουδε] και A F | αποκεκ. εις εκκλ. Κυριου] αποκεκ. εις οικον κ̅̅υ̅̅ (κεκομμε|νος…κ̅̅υ̅̅ in mg et sup ras) Aa

(Deu 23:2) (Deu 23:3 Heb.) not in HS.

23:2 ουκ εισελευσεται εκ πορνης εις εκκλησιαν κ̅̅υ̅̅ Ba b mg et sup ras Aa (om B* F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:3 (Deu 23:4 Heb.) οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται Ἀμμανείτης οὐδὲ Μωαβείτης εἰς ἐκκλησίαν Κυρίου· καὶ ἕως δεκάτης γενεᾶς οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς ἐκκλησίαν Κυρίου καὶ ἕως εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα,

(Deu 23:4 Heb.) Not it-shall-come-into, an-Amman-belonger not-then-also a-Môab-belonger, into to-a-calling-out-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); and unto-if-which of-tenth of-a-becomedness not it-shall-come-into into to-a-calling-out-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and unto-if-which into to-the-one to-an-age,

23:3 Αμμανιτης ουδε Μωαβιτης Bb A Μωαβιτης και Αμμανιτης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:4 (Deu 23:5 Heb.) παρὰ τὸ μὴ συναντῆσαι αὐτοὺς ὑμῖν μετὰ ἄρτων καὶ ὕδατος ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐκπορευομένων ὑμῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ὅτι ἐμισθώσαντο ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν Βαλαὰμ υἱὸν Βεὼρ ἐκ τῆς Μεσοποταμίας καταρᾶσθαι·

(Deu 23:5 Heb.) beside to-the-one lest to-have-together-ever-a-oned-unto to-them unto-ye with of-adjustations and of-water in unto-the-one unto-a-way of-traversing-out-of of-ye out of-an-Aiguptos, and to-which-a-one they-en-payed upon to-thee to-the-one to-a-Balaam to-a-son of-a-Beôr out of-the-one of-a-Mesopotamia to-down-curse-unto;

Note: of-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

23:4 της Μεσοπ.] om της F | καταρασθαι] καταρασασθαι σε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:5 (Deu 23:6 Heb.) καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰσακοῦσαι τοῦ Βαλαάμ, καὶ μετέστρεψεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰς κατάρας εἰς εὐλογίαν, ὅτι ἠγάπησέν σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου.

(Deu 23:6 Heb.) and not it-determined, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-heard-into of-the-one of-a-Balaam, and it-beturned-with, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-cursednesses-down into to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, to-which-a-one it-excessed-off-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

23:5 ευλογιας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:6 (Deu 23:7 Heb.) οὐ προσαγορεύσεις εἰρηνικὰ αὐτοῖς καὶ συμφέροντα αὐτοῖς πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

(Deu 23:7 Heb.) Not thou-shall-lead-alongedness-toward-of to-joinify-belonged-of unto-them and to-bearing-together unto-them to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-thee into to-the-one to-an-age.

23:6 om σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:7 (Deu 23:8 Heb.) οὐ βδελύξῃ Ἰδουμαῖον, ὅτι ἀδελφός σού ἐστιν· οὐ βδελύξῃ Αἰγύπτιον, ὅτι πάροικος ἐγένου ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτοῦ·

(Deu 23:8 Heb.) Not thou-shall-abhorrer to-Idouma-belonged, to-which-a-one brethrened of-thee it-be; not thou-shall-abhorrer to-Aiguptos-belonged, to-which-a-one housed-beside thou-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-it;

23:7 αυτου] αυτων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:8 (Deu 23:9 Heb.) υἱοὶ ἐὰν γενηθῶσιν αὐτοῖς, γενεᾷ τρίτῃ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς ἐκκλησίαν Κυρίου.

(Deu 23:9 Heb.) sons if-ever they-might-have-been-became unto-them, unto-a-becomedness unto-third they-shall-come-into into to-a-calling-out-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

23:8 εισελευσονται] εισελευ sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:9 (Deu 23:10 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ ἐξέλθῃς παρεμβαλεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, καὶ φυλάξῃ ἀπὸ παντὸς ῥήματος πονηροῦ.

(Deu 23:10 Heb.) If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-out to-have-had-casted-in-beside upon to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee, and thou-shall-guarder off of-all of-an-uttering-to of-en-necessitated.

23:9 επι τους εχθρους] pr εις πολεμον Aa | ρηματος πονηρου] πον. πραγματος A πον. ρηματος F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:10 (Deu 23:11 Heb.) ἐὰν ᾖ ἐν σοὶ ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐκ ἔσται καθαρὸς ἐκ ῥύσεως αὐτοῦ νυκτός, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν·

(Deu 23:11 Heb.) If-ever it-might-be in unto-thee a-mankind which not it-shall-be cleansed out of-a-tracting of-it of-a-night, and it-shall-come-out into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside;

23:10 εσται] εστιν F | εξελευσεται] + εξω της παρεμβολης και ουκ εισελευσεται A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:11 (Deu 23:12 Heb.) καὶ ἔσται τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέραν λούσεται τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ὕδατι, καὶ δεδυκότος ἡλίου εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν.

(Deu 23:12 Heb.) and it-shall-be to-the-one toward to-an-into-acrossedness it-shall-bathe to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it unto-a-water, and of-having-had-come-to-sink of-a-sun it-shall-come-into into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside.

(Deu 23:12) (Deu 23:13 Heb.) not in HS.

23:12 και τοπος εσται σοι εξω της παρεμβολης και εξελευση εκει εξω Ba b mg A F (om B*)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:13 (Deu 23:14 Heb.) καὶ πάσσαλος ἔσται σοι ἐπὶ τῆς ζώνης σου, καὶ ἔσται ὅταν διακαθιζάνῃς ἔξω, καὶ ὀρύξεις ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπάγων καλύψεις τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην σου,

(Deu 23:14 Heb.) And a-pitchment it-shall-be unto-thee upon of-the-one of-a-girding of-thee, and it-shall-be which-also-ever thou-might-sit-down-through out-unto-which, and thou-shall-gouger in unto-it and leading-upon thou-shall-shroud to-the-one to-an-un-holdeningedness of-thee,

23:13 πασσαλος] σαλος sup ras Ba b | επαγαγων A F | σου 2°] + εν αυτω A F

[Appendix] ορυξις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:14 (Deu 23:15 Heb.) ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐνπεριπατεῖ ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ σου, ἐξελέσθαι σε καὶ παραδοῦναι τὸν ἐχθρόν σου πρὸ προσώπου σου· καὶ ἔσται ἡ παρεμβολή σου ἁγία, καὶ οὐκ ὀφθήσεται ἐν σοὶ ἀσχημοσύνη πράγματος, καὶ ἀποστρέψει ἀπὸ σοῦ.

(Deu 23:15 Heb.) to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-treadeth-about-in-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside of-thee, to-have-had-sectioned-out to-thee and to-have-had-given-beside to-the-one to-en-enmitied of-thee before of-looked-toward of-thee; and it-shall-be the-one a-casting-in-beside of-thee hallow-belonged, and not it-shall-be-beheld in unto-thee an-un-holdeningedness of-a-practicing-to, and it-shall-beturn-off off of-thee.

23:14 om σου 2° A F* (hab F1) | παραδουναι] + σοι | προ προσωπου] εις τας χειρας A F | ασχημο… F

[Appendix] εμπεριπατει Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:15 (Deu 23:16 Heb.) Οὐ παραδώσεις παῖδα τῷ κυρίῳ, ὃς προστέθειταί σοι παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ·

(Deu 23:16 Heb.) Not thou-shall-give-beside to-a-child unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged(adon), which it-had-come-to-place-toward unto-thee beside of-authority-belonged(adon) of-it;

23:15 κυριω] + αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:16 (Deu 23:17 Heb.) μετὰ σοῦ κατοικήσει, ἐν ὑμῖν· κατοικήσει οὗ ἐὰν ἀρέσῃ αὐτῷ, οὐ θλίψεις αὐτόν.

(Deu 23:17 Heb.) with of-thee it-shall-house-down-unto, in unto-ye; it-shall-house-down-unto of-which if-ever it-might-have-pleased unto-it, not thou-shall-press to-it.

23:16 κατοικησει 2°] + εν παντι τοπω A F | εαν αρεση] αρεσκη A αν αρεσκη F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:17 (Deu 23:18 Heb.) Οὐκ ἔσται πόρνη ἀπὸ θυγατέρων Ἰσραήλ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται πορνεύων ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· οὐκ ἔσται τελεσφόρος ἀπὸ θυγατέρων Ἰσραήλ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται τελισκόμενος ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.

(Deu 23:18 Heb.) Not it-shall-be a-harlot off of-daughters of-an-Israêl, and not it-shall-be harloting-of off of-sons of-an-Israêl; not it-shall-be finish-beareed off of-daughters of-an-Israêl, and not it-shall-be finish-belonging-of off of-sons of-an-Israêl.

23:17 θυγατερων 1°] pr των A | τελισκομενος] + προς πασαν ευχην Aa?

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:18 (Deu 23:19 Heb.) οὐ προσοίσεις μίσθωμα πόρνης οὐδὲ ἄλλαγμα κυνὸς εἰς τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πρὸς πᾶσαν εὐχήν, ὅτι βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σού ἐστιν καὶ ἀμφότερα.

(Deu 23:19 Heb.) Not thou-shall-bear-toward to-an-en-paying-to of-a-harlot not-then-also to-an-othering-to of-a-dog into to-the-one to-a-house of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee toward to-all to-a-goodly-holding, to-which-a-one an-abhorrering-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-be and more-around.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:19 (Deu 23:20 Heb.) Οὐκ ἐκτοκιεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου τόκον ἀργυρίου καὶ τόκον βρωμάτων καὶ τόκον παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἂν ἐκδανίσῃς·

(Deu 23:20 Heb.) Not thou-shall-creation-out-to unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-thee to-a-creation of-a-silverlet and to-a-creation of-feedeeings-to and to-a-creation of-all of-a-practicing-to of-which ever thou-might-have-lent-out-to;

Note: to-a-creation : in this context used to refer to the creation of interest, i.e. usury.

23:19 τοκον αργ. τω αδ. σου A | αν] εαν F

[Appendix] εκδανεισης Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:20 (Deu 23:21 Heb.) τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ ἐκτοκιεῖς, τῷ δὲ ἀδελφῷ σου οὐκ ἐκτοκιεῖς, ἵνα εὐλογήσῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις σου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν.

(Deu 23:21 Heb.) unto-the-one unto-other-belonged thou-shall-creation-out-to, unto-the-one then-also unto-brethrened of-thee not thou-shall-creation-out-to, so it-might-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works of-thee upon of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it.

23:20 δε] hiat F | πασιν A | κληρονομησαι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:21 (Deu 23:22 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ εὔξῃ εὐχὴν Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, οὐ χρονιεῖς ἀποδοῦναι αὐτήν, ὅτι ἐκζητῶν ἐκζητήσει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ ἁμαρτία·

(Deu 23:22 Heb.) If-ever then-also thou-shall-goodly-hold to-a-goodly-holding unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, not thou-shall-while-to to-have-had-given-off to-it, to-which-a-one seeking-out-unto it-shall-seek-out-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, beside of-thee, and it-shall-be in unto-thee an-un-adjusting-along-unto;

23:21 om Κυριω F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:22 (Deu 23:23 Heb.) ἐὰν δὲ μὴ θέλῃς εὔξασθαι, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἁμαρτία.

(Deu 23:23 Heb.) If-ever then-also lest thou-might-determine to-have-goodly-held, not it-be in unto-thee an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

23:22 om εν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:23 (Deu 23:24 Heb.) τὰ ἐκπορευόμενα διὰ τῶν χειλέων σου φυλάξῃ, καὶ ποιήσεις ὃν τρόπον εὔξω τῷ θεῷ δόμα ὃ ἐλάλησας τῷ στόματί σου.

(Deu 23:24 Heb.) To-the-ones to-traversing-out-of through of-the-ones of-rimmeednesses of-thee thou-shall-guarder, and thou-shall-do-unto to-which to-a-turn thou-goodly-held unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) to-a-giving-to to-which thou-spoke-unto unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-thee.

23:23 ηυξω A F | τω θεω] κ̅̅ω̅̅ τω θω̅̅ σου A F | om τω στοματι σου A* vid (hab Aa? mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:24 (Deu 23:25) (Deu 23:26 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς ἀμητὸν τοῦ πλησίον σου, καὶ συλλέξεις ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου στάχυς, καὶ δρέπανον οὐ μὴ ἐπιβάλῃς ἐπ' ἀμητὸν τοῦ πλησίον σου.

(Deu 23:25) (Deu 23:26 Heb.) If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-into into to-an-alongment of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee, and thou-shall-forth-together in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-thee to-spires, and to-a-cullerant not lest thou-might-have-had-casted-upon upon to-an-alongment of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee.

23:24, 25 transp ut vid Aa (sup ras rescr)

23:24 συλλεξεις] συναξεις Aa | επ αμητον] επι τον αμητον Aa F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 20 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 23:25 (Deu 23:24) (Deu 23:25 Heb.) Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα τοῦ πλησίον σου, φάγῃ σταφυλὴν ὅσον ψυχήν σου ἐμπλησθῆναι, εἰς δὲ ἄγγος οὐκ ἐμβαλεῖς.

(Deu 23:24) (Deu 23:25 Heb.) If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-vining of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee, thou-shall-devour to-a-grape to-which-a-which to-a-breathing of-thee to-have-been-repleted-in; into then-also to-a-leadeedness not thou-shall-cast-in.

23:24, 25 transp ut vid Aa (sup ras rescr)

23:25 του πλ.] το sup ras Ba b | οσον] + αν Aa | ψυχη Aa | εμβαλεις] εκβαλεις Aa F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:1 Ἐὰν δέ τις λάβῃ γυναῖκα καὶ συνοικήσῃ αὐτῇ, καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν μὴ εὕρῃ χάριν ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ ὅτι εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ ἄσχημον πρᾶγμα, καὶ γράψει αὐτῇ βιβλίον ἀποστασίου καὶ δώσει εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ·

If-ever then-also a-one it-might-have-had-taken to-a-woman and it-might-have-housed-together-unto unto-it and it-shall-be if-ever lest it-might-have-had-found to-a-granting to-ever-a-oned-in of-it, to-which-a-one it-had-found in unto-it to-un-holdened-of to-a-practicing-to, and it-shall-scribe unto-it to-a-paperlet of-a-standlet-off and it-shall-give into to-the-ones to-hands of-it and it-shall-set-off-out to-it out of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-it;

24:1 εαν δε τις…εξαποστε sup ras Aa | συνοικησει Aa συνωκηση (sic) F | om μη F | ευρεν] ευρηκεν Aa F | om και δωσει Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:2 καὶ ἀπελθοῦσα γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ,

and having-had-came-off it-might-have-had-became unto-a-man unto-different,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:3 καὶ μισήσῃ αὐτὴν ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἔσχατος, καὶ γράψει αὐτῇ βιβλίον ἀποστασίου καὶ δώσει εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῆς καὶ ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἔσχατος ὃς ἔλαβεν αὐτὴν αὐτῷ γυναῖκα·

and it-might-have-hated-unto to-it, the-one a-man the-one most-bordered, and it-shall-scribe unto-it to-a-paperlet of-a-standlet-off and it-shall-give into to-the-ones to-hands of-it and it-shall-set-off-out to-it out of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-it, and it-might-have-died-off, the-one a-man the-one most-bordered, which it-had-taken to-it unto-it to-a-woman,

24:3 γραψη F | εις τας χειρας αυτης bis scr F* | εξαποστελη A | και 5°] η A F | ανηρ 2°] + αυτης F | αυτω] εαυτω A F

[Appendix] μεισηση B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:4 οὐ δυνήσεται ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ πρότερος ἐξαποστείλας αὐτὴν ἐπαναστρέψας λαβεῖν αὐτὴν ἑαυτῷ γυναῖκα μετὰ τὸ μιανθῆναι αὐτήν, ὅτι βδέλυγμά ἐστιν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου· καὶ οὐ μιανεῖτε τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς σου δίδωσιν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ.

not it-shall-able, the-one a-man the-one more-before having-set-off-out to-it, having-had-turned-up-out to-have-had-taken to-it unto-self to-a-woman with to-the-one to-have-been-stain-belonged to-it, to-which-a-one an-abhorrering-to it-be to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee, and not ye-shall-stain-belong to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot.

24:4 εξαποτειλας] pr ο A F | εναντιον] εναντι A om F | σου 2°] υμων A F | σοι] υμιν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:5 Ἐὰν δέ τις λάβῃ γυναῖκα προσφάτως, οὐκ ἐξελεύσεται εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιβληθήσεται αὐτῷ οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα· ἀθῷος ἔσται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐνιαυτὸν ἕνα· εὐφρανεῖ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἣν ἔλαβεν.

If-ever then-also a-one it-might-have-had-taken to-a-woman unto-declared-toward, not it-shall-come-out into to-the-one to-a-war, and not it-shall-be-casted-upon unto-it not-then-also-one a-practicing-to; un-guilted it-shall-be in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-it to-a-being-in-unto-it to-one; it-shall-goodly-center to-the-one to-a-woman of-it to-which it-had-taken.

24:5 τον πολεμον] om τον A | ουθεν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:6 Οὐκ ἐνεχυράσεις μύλον οὐδὲ ἐπιμύλιον, ὅτι ψυχὴν οὗτος ἐνεχυράζει.

Not thou-shall-in-posit-to to-a-mill not-then-also to-mill-belonged-upon, to-which-a-one to-a-breathing the-one-this it-in-positeth-to.

24:6 ενεχυρασεις] ενεχυρας A ενεχυρα vel forte ενεχυρας F* ενεχυρασει τις F1 | μυλον] υ sup ras Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:7 Ἐὰν δὲ ἁλῷ ἄνθρωπος κλέπτων ψυχὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ καταδυναστεύσας αὐτὸν ἀποδῶται, ἀποθανεῖται ὁ κλέπτης ἐκεῖνος· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-other-alonged, a-mankind, stealing to-a-breathing of-the-ones of-brethrened of-it of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, and having-abled-down-of to-it it-might-have-had-given-off, it-shall-die-off, the-one a-stealer the-one-thither, and thou-shall-lift-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated out of-ye of-them.

Note: it-might-have-had-other-alonged : Intransitive Active Voice, i.e. to go on a course accountable to penalties.

24:7 των αδελφων] pr εκ A F | αυτου] αυτων F | εξαρειτε A F | om αυτων A* vid (hab Aa? mg)

[Appendix] αποθανειτε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:8 Πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ ἐν τῇ ἁφῇ τῆς λέπρας· φυλάξῃ σφόδρα ποιεῖν κατὰ πάντα τὸν νόμον ὃν ἐὰν ἀναγγείλωσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ Λευεῖται· ὃν τρόπον ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν, φυλάξασθε ποιεῖν.

Thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself in unto-the-one unto-fastening of-the-one of-an-en-peeling; thou-shall-guarder to-vehemented to-do-unto down to-all to-the-one to-a-parcelee to-which if-ever they-might-have-leadeeered-up unto-ye, the-ones sacreders-of the-ones Leuei-belongers; to-which to-a-turn I-finished-in unto-ye, ye-should-have-guardered to-do-unto.

24:8 εαν] αν A F | Λευιται Bb A F (ita pluries infra) | φυλαξεσθε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:9 μνήσθητι ὅσα ἐποίησεν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τῇ Μαριὰμ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐκπορευομένων ὑμῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου.

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-which it-did-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, unto-the-one unto-a-Mariam in unto-the-one unto-a-way, of-traversing-out-of of-ye out of-an-Aiguptos.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:10 Ἐὰν ὀφείλημα ᾖ ἐν τῷ πλησίον σου, ὀφείλημα ὁτιοῦν, καὶ εἰσελεύσῃ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἐνεχυράσαι τὸ ἐνέχυρον αὐτοῦ·

If-ever a-debting-to it-might-be in unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee, a-debting-to to-which-a-one-accordingly and thou-shall-come-into into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it to-have-in-posited-to to-the-one to-posited-in of-it;

24:10 εαν] + δε F | οτιουν] + τι A F | και] ουκ Ba b A F | om αυτου 2° A F

[Appendix] οφιλημα A (bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:11 ἔξω στήσῃ, καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗ τὸ δάνιόν σού ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐξοίσει σοι τὸ ἐνέχυρον ἔξω.

out-unto-which thou-shall-stand, and the-one a-mankind of-which the-one a-lendlet of-thee it-be in unto-it it-shall-bear-out unto-thee to-the-one to-posited-in out-unto-which.

24:11 [Appendix] δανειον Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:12 ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος πένηται, οὐ κοιμηθήσῃ ἐν τῷ ἐνεχύρῳ·

If-ever then-also a-mankind it-might-necessitate, not thou-shall-be-situateed-unto in unto-the-one unto-posited-in;

24:12 ενεχυρω] ιματιω F + αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:13 ἀποδόσει ἀποδώσεις τὸ ἐνέχυρον αὐτοῦ πρὸς δυσμαῖς ἡλίου, καὶ κοιμηθήσεται ἐν τῷ ἱματίῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εὐλογήσει σε, καὶ ἔσται σοι ἐλεημοσύνη ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

unto-a-giving-off thou-shall-give-off to-the-one to-posited-in of-it toward unto-sinkeeings of-a-sun, and it-shall-be-situateed-unto in unto-the-one unto-an-apparelet of-it, and it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, and it-shall-be unto-thee a-besectionatingedness to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

24:13 om αποδωσει…ιματιω B* (hab Ba b mg inf) | ενεχυρον] ιματιον A F | περι δυσμας A F | σοι εσται A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:14 Οὐκ ἀπαδικήσεις μισθὸν πένητος καὶ ἐνδεοῦς ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ἢ ἐκ τῶν προσηλύτων τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου·

Not thou-shall-un-course-off-unto to-a-pay of-necessitatinged and of-bindinged-in out of-the-ones of-brethrened of-thee or out of-the-ones of-comeable-toward of-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee;

24:14 απαδικησεις] αποστερησεις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:15 αὐθημερὸν ἀποδώσεις τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐπιδύσεται ὁ ἥλιος ἐπ' αὐτῷ· ὅτι πένης ἐστὶν καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔχει τὴν ἐλπίδα, καὶ καταβοήσεται κατὰ σοῦ πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ ἁμαρτία.

to-self-dayed thou-shall-give-off to-the-one to-a-pay of-it, not it-shall-sink-upon, the-one a-sun, upon unto-it; to-which-a-one necessitatinged it-be and in unto-it it-holdeth to-the-one to-a-droved-sureeing, and it-shall-down-holler-unto down of-thee toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-shall-be in unto-thee an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

24:15 καταβοησεται] pr ου A F | κατα] περι A | σου] σε B* vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:16 Οὐκ ἀποθανοῦνται πατέρες ὑπὲρ τέκνων, καὶ υἱοὶ οὐκ ἀποθανοῦνται ὑπὲρ πατέρων· ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθανεῖται.

Not they-shall-die-off fathers over of-creationees, and sons not they-shall-die-off over of-fathers; each in unto-the-one of-self unto-an-un-adjusting-along-unto it-shall-die-off.

24:16 πατερες] π̅̅ρ̅̅ς̅̅ A* (πρ̅̅ε̅̅ς̅̅ Aa?) | om εν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:17 Οὐκ ἐκκλινεῖς κρίσιν προσηλύτου καὶ ὀρφανοῦ καὶ χήρας·

Not thou-shall-cline-out to-a-separating of-comeable-toward and of-orphaned and of-bereaved;

24:17 χηρας] + και ουκ ενεχυρας ιματιον χηρας Ba b mg A F

[Appendix] εκκλεινεις B* (εκκλιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:18 ὅτι οἰκέτης ἦσθα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ ἐλυτρώσατό σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐκεῖθεν· διὰ τοῦτο ἐγώ σοι ἐντέλλομαι ποιεῖν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο.

to-which-a-one a-houser thou-was in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos, and it-en-loosed to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thither-from; through to-the-one-this I unto-thee I-finish-in to-do-unto to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this.

24:18 οτι] pr και μνησθηση Ba b mg A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:19 Ἐὰν δὲ ἀμήσῃς ἀμητὸν ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου, καὶ ἐπιλάθῃ δράγμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου, οὐκ ἀναστραφήσῃ λαβεῖν αὐτό· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται, ἵνα εὐλογήσῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν σου.

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-alonged-unto to-an-alongment in unto-the-one unto-a-field of-thee, and thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon to-a-grasping-to in unto-the-one unto-a-field of-thee, not thou-shall-have-been-beturned-up to-have-had-taken to-it; unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward and unto-the-one unto-orphaned and unto-the-one unto-bereaved it-shall-be, so it-might-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works of-the-ones of-hands of-thee.

24:19 om δε A F | αμητον] + σου A F | om και επιλαθη…αγρω σου B* (hab Ba b [superscr] A F) | επαναστραφηση A F | τω προσηλυτω] pr τω πτωχω και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:20 ἐὰν δὲ ἐλαιολογῄς, οὐκ ἐπαναστρέψεις καλαμήσασθαι τὰ ὀπίσω σου· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται· καὶ μνησθήσῃ ὅτι οἰκέτης ἦσθα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ· διὰ τοῦτο ἐγώ σοι ἐντέλλομαι ποιεῖν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο.

If-ever then-also thou-might-olive-forthee-unto, not thou-shall-beturn-up-upon to-have-reeded-unto to-the-ones aback-unto-which of-thee; unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward and unto-the-one unto-orphaned and unto-the-one unto-bereaved it-shall-be; and thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-houser thou-was in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos; through to-the-one-this I unto-thee I-finish-in to-do-unto to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this.

Note: to-have-reeded-unto : used to refer to making a stalk or branch bare of its fruit, i.e. making it a reed, by implication to completely gather up.

24:20 pr vv 21–22 F | ελαιολογης] ελεαλογησης A F | επαναστρεψεις] επαναστραφηση F | καλαμησασθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:21 ἐὰν δὲ τρυγήσῃς τὸν ἀμπελῶνά σου, οὐκ ἐπανατρυγήσεις αὐτὸν τὰ ὀπίσω σου· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται·

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-gleaned-unto to-the-one to-a-vining of-thee, not thou-shall-up-upon-glean-unto to-it to-the-ones aback-unto-which of-thee; unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward and unto-the-one unto-orphaned and unto-the-one unto-bereaved it-shall-be;

24:21 om δε F | τρυγησης] τρυγησεις F | om αυτον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 21 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 24:22 καὶ μνησθήσῃ ὅτι οἰκέτης ἦσθα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ· διὰ τοῦτο ἐγώ σοι ἐντέλλομαι ποιεῖν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο.

and thou-shall-be-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-houser thou-was in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos; through to-the-one-this I unto-thee I-finish-in to-do-unto to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:1 Ἐὰν δὲ γένηται ἀντιλογία ἀνὰ μέσον ἀνθρώπων, καὶ προσέλθωσιν εἰς κρίσιν, καὶ δικαιώσωσιν τὸ δίκαιον καὶ καταγνῶσιν τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became an-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto up to-middle of-mankinds, and they-might-have-had-came-toward into to-a-separating, and they-might-have-en-course-belonged to-the-one to-course-belonged and they-might-have-had-acquainted-down of-the-one of-un-reveringed;

25:1 εις κρισιν] + και κρινωσιν A F | δικαιωσουσιν A | το δικαιον] τον δ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:2 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἄξιος ᾖ πληγῶν ὁ ἀσεβῶν, καθιεῖς αὐτὸν ἐναντίον αὐτῶν.

and it-shall-be if-ever deem-belonged it-might-be of-smitings, the-one un-revering-unto, thou-shall-sit-down-to to-it to-ever-a-oned-in of-them.

25:2 καθιεις] pr και A F | εναντιον αυτων] εναντι των κριτων και μαστιγωσουσιν αυτον εναντιον αυτων κατα την ασεβειαν αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:3 καὶ ἀριθμῷ τεσσεράκοντα μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτόν, οὐ προσθήσουσιν· ἐὰν δὲ προσθῇς μαστιγῶσαι ὑπὲρ ταύτας τὰς πληγὰς πλείους, ἀσχημονήσει ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἐναντίον σου.

And unto-a-number unto-forty they-shall-en-thrash to-it, not they-shall-place-toward; if-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-placed-toward to-have-en-thrashed over to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-smitings to-beyond it-shall-un-holdeneth-unto, the-one brethrened of-thee, to-ever-a-oned-in of-thee.

25:3 om και A F | τεσσαρακοντα Bb | προσθης] προσθωσιν A F | μαστιγωσαι] + αυτον A F | τας πληγας] om τας A F

[Appendix] μαστειγωσ. B* (μαστιγωσ. Bb bis)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:4 Οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα.

Not thou-shall-en-muzzle to-an-ox to-threshing-unto.

25:4 [Appendix] φειμωσεις B* (φιμ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:5 Ἐὰν δὲ κατοικῶσιν ἀδελφοὶ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ εἷς αὐτῶν, σπέρμα δὲ μὴ ἦν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔσται ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ τεθνηκότος ἔξω ἀνδρὶ μὴ ἐγγίζοντι· ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς εἰσελεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὴν καὶ λήμψεται αὐτὴν ἑαυτῷ γυναῖκα καὶ συνοικήσει αὐτῇ.

If-ever then-also they-might-house-down-unto, brethrened, upon to-the-one to-it, and it-might-have-had-died-off, one of-them, a-whorling-to then-also, lest it-was unto-it, not it-shall-be, the-one a-woman of-the-one of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-die, out-unto-which unto-a-man lest unto-nearing-to; the-one brethrened of-the-one of-a-man of-it it-shall-come-into toward to-it and it-shall-take to-it unto-self to-a-woman and it-shall-house-together-unto unto-it.

25:5 αυτων] pr εξ A F | ην] η A F | τεθνηκοτος] τετελευτηκοτος A

κατοικουσιν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:6 καὶ ἔσται τὸ παιδίον ὃ ἐὰν τέκῃ κατασταθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ τετελευτηκότος, καὶ οὐκ ἐξαλειφθήσεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.

And it-shall-be the-one a-childlet to-which if-ever it-might-have-had-produded it-shall-be-stood-down out of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-finish-of-unto, and not it-shall-be-smeared-along-out the-one a-naming-to of-it out of-an-Israêl.

25:6 το παιδιον] το πρωτον Fa mg | εαν τεκη] αν τεχθη A F | Ισραηλ] Ιλῆ… F

[Appendix] εξαλιφθ. B* (εξξαλειφθ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:7 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ βούληται ὁ ἄνθρωπος λαβεῖν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναβήσεται ἡ γυνὴ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην ἐπὶ τὴν γερουσίαν καὶ ἐρεῖ Οὐ θέλει ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ ἀνδρός μου ἀναστῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν Ἰσραήλ· οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ ἀνδρός μου.

If-ever then-also lest it-might-purpose, the-one a-mankind, to-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-woman of-the-one of-brethrened of-it, and it-shall-step-up, the-one a-woman, upon to-the-one to-a-gate upon to-the-one to-a-senioring-unto and it-shall-utter, Not it-determineth, the-one brethrened of-the-one of-a-man of-me, to-have-stood-up to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-brethrened of-it in unto-an-Israêl, not it-determined, the-one brethrened of-the-one of-a-man of-me.

25:7 ο ανθρωπος] om ο A | om του αδελφου 2° A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:8 καὶ καλέσουσιν αὐτὸν ἡ γερουσία τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐροῦσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ στὰς εἴπῃ Οὐ βούλομαι λαβεῖν αὐτήν·

And they-shall-call-unto to-it, the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-one of-a-city of-it, and they-shall-utter unto-it, and having-had-stood it-might-have-had-said, Not I-purpose to-have-had-taken to-it;

25:8 αυτου] εκεινης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:9 καὶ προσελθοῦσα ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔναντι τῆς γερουσίας, καὶ ὑπολύσει τὸ ὑπόδημα αὐτοῦ τὸ ἓν ἀπὸ τοῦ ποδὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐμπτύσεται κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀποκριθεῖσα ἐρεῖ Οὕτως ποιήσουσιν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὃς οὐκ οἰκοδομήσει τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν Ἰσραήλ·

and having-had-came-toward, the-one a-woman of-the-one of-brethrened of-it, in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-senioring-unto, and it-shall-loose-under to-the-one to-a-binding-under-to of-it to-the-one to-one off of-the-one of-a-foot of-it, and it-shall-spew-in down to-looked-toward of-it, and having-been-separated-off it-shall-utter, Unto-the-one-this they-shall-do-unto unto-the-one unto-a-mankind which not it-shall-house-build-unto to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-brethrened of-it in unto-an-Israêl;

25:9 αυτου 1°] + προς αυτον A F | υπολυσεται F | κατα προσωπον] εις το προσ. A F | om αποκριθεισα F | οικοδομησουσιν A | om εν Ισραηλ A F

[Appendix] υπολυσεται F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:10 καὶ κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν Ἰσραὴλ Οἶκος τοῦ ὑπολυθέντος τὸ ὑπόδημα.

and it-shall-be-called-unto the-one a-naming-to of-it in unto-an-Israêl, A-house of-the-one of-having-been-loosed-under to-the-one to-a-binding-under-to.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:11 Ἐὰν δὲ μάχωνται ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, ἄνθρωπος μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσέλθῃ γυνὴ ἑνὸς αὐτῶν ἐξελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ τύπτοντος αὐτόν, καὶ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα ἐπιλάβηται τῶν διδύμων αὐτοῦ,

If-ever then-also they-might-battle, mankinds, upon to-the-one to-it, a-mankind with of-the-one of-brethrened of-it, and it-might-have-had-came-toward, a-woman of-one of-them, to-have-had-sectioned-out to-the-one to-a-man of-it out of-a-hand of-the-one of-strikering to-it, and having-stretched-out to-the-one to-a-hand it-might-have-had-taken-upon of-the-ones of-twiced-of of-it,

25:11 ανθρωποι] + δυο Ba b mg A (om B* F) | γυνη] pr η A

[Appendix] εκτινασα A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:12 ἀποκόψεις τὴν χεῖρα· οὐ φείσεται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἐπ' αὐτῇ.

thou-shall-fell-off to-the-one to-a-hand; not it-shall-spare, the-one an-eye of-thee, upon unto-it.

25:12 χειρα] + αυτης A F

[Appendix] φισεται F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:13 Οὐκ ἔσται σοι ἐν τῷ μαρσίππῳ στάθμιον καὶ στάθμιον, μέγα ἢ μικρόν·

Not it-shall-be unto-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-bag a-standness-placelet-of and a-standness-placelet-of, great or small;

25:13 ουκ εσται] pr και A | om σοι A F | μαρσιππω] + σου A F

[Appendix] μεικρον B* (μικρ. Bb: item 14)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:14 οὐκ ἔσται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου μέτρον καὶ μέτρον, μέγα ἢ μικρόν·

not it-shall-be in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-thee a-measure and a-measure, great or small;

25:14 η] και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:15 στάθμιον ἀληθινὸν καὶ δίκαιον ἔσται σοι, ἵνα πολυήμερος γένῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι ἐν κλήρῳ.

a-standness-placelet-of un-secluded-belonged-to and course-belonged it-shall-be unto-thee, so much-dayed thou-might-have-had-became upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee in unto-a-lot.

25:15 εσται σοι] + και μετρον αληθινον και δικαιον εσται σοι Ba b mg A (om B* F)

[Appendix] αληθεινον (1°) A F: (2°) A

(Deu 26:16) not in HS.

25:16 οτι βδελυγμα κ̅̅ω̅̅ τω θω̅̅ σου πας ποιων ταυτα πας ποιων αδικον Ba b (mg) F οτι βδ. κ̅̅ω̅̅ τω θω̅̅ σου εστιν πας ποιων αδικον (ταυτα A*) sup ras Aa (om B*)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:17 Μνήσθητι ὅσα ἐποίησέν σοι Ἀμαλὴκ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐκπορευομένου σου ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου,

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-which it-did-unto unto-thee, an-Amalêk, in unto-the-one unto-a-way of-traversing-out-of of-thee out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos,

25:17 εκ γης] εξ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:18 πῶς ἀντέστη σοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ ἔκοψέν σου τὴν οὐραγίαν, τοὺς κοπιῶντας ὀπίσω σου, σὺ δὲ ἐπείνας καὶ ἐκοπίας, καὶ οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὸν θεόν·

unto-whither it-had-ever-a-one-stood unto-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-way and it-felled of-thee to-the-one to-a-tailedness-leading-unto, to-the-ones to-fell-belonging-unto aback-unto-which of-thee, thou then-also thou-hungered-unto and thou-fell-belonged-unto, and not it-was-feareed-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim);

25:18 εφοβηθη] εφοβηθης Ba b F | θεον] κ̅̅ν̅̅ A

[Appendix] επινας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 22 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 25:19 καὶ ἔσται ἡνίκα ἐὰν καταπαύσῃ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου τῶν κύκλῳ σου ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾗ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι κληρονομῆσαι, ἐξαλείψεις τὸ ὄνομα Ἀμαλὴκ ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ.

and it-shall-be to-which-belonged-of if-ever it-might-have-ceased-down to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, off of-all of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-thee of-the-ones unto-a-circle of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-which, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, it-giveth unto-thee to-have-lot-parceleed-unto, thou-shall-smear-along-out to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-an-Amalêk out of-the-one under to-the-one to-a-sky, and not lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon.

25:19 om σου 2° A | om των κυκλω A* (hab Aa (mg)) | om σου 3° F | om εν τη γη A | διδωσιν σοι] + εν κληρω εν τη γη Aa mg εν κληρω F | κατακληρονομησαι A F

[Appendix] εξαλιψ. B* A (εξαλειψ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:1 Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃς εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι κληρονομῆσαι, καὶ κατακληρονομήσῃς αὐτὴν καὶ κατοικήσῃς ἐπ' αὐτήν,

And it-shall-be if-ever thou-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee to-have-lot-parceleed-unto, and thou-might-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto to-it and thou-might-have-housed-down-unto upon to-it,

26:1 διδωσιν σοι] + εν κληρω A F | κληρονομησαι] κατακληρονομησαι αυτην A F | om και κατακληρονομησης αυτην A F | αυτην 2°] αυτης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:2 καὶ λήμψῃ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀπαρχῆς τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς σου ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι, καὶ ἐμβαλεῖς εἰς κάρταλλον, καὶ πορεύσῃ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ·

and thou-shall-take off of-the-one of-a-firsting-off of-the-ones of-fruits of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, and thou-shall-cast-in into to-a-secured-other, and thou-shall-traverse-of into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thither;

Note: to-a-secured-other : used to refer to basket pointed at the bottom so to be attached to a person while gathering or carrying fruits.

26:2 ης] ην A | διδωσιν σοι] + εν κληρω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:3 καὶ ἐλεύσῃ πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα ὃς ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν Ἀναγγέλλω σήμερον Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ μου ὅτι εἰσελήλυθα εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν δοῦναι ἡμῖν.

and thou-shall-come toward to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of which it-shall-be in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither and thou-shall-utter toward to-it, I-leadeeer-up this-day unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-me to-which-a-one I-hath-had-come-to-come-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-us to-have-had-given unto-us.

26:3 εσται] αν ην (η F) A F | αναγγελω F | μου] σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:4 καὶ λήμψεται ὁ ἱερεὺς τὸν κάρταλλον ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου, καὶ θήσει αὐτὸν ἀπέναντι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου·

And it-shall-take, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-a-secured-other out of-the-ones of-hands of-thee, and it-shall-place to-it off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-surgerlet of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

Note: to-a-secured-other : used to refer to basket pointed at the bottom so to be attached to a person while gathering or carrying fruits.

26:4 αυτον] αυτο A | απεναντι του| θυσιαστηριου in mg et sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:5 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου Συρίαν ἀπέβαλεν ὁ πατήρ μου καὶ κατέβη εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ παρῴκησεν ἐκεῖ ἐν ἀριθμῷ βραχεῖ, καὶ ἐγένετο ἐκεῖ εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πλῆθος πολύ.

and having-been-separated-off thou-shall-utter in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, To-a-Suria it-had-casted-off, the-one a-father of-me, and it-had-stepped-down into to-an-Aiguptos, and it-housed-beside-unto thither in unto-a-number unto-short, and it-had-became thither into to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-great and to-a-repleteedness to-much.

26:5 αποκριθεις ερει] αποκριθηση και ερεις A F | Συριαν] σ|συριαν (sic) F | απεβαλεν] απελαβεν A F | πολυ] + και μεγα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:6 καὶ ἐκάκωσαν ἡμᾶς οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι, καὶ ἐταπείνωσαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἡμῖν ἔργα σκληρά·

And they-en-wedge-wedged to-us, the-ones Aiguptos-belonged, and they-en-low-belonged-to to-us and they-placed-upon unto-us to-works to-stiffened;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:7 καὶ ἀνεβοήσαμεν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ εἰσήκουσεν Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἴδεν τὴν ταπείνωσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν θλιμμὸν ἡμῶν·

and we-up-hollered-unto toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, and it-heard-into, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-the-one of-a-sound of-us, and it-had-seen to-the-one to-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-us and to-the-one to-a-pressing-of of-us;

26:7 ημων 1°] pr των πρ̅̅ω̅̅ν A F | ειδεν A | και τον θλ.] pr και τον μοχθον ημων A F

[Appendix] ταπινωσιν B* A (ταπειν. Ba b F) | θλειμμον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:8 καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς Κύριος ἐξ Αἰγύπτου αὐτὸς ἐν ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ τῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ καὶ βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ, καὶ ἐν ὁράμασιν μεγάλοις καὶ ἐν σημείοις καὶ ἐν τέρασιν·

and it-had-led-out to-us, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), out of-an-Aiguptos, it, in unto-a-force-holding of-it unto-the-one unto-great and in unto-a-hand unto-secure-belonged and unto-more-short unto-lofteed-of, and in unto-seeeeings-to unto-great and in unto-signlets-of and in unto-anomalies;

26:8 αυτου τη μεγ.] om αυτου τη A F | βραχιονι] pr εν A F | υψηλω] pr αυτου τω A F | και εν σημιοις F1 (mg) vid (om F*)

[Appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:9 καὶ εἰσήγαγεν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὴν γῆν ταύτην, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.

and it-had-led-into to-us into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this, and it-gave unto-us to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-this, to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey.

26:9 εις τον τοπον] pr εις την γην ταυτην A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:10 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐνήνοχα τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν γενημάτων τῆς γῆς ἧς ἔδωκάς μοι, Κύριε, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι. καὶ προσκυνήσεις ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου·

And now, thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-come-to-bear to-the-one to-a-firsting-off of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-which thou-gave unto-me, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey. And thou-shall-kiss-toward-unto in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

26:10 εδωκας] εδωκεν F | Κυριε] om A κυριος F | μελι] με| (sic) F | και προσκυν.] pr και αφησεις αυτα εναντι (απεναντι F) κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ σου A F | εναντι] pr εκει A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:11 καὶ εὐφρανθήσῃ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς οἷς ἔδωκέν σοι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, καὶ ἡ οἰκία σου καὶ ὁ Λευείτης καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ ἐν σοί.

and thou-shall-be-goodly-centered in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed unto-which it-gave unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and the-one a-housing-unto of-thee and the-one a-Leuei-belonger and the-one comeable-toward the-one in unto-thee.

26:11 εν πασιν] επι πασι A εν πασι F | η οικια B A?] τη οικια A* την οικιαν F* (η οικια F1 vid)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:12 Ἐὰν δὲ συντελέσῃς ἀποδεκατῶσαι πᾶν τὸ ἐπιδέκατον τῶν γενημάτων σου ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ τρίτῳ, τὸ δεύτερον ἐπιδέκατον δώσεις τῷ Λευείτῃ καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ, καὶ φάγονται ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται.

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-finished-together-unto to-have-en-tenthed-off to-all to-the-one to-tenthed-upon of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-yeareedness unto-the-one unto-third, to-the-one to-second to-tenthed-upon thou-shall-give unto-the-one unto-a-Leuei-belonger and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward and unto-the-one unto-orphaned and unto-the-one unto-bereaved, and they-shall-devour in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee and they-shall-be-goodly-centered.

26:12 των γεν.] + της γης A F | ευφρανθησονται] εμπλησθησονται A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:13 καὶ ἐρεῖς ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου Ἐξεκάθαρα τὰ ἅγια ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας μου, καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτὰ τῷ Λευείτῃ καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ, κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ἃς ἐνετείλω μοι· οὐ παρῆλθον τὴν ἐντολήν σου καὶ οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην·

And thou-shall-utter to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, I-cleansed-out to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged out of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-me, and I-gave to-them unto-the-one unto-a-Leuei-belonger and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward and unto-the-one unto-orphaned and unto-the-one unto-bereaved, down to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-which thou-finished-in unto-me; not I-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-finishing-in of-thee and not I-had-secluded-upon;

26:13 εναντι A F | αγια] + μου A | εντολας] + σου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:14 καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγον ἐν ὀδύνῃ μου ἀπ' αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἐκάρπωσα ἀπ' αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκάθαρτον, οὐκ ἔδωκα ἀπ' αὐτῶν τῷ τεθνηκότι· ἐπήκουσα τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ἐπήκουσα καθότι ἐνετείλω μοι.

and not I-had-devoured in unto-an-anguish of-me off of-them, not I-en-fruited off of-them into to-un-cleansabled, not I-gave off of-them unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-die; I-heard-upon of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us, I-heard-upon down-to-which-a-one thou-finished-in unto-me.

26:14 om ουκ εκαρπωμα απ αυτων B* (hab Ba b mg A F) | επηκουσα 1°] υπηκουσα A | ημων] μου A F | επηκουσα 2°] εποιησα A F | καθοτι] καθα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:15 κάθιδε ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ ἁγίου σου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ εὐλόγησον τὸν λαόν σου τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὴν γῆν ἣν ἔδωκας αὐτοῖς, καθὰ ὤμοσας τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν δοῦναι ἡμῖν γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.

Thou-should-have-had-seen-down out of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-thee out of-the-one of-a-sky, and thou-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-a-people of-thee to-the-one to-an-Israêl and to-the-one to-a-soil to-which thou-gave unto-them, down-to-which thou-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-us to-have-had-given unto-us to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey.

26:15 κατιδε A F | σου 1°] σ sup ras (seq spat 1 lit) Aa | om εκ του ουρανου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:16 Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐνετείλατο σοι ποιῆσαι πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα· καὶ φυλάξεσθε καὶ ποιήσετε αὐτὰ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ὑμῶν.

In unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-finished-in unto-thee to-have-done-unto to-all to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to and to-the-ones to-separatings-to; and ye-shall-guarder and ye-shall-do-unto to-them out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-ye and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-ye.

26:16 om ο θεος σου F | παντα] pr κατα A | δικαιωματα] + ταυτα A F | φυλαξασθε F | ποιησατε F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:17 τὸν θεὸν εἵλου σήμερον εἶναί σου θεόν, καὶ πορεύεσθαι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ φυλάσσεσθαι τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα, καὶ ὑπακούειν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ·

To-the-one to-a-Deity thou-had-sectioned this-day to-be of-thee to-a-Deity(Elohim), and to-traverse-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it, and to-guarder to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to and to-the-ones to-separatings-to, and to-hear-under of-the-one of-a-sound of-it;

26:17 om πασαις A F | φυλασεσθαι F* (φυλασσ. F1) | κριματα] + αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:18 καὶ Κύριος εἵλατό σε σήμερον γενέσθαι σε αὐτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον, καθάπερ εἶπεν, φυλάσσειν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ·

and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-sectioned to-thee this-day to-have-had-became to-thee unto-it to-a-people to-being-about-belonged, down-to-which-very it-had-said, to-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it;

26:18 om σε 1° F | ειπεν] + σοι A F | τας εντολας] pr πασας A F

[Appendix] γενεσθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 23 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 26:19 καὶ εἶναι σε ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὡς ἐποίησέν σε ὀνομαστὸν καὶ καύχημα καὶ δοξαστόν, εἶναι σε λαὸν ἅγιον Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, καθὼς ἐλάλησεν.

and to-be to-thee over-up-unto-which of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to, as it-did-unto to-thee to-namable and to-a-boasting-to and to-reckoned, to-be to-thee to-a-people to-hallow-belonged unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, down-as it-spoke-unto.

26:19 σε 2° B Aa? F] σοι A* vid

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:1 Καὶ προσέταξεν Μωυσῆς καὶ ἡ γερουσία Ἰσραηλειτῶν Φυλάσσεσθε πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον.

And it-arranged-toward, a-Môusês and the-one a-senioring-unto of-Israêl-belongers, Ye-should-guarder to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-ye this-day.

27:1 Ισραηλειτων B* vid] Ισραηλ λεγων Ba A F | om ταυτας F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:2 καὶ ἔσται ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ διαβῆτε τὸν Ἰορδάνην εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι, καὶ στήσεις σεαυτῷ λίθους μεγάλους καὶ κονιάσεις αὐτοὺς κονίᾳ·

And it-shall-be unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness ye-might-have-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, and thou-shall-stand unto-thyself to-stones to-great and thou-shall-raise-belongedness-unto to-them unto-a-raise-belongedness;

Note: thou-shall-raise-belongedness-unto : refers to the application of a dusty-like substance.

27:2 κονιας A* (κονια A?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:3 καὶ γράψεις ἐπὶ τῶν λίθων πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτων τοῦ νόμου τούτου, ὡς ἂν διαβῆτε τὸν Ἰορδάνην, ἡνίκα ἐὰν εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου δίδωσίν σοι, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι, ὃν τρόπον εἶπεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σού σοι.

and thou-shall-scribe upon of-the-ones of-stones of-the-ones-these to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this, as ever ye-might-have-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, to-which-belonged-of if-ever ye-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-thee it-giveth unto-thee, to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey, to-which to-a-turn it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-thee, unto-thee.

27:3 om τουτων A F | εαν] αν A | εισελθης A | των π.] ων π. A* (τ συπερσχρ A1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:4 καὶ ἔσται ὡς ἂν διαβῆτε τὸν Ἰορδάνην, στήσετε τοὺς λίθους τούτους οὓς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον ἐν ὄρει Γαιβάλ, καὶ κονιάσεις αὐτοὺς κονίᾳ.

And it-shall-be as ever ye-might-have-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, ye-shall-stand to-the-ones to-stones to-the-ones-these to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day in unto-a-jutteedness unto-a-Gaibal, and thou-shall-raise-belongedness-belong-unto to-them unto-a-raise-belongedness.

Note: thou-shall-raise-belongedness-unto : refers to the application of a dusty-like substance.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:5 καὶ οἰκοδομήσεις ἐκεῖ θυσιαστήριον Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, θυσιαστήριον ἐκ λίθων, οὐκ ἐπιβαλεῖς ἐπ' αὐτὸ σίδηρον·

And thou-shall-house-build-unto thither to-a-surgerlet unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-a-surgerlet out of-stones, not thou-shall-cast-upon upon to-it to-an-iron;

27:5 κ̅̅ω̅̅ τω θω̅̅ σου θυσιαστηριον A | αυτο] αυτους A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:6 λίθους ὁλοκλήρους οἰκοδομήσεις θυσιαστήριον Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου, καὶ ἀνοίσεις ἐπ' αὐτὸ τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου·

to-stones to-whole-lotted thou-shall-house-build-unto to-a-surgerlet unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thou-shall-bear-up upon to-it to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

27:6 θυσιαστηριον] pr το A F | αυτο] αυτου A F | τα ολοκαυτωματα] ολοκαυτωματα A ολοκαυτωμα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:7 καὶ θύσεις ἐκεῖ θυσίαν σωτηρίου, καὶ φάγῃ καὶ ἐμπλησθήσῃ καὶ εὐφρανθήσῃ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου·

and thou-shall-surge thither to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged, and thou-shall-devour and thou-shall-be-repleted-in and thou-shall-be-goodly-centered to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee;

27:7 om εκει A F | θυσιαν σωτηριου] θυσιαστηριον A + κ̅̅ω̅̅ τω θω̅̅ σου A + κυριω F | φαγη] + εκει A F | εναντι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:8 καὶ γράψεις ἐπὶ τῶν λίθων πάντα τὸν νόμον τοῦτον σαφῶς σφόδρα.

and thou-shall-scribe upon of-the-ones of-stones to-all to-the-one to-a-parcelee to-the-one-this unto-evidentinged to-vehemented.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:9 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ Λευεῖται παντὶ Ἰσραὴλ λέγοντες Σιώπα καὶ ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ· ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ γέγονας εἰς λαὸν Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου.

And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês and the-ones sacreders-of the-ones Leuei-belongers, unto-all unto-an-Israêl forthing, Thou-should-mute-unto and thou-should-hear, Israêl; in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this thou-hath-had-come-to-become into to-a-people unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

27:9 οι Λευιται (Λευι. Bb A F item 14)] pr και A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:10 καὶ εἰσακούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ ποιήσεις πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον.

And thou-shall-hear-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thou-shall-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day.

27:10 οσα] α F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:11 Καὶ ἐνετείλατο Μωυσῆς τῷ λαῷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ λέγων

And it-finished-in, a-Môusês, unto-the-one unto-a-people in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither forthing,

27:11 τω λαω] pr παντι Aa (παντι τω λαω εν sup ras)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:12 Οὗτοι στήσονται εὐλογεῖν τὸν λαὸν ἐν ὄρει Γαριζείν, διαβάντες τὸν Ἰορδάνην· Συμεών, Λευεί, Ἰουδά, Ἰσσαχάρ, Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Βενιαμείν.

The-ones-these they-shall-stand to-goodly-forthee-unto to-the-one to-a-people in unto-a-jutteedness unto-a-Garizein, having-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês; a-Sumeôn, a-Leuei, an-Iouda, an-Issachar, an-Iôsêf and a-Beniamein.

Note: an-Iouda in 03 : an-Ioudas in 02 is correct.

27:12 Λευι Bb A F pr και A | Ιουδας A F | Ισαχαρ F* (Ισσ. F1) | Βενιαμειν] ιν sup ras Aa

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:13 καὶ οὗτοι στήσονται ἐπὶ τῆς κατάρας ἐν ὄρει Γαιβάλ· Ῥουβήν, Γὰδ καὶ Ἀσήρ, Ζαβουλών, Δὰν καὶ Νεφθαλεί.

And the-ones-these they-shall-stand upon of-the-one of-a-cursedness-down in unto-a-jutteedness unto-a-Gaibal; a-Roubên, a-Gad and an-Asêr, a-Zaboulôn, a-Dan and a-Nefthalei.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:14 Καὶ ἀποκριθέντες οἱ Λευεῖται ἐροῦσιν παντὶ Ἰσραὴλ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ

And having-been-separated-off the-ones Leuei-belongers they-shall-utter unto-all unto-an-Israêl unto-a-sound unto-great,

27:14 παντι Ισρ.] τω Ισρ. F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:15 Ἐπικατάρατος ἄνθρωπος ὅστις ποιήσει γλυπτὸν καὶ χωνευτόν, βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ, ἔργον χειρῶν τεχνιτῶν, καὶ θήσει αὐτὸ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ. καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ λαὸς ἐροῦσιν Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon a-mankind which-a-one it-shall-do-unto to-carved and to-moltened-of, an-abhorrering-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) a-work of-hands of-craft-belongers, and thou-shall-place to-it in unto-hidened-off; and having-been-separated-off the-one a-people they-shall-utter, It-may-have-had-became.

27:15 ανθρωπος] pr ο A F | βδελυγμα κ̅̅ω̅̅ sup ras Aa (inter υ, γ ras 3 litt) | τεχνιτων] τεχνιτου A F | ο λαος] pr πας A F | ερουσιν] ερει A F | γενοιτο] + γενοιτο F

[Appendix] τεχνειτων B* (τεχνιτ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:16 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ ἀτιμάζων πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἢ μητέρα αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one un-valuating-to to-a-father of-it or to-a-mother of-it. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:16 γενοιτο] + γενοιτο A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:17 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ μετατιθεὶς ὅρια τοῦ πλησίον. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one placing-with to-boundlets of-the-one to-nigh-belonged. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:18 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ πλανῶν τυφλὸν ἐν ὁδῷ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one wandering-unto to-blind in unto-a-way. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:19 Ἐπικατάρατος ὃς ἂν ἐκκλίνῃ κρίσιν προσηλύτου καὶ ὀρφανοῦ καὶ χήρας. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon which ever it-might-cline-out to-a-separating of-comeable-toward and of-orphaned and of-bereaved. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:19 ος αν] pr πας F

[Appendix] εκκλεινη B* F (εκκλιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:20 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐκ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἀπεκάλυψεν συνκάλυμμα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one situateeing-unto with of-a-woman out of-a-father of-it, to-which-a-one it-shrouded-off to-a-shrouding-together-to of-the-one of-a-father of-it. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:20 εκ πατρος] του π. A F

[Appendix] κοιμενος B* (κοιμωμ. Ba b (mg)) | συγκαλυμμα Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:21 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ παντὸς κτήνους. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one situateeing-unto with of-all of-a-befoundeedness. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

27:21 om παντος A | ερουσιν] ερει F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:22 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ ἀδελφῆς πατρὸς ἢ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one situateeing-unto with of-brethrened of-a-father or of-a-mother of-it. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:22 αδελφης] + αυτου F | πατρος] pr εκ A F | μητρος] pr εκ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:23 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ νύμφης αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο. Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ ἀδελφῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one situateeing-unto with of-a-briding of-it. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became. Cursed-down-upon the-one situateeing-unto with of-brethrened of-a-woman of-it. And they-shall-utter, all-the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:23 νυμφης] πενθερας A F | om επικαταρατος 2°…γενοιτο 2° A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:24 Ἐπικατάρατος ὁ τύπτων τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ δόλῳ. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon the-one strikering to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it unto-a-guile. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:24 om αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:25 Ἐπικατάρατος ὃς ἂν λάβῃ δῶρα πατάξαι ψυχὴν αἵματος ἀθῴου. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon which ever it-might-have-had-taken to-gifts to-have-smote to-a-breathing of-a-rushering-to of-un-guilted. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 24 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 27:26 Ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐκ ἐμμενεῖ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ νόμου τούτου ποιῆσαι αὐτούς. καὶ ἐροῦσιν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Cursed-down-upon all a-mankind which not it-shall-stay-in in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this to-have-done-unto to-them. And they-shall-utter, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

27:26 ανθρωπος] pr ο A | ος] οστις A | πασι A F | νομου] βιβλιου F | ποιησαι] pr του A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:1 Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, φυλάσσειν καὶ ποιεῖν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ἃς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, καὶ δώσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὑπεράνω ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς·

And it-shall-be if-ever unto-a-hearing thou-might-have-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-guarder and to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in to-the-ones-these to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, and it-shall-give to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, over-up-unto-which upon to-all to-the-ones to-nations of-the-one of-a-soil;

28:1 και εσται] + ως αν διαβητε τον Ιορδανην εις την γην ην κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ υμων διδωσιν υμιν A F | ακουσης] εισακουσητε A F | σου 1°] υμων A F | ταυτας] om A αυτου F | om σου 2° A | επι παντα τα εθνη] παντων των εθνων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:2 καὶ ἥξουσιν ἐπὶ σὲ πᾶσαι αἱ εὐλογίαι αὗται καὶ εὑρήσουσίν σε, ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

and they-shall-arrive upon to-thee, all the-ones goodly-fortheeings-unto the-ones-these, and they-shall-find to-thee, if-ever unto-a-hearing thou-might-have-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

28:2 ακουσης] εισακουσης A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:3 εὐλογημένος σὺ ἐν πόλει, καὶ εὐλογημένος σὺ ἐν ἀγρῷ·

Having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto thou in unto-a-city, and having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto thou in unto-a-field;

28:3 [Appendix] πολι B* (πολει Ba b: item 26)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:4 εὐλογημένα τὰ ἔκγονα τῆς κοιλίας σου, τὰ βουκόλια τῶν βοῶν σου καὶ τὰ ποίμνια τῶν προβάτων σου·

having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto the-ones became-out of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto of-thee, the-ones oxen-stricturelets of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee and the-ones shephered-belonged of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee;

28:4 κοιλιας σου] + και τα γενηματα της γης σοῠ Ba b (mg) F + και τα εκγονα της γης σου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:5 εὐλογημέναι αἱ ἀποθῆκαί σου καὶ τὰ ἐνκαταλίμματά σου.

having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto the-ones placements-off of-thee and the-ones remainderings-down-in-to of-thee.

28:5 [Appendix] ενκαταλειμμ. Ba b (εγκ. Bb F) εγκαταλιμμ. A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:6 εὐλογημένος σὺ ἐν τῷ εἰσπορεύεσθαι σε, καὶ εὐλογημένος σὺ ἐν τῷ ἐκπορεύεσθαί σε.

Having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto thou in unto-the-one to-traverse-into-of to-thee, and having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto thou in unto-the-one to-traverse-out-of to-thee.

28:6 ευλογημενος bis] ευλογητος A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:7 παραδῷ Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου τοὺς ἀνθεστηκότας σοι συντετριμμένους πρὸ προσώπου σου· ὁδῷ μιᾷ ἐξελεύσονται πρὸς σέ, καὶ ἐν ἑπτὰ ὁδοῖς φεύξονται ἀπὸ προσώπου σου.

It-might-have-had-given-beside, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand unto-thee to-having-had-come-to-be-rubbed-together before of-looked-toward of-thee; unto-a-way unto-one they-shall-come-out toward to-thee and in unto-seven unto-ways they-shall-flee off of-looked-toward of-thee.

28:7 παραδω] παραδοι F + σοι A | om σου 3° F* (hab F1 (vid)) | οδω] pr εν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:8 ἀποστείλαι Κύριος ἐπὶ σὲ τὴν εὐλογίαν ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις σου, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα οὗ ἂν ἐπιβάλῃς τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς Κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι.

It-may-have-set-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon to-thee to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto in unto-the-ones unto-facilitatelets-of of-thee, and upon to-all of-which ever thou-might-have-had-casted-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-giveth unto-thee.

28:8 ταμειοις (ταμιοις B)] ταμιειοις A F | επι παντα] εν πασιν A F

[Appendix] ταμιοις B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:9 ἀναστήσαι σε Κύριος ἑαυτῷ λαὸν ἅγιον, ὃν τρόπον ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν σου, ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου καὶ πορευθῇς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ·

It-may-have-stood-up to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-self to-a-people to-hallow-belonged, to-which to-a-turn it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee, if-ever thou-might-have-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee and thou-might-have-been-traversed-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it;

28:9 om σε F | Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ σου A F | ακουσης] εισακουσης A F (ση) | om πασαις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:10 καὶ ὄψονταί σε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς ὅτι τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου ἐπικέκληταί σοι, καὶ φοβηθήσονταί σε.

and they-shall-behold to-thee, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil, to-which-a-one the-one a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-had-come-to-be-called-upon-unto unto-thee, and they-shall-be-feareed-unto to-thee.

28:10 om σε 2° F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:11 καὶ πληθυνεῖ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς ἀγαθὰ ἐν τοῖς ἐκγόνοις τῆς κοιλίας σου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς γενήμασιν τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις τῶν κτηνῶν σου, ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν σου δοῦναί σοι.

And it-shall-repleten to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, into to-excess-placed in unto-the-ones unto-became-out of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto of-thee and upon unto-the-ones unto-becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee and upon unto-the-ones unto-became-out of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses of-thee, upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee to-have-had-given unto-thee.

Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

28:11 εν] επι A F | της (1°? 2°?) sup ras Ba b | επι τοις εκγ. των κτ. σου επι τοις γεν. (γενημασι A) της γης σου A F | ης] + η B* (om Ba? b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:12 ἀνοίξαι σοι Κύριος τὸν θησαυρὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀγαθόν, τὸν οὐρανόν, δοῦναι τὸν ὑετὸν τῇ γῇ σου ἐπὶ καιροῦ, εὐλογῆσαι πάντα τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σου· καὶ δανιεῖς ἔθνεσιν πολλοῖς, σὺ δὲ οὐ δανιῇ.

It-may-have-opened-up unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-an-en-placing of-it to-the-one to-excess-placed, to-the-one to-a-sky to-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-rain unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-thee upon of-a-time, to-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-all to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-hands of-thee; and thou-shall-lend-belong unto-placeedness-belongings-tos unto-much, thou then-also not thou-shall-lend-belong-to.

Note: thou-shall-lend-belong (DANIH): from DANIW not DANEIZW.

Note: thou-shall-lend-belong-to in 03 : + and thou-shall-first of-placeedness-belongings-to of-much; of-thee then-also not they-shall-first in 03C1 03C2 02.

28:12 om σοι F* (superscr F1 (vid)) | τον αγαθον αυτου A | ουρανιον A | καιρου] + αυτου A F | δανιεις] εκδανιεις A | εθνεσι A | δανιη] + και αρξεις (+ συ A F) εθνων πολλων σου δε ουκ αρξουσιν Ba b mg inf A F

[Appendix] δανειη Ba b

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:13 καταστήσαι σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς κεφαλὴν καὶ μὴ εἰς οὐράν, καὶ ἔσῃ τότε ἐπάνω καὶ οὐκ ἔσῃ ὑποκάτω, ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον φυλάσσειν·

It-may-have-stood-down to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, into to-a-head and lest into to-a-tailedness, and thou-shall-be to-the-one-which-also upon-up-unto-which and not thou-shall-be under-down-unto-which, if-ever thou-might-have-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day to-guarder;

28:13 ακουσης] εισακουσης F | της φωνης] των εντολων A F | φυλασσειν] + και ποιειν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:14 οὐ παραβήσῃ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἐντολῶν ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον δεξιὰ οὐδὲ ἀριστερά, πορεύεσθαι ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων λατρεύειν αὐτοῖς.

not thou-shall-step-beside off of-all of-the-ones of-finishings-in of-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day to-right-belonged not-then-also to-more-un-bounded, to-traverse-of aback-unto-which of-deities(elohim) of-different to-serve-of unto-them.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

28:14 πασων των εντολων] παντων των λογων A F | ουδε] η A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:15 Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν μὴ εἰσακούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, φυλάσσεσθαι πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, καὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ σὲ πᾶσαι αἱ κατάραι αὗται καὶ καταλήμψονταί σε.

And it-shall-be if-ever lest thou-might-have-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-guarder to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, and they-shall-come upon to-thee, all the-ones cursednesses-down the-ones-these, and they-shall-take-down to-thee.

28:15 φυλασσεσθαι] φυλασσειν ( + και A) ποιειν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:16 ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἐν πόλει, καὶ ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἐν ἀγρῷ·

Cursed-down-upon thou in unto-a-city, and cursed-down-upon thou in unto-a-field;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:17 ἐπικατάρατοι αἱ ἀποθῆκαί σου καὶ τὰ ἐνκαταλίμματά σου·

cursed-down-upon the-ones placements-off of-thee and the-ones remainderings-down-in-to of-thee;

28:17 επικαταρατοι] τα sup ras B1? a?

[Appendix] εγκαταλιμμ. B* A εγκαταλειμμ. Ba b F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:18 ἐπικατάρατα τὰ ἔκγονα τῆς κοιλίας σου καὶ τὰ γενήματα τῆς γῆς σου, τὰ βουκόλια τῶν βοῶν σου καὶ τὰ ποίμνια τῶν προβάτων σου·

cursed-down-upon the-ones became-out of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto of-thee and the-ones becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee, the-ones oxen-stricturelets of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee and the-ones shepherd-belonged of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:19 ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἐν τῷ ἐκπορεύεσθαί σε, καὶ ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἐν τῷ εἰσπορεύεσθαί σε.

cursed-down-upon thou in unto-the-one to-traverse-out-of to-thee, and cursed-down-upon thou in unto-the-one to-traverse-into-of to-thee.

28:19 εκπορευεσθαι] εισπορ. A F | εισπορευεσθαι] εκπορ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:20 ἀποστείλαι Κύριος ἐπὶ σὲ τὴν ἔνδειαν καὶ τὴν ἐκλιμίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνάλωσιν ἐπὶ πάντα οὗ ἂν ἐπιβάλῃς τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἕως ἂν ἐξολεθρεύσῃ σε, καὶ ἕως ἂν ἀπολέσῃ σε ἐν τάχει διὰ τὰ πονηρὰ ἐπιτηδεύματά σου, διότι ἐνκατέλιπές με.

It-may-have-set-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon to-thee to-the-one to-a-binding-in-unto and to-the-one to-a-famining-out-unto and to-the-one to-an-other-alonging-up upon to-all of-which ever thou-might-have-had-casted-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-out-of to-thee, and unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-off to-thee in unto-a-quickeedness through to-the-ones to-en-necessitated to-availings-upon-to of-thee, through-to-which-a-one thou-had-remaindered-down-in to-me.

28:20 αποστειλαι] εξαποστειλαι A F1 (εξαποποστ. F*) | επι σε] σοι A F | αν 1°] εαν A | χειρα σου] + οσα εαν (αν F) ποιησης A F | om αν 3° A | ενκατελιπες (εγκ. Bb)] εγκατελειπας A εγκατελειπες F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb (item 45, 48, 61, 63) | ταχι B* (ταχει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:21 προσκολλήσαι Κύριος εἰς σὲ τὸν θάνατον, ἕως ἂν ἐξαναλώσῃ σε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι αὐτήν.

It-may-have-toward-togetherned-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), into to-thee to-the-one to-a-death, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-other-alonged-up-out to-thee off of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-it.

28:21 ην] + συ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:22 πατάξαι σε Κύριος ἐν ἀπορίᾳ καὶ πυρετῷ καὶ ῥίγει καὶ ἐρεθισμῷ καὶ ἀνεμοφθορίᾳ καὶ τῇ ὤχρᾳ, καὶ καταδιώξονταί σε ἕως ἂν ἀπολέσωσίν σε.

It-may-have-smote to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-an-un-traversing-unto and unto-a-fever and unto-a-shivereedness and unto-an-irking-to-of and unto-a-wind-degrading-unto and unto-the-one unto-an-ochering-unto, and they-shall-pursue-down to-thee unto-if-which ever they-might-have-destructed-off to-thee.

Note: unto-an-ochering-unto : used to refer to the yellowing paleness of ocher to infer waning.

28:22 om εν A F | ερεθισμω] + και φονω A F | καταδιωξονται] καταδιωξωσιν F

[Appendix] ρειγει B* (ριγ. Ba b) ρηγει A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:23 καὶ ἔσται σοι ὁ οὐρανὸς ὁ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς σου χαλκοῦς, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἡ ὑποκάτω σου σιδηρᾶ.

And it-shall-be unto-thee the-one a-sky the-one over of-a-head of-thee coppern, and the-one a-soil the-one under-down-unto-which of-thee iron.

28:23 om σοι A F | ο υπερ κεφ.] om ο F | η υποκατω] om η F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:24 δῴη Κύριος ὁ θεὸς σου τὸν ὑετὸν τῇ γῇ σου κονιορτόν, καὶ χοῦς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβήσεται, ἕως ἂν ἐκτρίψῃ σε, καὶ ἕως ἂν ἀπολέσῃ σε ἐν τάχει.

It-may-have-had-given, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-the-one to-a-rain unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-thee to-a-raise-belongedness-flailage, and an-en-pouring-of out of-the-one of-a-sky it-shall-step-down, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-rubbed-out to-thee, and unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-off to-thee in unto-a-quickeedness.

28:24 om ο θς̅̅ σου A F | καταβησεται] + επι σε A F | om εν ταχει A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:25 δῴη σε Κύριος ἐπισκοπὴν ἐναντίον τῶν ἐχθρῶν· ἐν ὁδῷ μιᾷ ἐξελεύσῃ πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ἐν ἑπτὰ ὁδοῖς φεύξῃ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔσῃ διασπορὰ ἐν πάσαις βασιλείαις τῆς γῆς.

It-may-have-had-given, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-scouteeing-upon to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-ones of-en-enmitied; in unto-a-way unto-one thou-shall-come-out toward to-them, and in unto-seven unto-ways thou-shall-flee off of-looked-toward of-them, and thou-shall-be a-whorleeing-through in unto-all unto-rulings-of of-the-one of-a-soil.

28:25 επισκοπην B* A] επικοπην Ba b F | εχθρων] + σου A F | διασπορα] pr εν A F | βασιλειαις] pr ταις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:26 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ νεκροὶ ὑμῶν κατάβρωμα τοῖς πετεινοῖς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τοῖς θηρίοις τῆς γῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ ἐκφοβῶν.

And they-shall-be the-ones en-deaded of-ye a-feedeeing-down-to unto-the-ones unto-flying-belonged-to of-the-one of-a-sky and unto-the-ones unto-beastlets of-the-one of-a-soil, and not it-shall-be the-one feareeing-out-unto.

28:26 εκφοβων] αποσοβων Aa (sup ras) F

[Appendix] πετινοις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:27 πατάξαι σε Κύριος ἕλκει Αἰγυπτίῳ εἰς τὴν ἕδραν καὶ ψώρᾳ ἀγρίᾳ καὶ κνήφῃ, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαί σε ἰαθῆναι.

It-may-have-smote to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-a-haul unto-Aiguptos-belonged into to-the-one to-a-seatedness and unto-a-flakedness unto-field-belonged and unto-a-titillating, as-also lest to-able to-thee to-have-been-cured-unto.

Note: unto-a-haul : used to refer to the skin hauling apart leaving a laceration.

28:27 ελκει] pr εν A F | εις την εδραν] εν ταις εδραις A F | δυνασ.αι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:28 πατάξαι σε Κύριος παραπληξίᾳ ἀορασίας καὶ ἐκστάσει διανοίας·

It-may-have-smote to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-a-smiting-beside-unto of-an-un-seeeeing-unto and unto-a-standing-out of-an-en-mulling-through-unto;

28:28 αορασιας] αορασια Ba b και αορασια A F | εκστασει] pr εν F

[Appendix] εκστασι B* (εκστασει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:29 καὶ ἔσῃ ψηλαφῶν μεσημβρίας, ὡς εἴ τις ψηλαφήσαι τυφλὸς ἐν τῷ σκότει, καὶ οὐκ εὐοδώσει τὰς ὁδούς σου· καὶ ἔσῃ τότε ἀδικούμενος καὶ διαρπαζόμενος πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ βοηθῶν.

and thou-shall-be feeling-unto of-a-middle-daying-unto, as if a-one to-have-felt-unto blind in unto-the-one unto-a-dimmeedness, and not it-shall-goodly-way-unto to-the-ones to-ways of-thee; and thou-shall-be to-the-one-which-also being-un-coursed-unto and being-snatched-to to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses, and not it-shall-be the-one holler-running-unto.

28:29 om τις A F | τυφλος] pr ο A F | εσται] + σοι A F

[Appendix] σκοτι B* (σκοτει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:30 γυναῖκα λήμψῃ, καὶ ἀνὴρ ἕτερος ἕξει αὐτήν· οἰκίαν οἰκοδομήσεις, καὶ οὐκ οἰκήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ· ἀμπελῶνα φυτεύσεις, καὶ οὐ τρυγήσεις αὐτόν.

To-a-woman thou-shall-take, and a-man different it-shall-hold to-it; to-a-housing-unto thou-shall-house-build-unto, and not thou-shall-house-unto in unto-it; to-a-vining thou-shall-plant-of, and not thou-shall-glean-unto to-it.

28:30 ου] + μη A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:31 ὁ μόσχος σου ἐσφαγμένος ἐναντίον σου, καὶ οὐ φάγῃ ἐξ αὐτοῦ· ὁ ὄνος σου ἡρπασμένος ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἀποδοθήσεταί σοι· τὰ πρόβατά σου δεδομένα τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου,

The-one a-calf of-thee having-had-come-to-be-slaughtered-to to-ever-a-oned-in of-thee, and not thou-shall-devour out of-it; the-one a-donkey of-thee having-had-come-to-be-snatched-to off of-thee, and not it-shall-be-given-off unto-thee; the-ones stepped-before of-thee having-had-come-to-be-given unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-thee,

28:31–32 τοις εχθροις σου] + ϗ ουκ εσται σοι· οι υιοι σου ϗ αι θυγατερες σου δεδομεναι εθνει ετερω Ba b mg + και ουκ εσται σοι ο βοηθων· οι υιοι σου και αι θυγ. σου δεδομενα (δεδομεναι F) εθνει ετερω A F

28:31 ονος] οινος A | δεδομενα] διαδεδομενα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:32 καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου βλέψονται σφακελίζοντες εἰς αὐτά· οὐκ ἰσχύσει σου ἡ χείρ.

and the-ones eyes of-thee they-shall-view mortifying-to into to-them; not it-shall-force-hold of-thee, the-one a-hand.

28:31–32 τοις εχθροις σου] + ϗ ουκ εσται σοι· οι υιοι σου ϗ αι θυγατερες σου δεδομεναι εθνει ετερω Ba b mg + και ουκ εσται σοι ο βοηθων· οι υιοι σου και αι θυγ. σου δεδομενα (δεδομεναι F) εθνει ετερω A F

28:32 βλεψονται] εσονται A οψονται F | ουκ] pr και A F | η χειρ σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:33 τὰ ἐκφόρια τῆς γῆς σου καὶ πάντας τοὺς πόνους σου φάγεται ἔθνος ὃ οὐκ ἐπίστασαι, καὶ ἔσῃ ἀδικούμενος καὶ τεθραυσμένος πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

To-the-ones to-beareelets-out of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee and to-all to-the-ones to-necessitatees of-thee it-shall-devour, a-placeedness-belonging-to to-which not thou-stand-upon, and thou-shall-be being-un-coursed-out-unto and having-had-come-to-be-crushed to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

28:33 εκφορτια B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:34 καὶ ἔσῃ παράπληκτος διὰ τὰ ὁράματα τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου ἃ βλέψῃ.

And thou-shall-be smitten-beside through to-the-ones to-seeeeings-to of-the-ones of-eyes of-thee to-which thou-shall-view.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:35 πατάξαι σε Κύριος ἐν ἕλκει πονηρῷ ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς κνήμας, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαί σε ἰαθῆναι, ἀπὸ ἴχνους τῶν ποδῶν σου ἕως τῆς κορυφῆς σου.

It-may-have-smote to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-haul unto-en-necessitated upon to-the-ones to-knees and upon to-the-ones to-shins, as-also lest to-able to-thee to-have-been-cured-unto, off of-a-trackeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-feet of-thee unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-crest of-thee.

Note: unto-a-haul : used to refer to the skin hauling apart leaving a laceration.

28:35 ιαθηναι σε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:36 ἀπαγάγοι Κύριός σε καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντάς σου οὓς ἐὰν καταστήσῃς ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν ἐπ' ἔθνος ὃ οὐκ ἐπίστασαι σὺ καὶ οἱ πατέρες σου, καὶ λατρεύσεις ἐκεῖ θεοῖς ἑτέροις, ξύλοις καὶ λίθοις.

It-may-have-had-led-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-thee and to-the-ones to-firsting of-thee to-which if-ever thou-might-have-stood-down upon to-thyself, upon to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-which not thou-stand-upon, thou and the-ones fathers of-thee, and thou-shall-serve-of thither unto-deities(elohim) unto-different, unto-woods and unto-stones.

28:36 εαν] αν A F | καταστησει A* καταστησεις A1 | σεαυτον] εα sup ras Aa | επ] εις A F | και οι πα sup ras Aa (pr ras 2 litt)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:37 καὶ ἔσῃ ἐκεῖ ἐν αἰνίγματι καὶ παραβολῇ καὶ διηγήματι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς οὓς ἀπαγάγῃ σε Κύριος ἐκεῖ.

And thou-shall-be thither in unto-a-riddling-to and unto-a-casting-beside and unto-a-leading-through-to in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to into to-which it-might-have-had-led-off to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), thither.

28:37 πασι F | απαγαγη] pr αν A αν απαγοι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:38 σπέρμα πολὺ ἐξοίσεις εἰς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ ὀλίγα εἰσοίσεις, ὅτι κατέδεται αὐτὰ ἡ ἀκρίς.

To-a-whorling-to to-much thou-shall-bear-out into to-the-one to-a-footinglet, and to-little thou-shall-bear-into, to-which-a-one it-shall-eat-down to-them, the-one an-extremitying.

Note: an-extremitying : used to refer to mature leaping locusts, also grasshoppers and crickets.

28:38 [Appendix] εκσοισεις A* (εξοισ. A1? a?) | παιδιον A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:39 ἀμπελῶνα φυτεύσεις καὶ κατεργᾷ, καὶ οἶνον οὐ πίεσαι οὐδὲ εὐφρανθήσῃ ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι καταφάγεται αὐτὰ ὁ σκώληξ.

To-a-vining thou-shall-plant-of and thou-shall-work-down-to, and to-a-wine not thou-shall-drink not-then-also thou-shall-be-goodly-centered out of-it, to-which-a-one it-shall-devour-down to-them, the-one a-maggot.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:40 ἐλαῖαι ἔσονταί σοι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις σου, καὶ ἔλαιον οὐ χρίσῃ, ὅτι ἐκρυήσεται ἡ ἐλαία σου.

Olivings-unto they-shall-be unto-thee in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-thee, and to-an-oillet not thou-shall-anoint, to-which-a-one it-shall-have-been-flowed-out the-one an-oliving-unto of-thee.

28:40 om σοι F

[Appendix] χρειση B* F (χριση Bb A)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:41 υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας γεννήσεις, καὶ οὐκ ἔσονται· ἀπελεύσονται γὰρ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ.

To-sons and to-daughters thou-shall-generate-unto, and not they-shall-be; they-shall-come-off too-thus in unto-a-spear-capturing-unto.

28:41 γενησεις F | εσονται] + σοι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:42 πάντα τὰ ξύλινά σου καὶ τὰ γενήματα τῆς γῆς σου ἐξαναλώσει ἡ ἐρυσίβη.

To-all to-the-ones to-wooded-belonged-to of-thee and to-the-ones to-becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee it-shall-other-along-up-out, the-one a-redded-stepping.

Note: a-redded-stepping : used to refer to a reddish mildew or rust in general.

28:42 σου της γης A | ερισυβη A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:43 ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ ἐν σοὶ ἀναβήσεται ἄνω ἄνω, σὺ δὲ καταβήσῃ κάτω κάτω.

The-one comeable-toward the-one in unto-thee it-shall-step-up up-unto-which up-unto-which, thou then-also thou-shall-step-down down-unto-which down-unto-which.

28:43 ο εν σοι] ος εστιν εν σοι A F | αναβησεται] + επι σε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:44 οὗτος δανιεῖ σοι, σὺ δὲ τούτῳ οὐ δανιεῖς· οὗτος ἔσται κεφαλή, σὺ δὲ ἔσῃ οὐρά.

The-one-this it-shall-lend-to unto-thee, thou then-also unto-the-one-this not thou-shall-lend-to; the-one-this it-shall-be a-head, thou then-also thou-shall-be a-tailedness.

28:44 συ 1°] σοι A | κεφαλη] εις κεφαλην A F | ουρα] εις ουραν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:45 καὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ σὲ πᾶσαι αἱ κατάραι αὗται καὶ καταδιώξονταί σε καὶ καταλήμψονταί σε, ἕως ἂν ἐξολεθρεύσῃ σε καὶ ἕως ἂν ἀπολέσῃ σε· ὅτι οὐκ εἰσήκουσας τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, φυλάξαι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο σοι.

And they-shall-come upon to-thee, all the-ones cursednesses-down the-ones-these, and they-shall-pursue-down to-thee and they-shall-take-down to-thee, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-out-of to-thee and unto-if-which ever it-might-have destructed-off to-thee; to-which-a-one not thou-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-have-guardered to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to to-which-a-which it-finished-in unto-thee.

28:45 εξολεθρευση σε] εξολεθρευσεαι A* (εξολεθρευσεσαι A1) | απολεσαι A | εισηκουσας] ηκουσας A | φυλαξαι] του φυλασσεσθαι A F + σε πασας A | δικαιωματα] + αυτου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:46 καὶ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος,

And it-shall-be in unto-thee signlets-of and anomalies in unto-the-one unto-whorling-to of-thee unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-age,

28:46 εν τω σπερμ.] pr και A F | του αιωνος] om του A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:47 ἀνθ' ὧν οὐκ ἐλάτρευσας Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ καὶ ἀγαθῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος πάντων.

ever-a-one of-which not thou-served-of unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee in unto-a-goodly-centeringedness and unto-excess-placed unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto through to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-all.

28:47 αγαθη] pr εν Aa mg F | διανοια] καρδια A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:48 καὶ λατρεύσεις τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου, οὓς ἐπαποστελεῖ Κύριος ἐπὶ σέ, ἐν λιμῷ καὶ ἐν ἐκλείψει πάντων· καὶ ἐπιθήσει κλοιὸν σιδηροῦν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλόν σου, ἕως ἂν ἐξολεθρεύσῃ σε.

And thou-shall-serve-of unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-thee, to-which it-shall-set-off-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon to-thee, in unto-a-famine and in unto-a-remaindering-out of-all; and it-shall-place-upon to-a-collar to-iron upon to-the-one to-a-throat of-thee, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-out-of to-thee.

28:48 om ους επαπστελει Κ. F | οις επαποστελλει A | om επι σε A | εν λιμω] + και δειψει και εν γυμνοτητι A + και εν διψει και εν γυμνοτητι F

[Appendix] εκχθροις A | εκλιψι B* (εκλειψει Ba? b) εκλιψει A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:49 ἐπάξει Κύριος ἐπὶ σὲ ἔθνος μακρόθεν ἀπ' ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς ὡσεὶ ὅρμημα ἀετοῦ, ἔθνος ὃ οὐκ ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ,

It-shall-lead-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon to-thee to-a-placeedness-belonging-to en-longed-from off of-most-bordered of-the-one of-a-soil, as-if to-a-cording-to of-an-airer, to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-which not thou-shall-hear of-the-one of-a-sound of-it,

Note: to-a-cording-to : used to refer to movement as though down a cord, physically of directed or impulsed rushes, i.e. as men into war or as a stone falling, mentally of an incitement or impulse.

Note: of-an-airer : used to refer to things suspended in air, of birds skilled in gliding, particularly an eagle.

28:49 ο] ου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:50 ἔθνος ἀναιδὲς προσώπῳ, ὅστις οὐ θαυμάσει πρόσωπον πρεσβύτου καὶ νέον οὐκ ἐλεήσει.

to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-un-un-sightinged unto-looked-toward, which-a-one not it-shall-marvel-to to-looked-toward of-a-more-elder and to-new not it-shall-besectionate-unto.

Note: to-un-un-sightinged : un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e., a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e., un-ashamed.

28:50 πρεσβυτου] πρεσβυτερου A F | ελεησοι Bedit

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:51 καὶ κατέδεται τὰ ἔκγονα τῶν κτηνῶν σου καὶ τὰ γενήματα τῆς γῆς σου, ὥστε μὴ καταλιπεῖν σοι σῖτον, οἶνον, ἔλαιον, τὰ βουκόλια τῶν βοῶν σου καὶ τὰ ποίμνια τῶν προβάτων σου, ἕως ἂν ἀπολέσῃ σε

And it-shall-eat-down to-the-ones to-became-out of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses of-thee and to-the-ones to-becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee, as-also lest to-have-had-remaindered-down unto-thee to-a-grain, to-a-wine, to-an-oillet, to-the-ones to-oxen-stricturelets of-the-ones of-oxen of-thee and to-the-ones to-shepherd-belonged of-the-ones of-stepped-before of-thee, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-off to-thee

Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

28:51 καταλειπειν F | ελαιον] pr και A | τα βουκολια] om τα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:52 καὶ ἐκτρίψῃ σε ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου, ἕως ἂν καθαιρεθῶσιν τὰ τείχη τὰ ὑψηλὰ καὶ τὰ ὀχυρά, ἐφ' οἷς σὺ πέποιθας ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ σου· καὶ θλίψει σε ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου αἷς ἔδωκέν σοι.

and it-might-have-rubbed-out to-thee in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee, unto-if-which ever they-might-have-been-sectioned-along-down-unto the-ones lineationeednesses the-ones lofteed-of and the-ones holdationed, upon unto-which thou thou-hath-had-come-to-sure upon unto-them, in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-thee; and it-shall-press to-thee in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee unto-which it-gave unto-thee.

28:52 ταις πολεσιν 1°] pr πασαις A F | τειχη] + σου A F | ταις πολεσιν 2°] pr πασαις A F | σοι] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου A F

[Appendix] θλειψει F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:53 καὶ φάγῃ τὰ ἔκγονα τῆς κοιλίας σου, κρέα υἱῶν σου καὶ θυγατέρων σου ὅσα ἔδωκέν σοι, ἐν τῇ στενοχωρίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν τῇ θλίψει σου ᾗ θλίψει σε ὁ ἐχθρός σου.

And thou-shall-devour to-the-ones to-became-out of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto of-thee, to-meats of-sons of-thee and of-daughters of-thee to-which-a-which it-gave unto-thee, in unto-the-one unto-a-narrowed-spacing-unto of-thee and in unto-the-one unto-a-pressing of-thee unto-which it-shall-press to-thee, the-one en-enmitied of-thee.

28:53 om σου 2° F | σοι] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου A F

[Appendix] θλιψι B* (θλιψει Ba b: item, 55, 57 [1°])

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:54 ὁ ἁπαλὸς ὁ ἐν σοὶ καὶ ὁ τρυφερὸς σφόδρα βασκανεῖ τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἐν κόλπῳ καὶ τὰ καταλελιμμένα τέκνα ἃ ἂν καταλειφθῇ,

The-one tender the-one in unto-thee and the-one en-luxuried to-vehemented it-shall-scowl unto-the-one unto-an-eye to-the-one to-brethrened and to-the-one to-a-woman to-the-one in unto-a-bosom and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-remaindered-down to-creationees which ever it-might-have-been-remaindered-down,

28:54 ο εν σοι] om ο A F | βασκαινει B | οφθαλμω] + αυτου A F | αδελφον] + αυτου A F | γυναικα] + αυτου A | κολπω] τω κ. αυτου A F | τα καταλελιμμενα (καταλελειμμ. Ba b)] καταλελιμμενα A (καταλελειμμ. F) | τεκνα] pr τα A | καταλειφθη Ba b (καταλιφθη B*)] καταλειφθωσιν F + αυτω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:55 ὥστε δοῦναι ἑνὶ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῶν σαρκῶν τῶν τέκνων αὐτοῦ ὧν ἂν κατέσθῃ, διὰ τὸ μὴ καταλιφθῆναι αὐτῷ οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ στενοχωρίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν τῇ θλίψει σου ᾗ ἂν θλίψωσίν σε οἱ ἐχθροί σου ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσίν σου.

as-also to-have-had-given unto-one of-them off of-the-ones of-fleshes of-the-ones of-creationees of-it of-which ever it-might-eat-belong-down, through to-the-one lest to-have-been-remaindered-down unto-it to-not-then-also-one in unto-the-one unto-a-narrowed-spacing-unto of-thee and in unto-the-one unto-a-pressing of-thee unto-which ever they-might-have-pressed to-thee, the-ones en-enmitied of-thee, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee.

28:55 κατεσθιη F | καταλειφθηναι Ba b (καταλιφθ. B*)] καταλελειφθαι A | ουδεν] μηθεν (μιθεν A) A F | σου om 1° A F | η] ras aliq superius B? | αν] εαν F | θλιψωσιν] θλιψει A θλιψουσιν F | οι εχθροι] ο εχθρος A

[Appendix] ολεσιν A* (πολ. A1)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:56 καὶ ἡ ἁπαλὴ ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ ἡ τρυφερά, ἧς οὐχὶ πεῖραν ἔλαβεν ὁ ποὺς αὐτῆς βαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς διὰ τὴν τρυφερότητά, βασκανεῖ τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ αὐτῆς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς τὸν ἐν κόλπῳ αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῆς,

And the-one tender in unto-ye and the-one en-luxuried, of-which unto-not to-an-across-belongedness it-had-taken, the-one a-foot of-it, to-step upon of-the-one of-a-soil through to-the-one to-a-luxuriousness, it-shall-scowl unto-the-one unto-an-eye of-it to-the-one to-a-man of-it to-the-one in unto-a-bosom of-it and to-the-one to-a-son and to-the-one to-a-daughter of-it,

28:56 τρυφερα + σφοδρα A F | τρυφεροτητα] + και δια την απαλοτητα A F | κολπω] pr τω A F | αυτης 5° Ba (superscr ης) A F] αυτου B*

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:57 καὶ τὸ χόριον αὐτῆς τὸ ἐξελθὸν διὰ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ τέκνον ὃ ἂν τέκῃ· καταφάγεται γὰρ αὐτὰ διὰ τὴν ἔνδειαν πάντων κρυφῇ ἐν τῇ στενοχωρίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν τῇ θλίψει σου ᾗ θλίψει σε ὁ ἐχθρός σου ἐν ταῖς πόλεσίν σου·

and to-the-one to-a-spacelet of-it to-the-one to-having-had-came-out through of-the-ones of-thighs of-it and to-the-one to-a-creationee to-which ever it-might-have-had-creationed; it-shall-devour-down too-thus to-them through to-the-one to-a-binding-in-unto of-all unto-hidened in unto-the-one unto-a-narrowed-spacing-unto of-thee and in unto-the-one unto-a-pressing of-thee unto-which it-shall-press to-thee, the-one en-enmitied of-thee, in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-thee;

Note: to-a-binding-in-unto (ENDE-IAN (-unto)).

28:57 τεκνον] + αυτης A F | αν] εαν A F | om σου 1°, 2° A F | η] + αν A | om σου 3° F | ταις πολεσιν] pr πασαις A F

[Appendix] ενδιαν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:58 ἐὰν μὴ εἰσακούσης ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ νόμου τούτου τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ, φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἔντιμον τὸ θαυμαστὸν τοῦτο, Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου.

if-ever lest thou-might-have-heard-into to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet unto-the-one-this, to-fearee-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to to-the-one to-valued-in to-the-one to-marveled-to to-the-one-this, to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

28:58 εαν] + δε F | εισακουσητε A F | φοβεισθε A | εντιμον] + και A + τουτο και F

[Appendix] εντειμον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:59 καὶ παραδοξάσει Κύριος τὰς πληγάς σου καὶ τὰς πληγὰς τοῦ σπέρματός σου, πληγὰς μεγάλας καὶ θαυμαστάς, καὶ νόσους πονηρὰς καὶ πιστάς.

And it-shall-beside-reckon-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-ones to-smitings of-thee and to-the-ones to-smitings of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-thee, to-smitings to-great and to-marveled-to, and to-ailments to-en-necessitated and to-trusted.

28:59 om τας πληγας σου και F | om και νοσους πονηρας και πιστας B* (hab Ba b mg A F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:60 καὶ ἐπιστρέψει πᾶσαν τὴν ὀδύνην Αἰγύπτου τὴν πονηράν ἣν διευλαβοῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ κολληθήσονται ἐν σοί.

And it-shall-beturn-upon to-all to-the-one to-an-anguish of-an-Aiguptos to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-which thou-was-goodly-taking-through-unto off of-looked-toward of-them, and they-shall-be-togetherned-unto in unto-thee.

28:60 επιστρεψει] + επι σε A F | om εν F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:61 καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν καὶ πᾶσαν πληγὴν τὴν μὴ γεγραμμένην ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου τούτου ἐπάξει Κύριος ἐπὶ σέ, ἕως ἂν ἐξολεθρεύσῃ σε.

And to-all to-a-softing-unto and to-all to-a-smiting to-the-one lest to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this it-shall-lead-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon to-thee, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-destructed-out-of to-thee.

28:61 om πασαν 2° A | την μη γεγραμμ.] + και πασαν την γεγραμμενην A + και την γεγραμμ. F | τουτου] + και πασαν την γεγραμμενην Ba b mg

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:62 καὶ καταλειφθήσεσθε ἐν ἀριθμῷ βραχεῖ, ἀνθ' ὧν ὅτι ἦτε ὡσεὶ τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσήκουσας τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου.

And ye-shall-be-remaindered-down in unto-a-number unto-short, ever-a-one of-which to-which-a-one ye-were as-if the-ones en-starrings of-the-one of-a-sky unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness, to-which-a-one not thou-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee.

28:62 καταλειφθησεσθε (καταλειφθησεσθαι A)] καταλειψει σε F | τω πληθει] εις πληθος F | εισηκουσατε A F | σου] υμων A F

[Appendix] καταλιφθ. B* (καταλειφθ. Ba b) | πληθι B* (πληθει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:63 καὶ ἔσται ὃν τρόπον εὐφράνθη Κύριος ἐφ' ὑμῖν εὖ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς, οὕτως εὐφρανθήσεται Κύριος ἐφ' ὑμῖν ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ὑμᾶς· καὶ ἐξαρθήσεσθε ἐν τάχει ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν.

And it-shall-be to-which to-a-turn it-was-goodly-centered, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon unto-ye to-goodly to-have-done-unto to-ye, unto-the-one-this it-shall-be-goodly-centered, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon unto-ye to-have-destructed-out-of to-ye; and ye-shall-be-lifted-out in unto-a-quickeedness off of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.

28:63 ηυφρανθη A Fvid | υμας 1°] + και πληθυναι υμας A | om εν ταχει A | εισπορευη B (-ει A* vid)] υμεις εισπορευεσθαι Aa (εσθαι εκει κληρο sup ras et in mg) | κληρονομησαι A

[Appendix] ταχι B* (ταχει Ba b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:64 καὶ διασπερεῖ σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀπ' ἄκρου τῆς γῆς ἕως ἄκρου τῆς γῆς, καὶ δουλεύσεις ἐκεῖ θεοῖς ἑτέροις, ξύλοις καὶ λίθοις, οὓς οὐκ ἠπίστω σὺ καὶ οἱ πατέρες σου.

And it-shall-whorl-through to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, into to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to, off of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil unto-if-which of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil, and thou-shall-bondee-of thither unto-deities(elohim) unto-different, unto-woods and unto-stones, to-which not thou-was-standing-upon thou and the-ones fathers of-thee;

28:64 ους] οις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:65 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐκείνοις οὐκ ἀναπαύσει σε, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ γένηται στάσις τῷ ἴχνει τοῦ ποδός σου· καὶ δώσει σοι Κύριος ἐκεῖ καρδίαν ἑτέραν ἀπειθοῦσαν καὶ ἐκλιπόντας ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ τηκομένην ψυχήν.

other and in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-the-ones-thither not it-shall-cease-up to-thee, not-then-also not lest it-might-have-had-became a-standing unto-the-one unto-a-trackeedness-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-foot of-thee; and it-shall-give unto-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), thither to-a-heart to-different to-un-suring-unto and to-remaindering-out to-eyes and to-melting to-a-breathing.

28:65 ουδ ου] ουδε A | om ετεραν A | απειθουσαν] αθυμουσαν A | εκλιποντας] εκλειποντα A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:66 καὶ ἔσται ἡ ζωή σου κρεμαμένη ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου, καὶ φοβηθήσῃ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ οὐ πιστεύσεις τῇ ζωῇ σου·

And it-shall-be the-one a-lifing of-thee en-hanging off-in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-eyes of-thee, and thou-shall-be-feareed-unto of-a-dayedness and of-a-night, and not thou-shall-trust-of unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-thee;

28:66 κρεμαμενη] κεκραμενη A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:67 τὸ πρωὶ ἐρεῖς Πῶς ἂν γένοιτο ἑσπέρα; καὶ τὸ ἑσπέρας ἐρεῖς Πῶς ἂν γένοιτο πρωί; ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου τῆς καρδίας σου ἃ φοβηθήσῃ, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁραμάτων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου ὧν ὄψῃ.

to-the-one unto-before-belonged thou-shall-utter, Unto-whither ever it-may-have-had-became an-into-acrossedness? And to-the-one of-an-into-acrossedness thou-shall-utter, Unto-whither ever it-may-have-had-became unto-before-belonged? Off of-the-one of-a-fearee of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee to-which thou-shall-be-feareed-unto, and off of-the-ones of-seeeeings-to of-the-ones of-eyes of-thee of-which thou-shall-behold.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 25 scribed by Môusês; 1450 B.C. Abib 6-8 spoken to Israêl Jos_3:2)

Deu 28:68 καὶ ἀποστρέψει σε Κύριος εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐν πλοίοις, ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ εἶπα Οὐ προσθήσει ἔτι ἰδεῖν αὐτήν· καὶ πραθήσεσθε ἐκεῖ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑμῶν εἰς παῖδας καὶ παιδίσκας, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ κτώμενος.

And it-shall-beturn-off to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), into to-an-Aiguptos in unto-floatlets, in unto-the-one unto-a-way unto-which I-said, Not thou-shall-place-toward if-to-a-one to-have-had-seen to-it; and ye-shall-be-en-acrossated thither unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-ye into to-children and to-child-belongings-of, and not it-shall-be the-one befounding-unto.

28:68 πλοιν|οις B* (πλοιοις Ba b) | εν 2°] pr και A | om η B | προσθησει] προσθησεσθαι A | πραθησεσθαι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:1 (Deu 28:69 Heb.) Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι τῆς διαθήκης οὓς ἐνετείλατο Κύριος Μωσῇ στῆσαι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν γῇ Μωάβ, πλὴν τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο αὐτοῖς ἐν Χωρήβ.

(Deu 28:69 Heb.) The-ones-these the-ones forthees of-the-one of-a-placement-through to-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-a-Môsês, to-have-stood unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-a-soil of-a-Môab, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-which it-had-placed-through unto-them in unto-a-Chôrêb.

29:1 ους] η A | Μωση] τω Μωυση A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:2 (Deu 29:1 Heb.) Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Μωυσῆς πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ὑμεῖς ἑωράκατε πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν Κύριος ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν Φαραὼ καὶ τοῖς θεράπουσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ πάσῃ τῇ γῇ αὐτοῦ·

(Deu 29:1 Heb.) And it-called-unto, a-Môusês, to-all to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl and it-had-said toward to-them, Ye ye-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-all to-which-a-which it-did-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos to-in-look-belonged of-ye unto-a-Faraô and unto-the-ones unto-ministers of-it and unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-it;

29:2 τους υιους] om τους A | τοις θεραπουσιν] pr πασι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:3 (Deu 29:2 Heb.) τοὺς πειρασμοὺς τοὺς μεγάλους οὓς ἑωράκασιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου, τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα τὰ μεγάλα ἐκεῖνα·

(Deu 29:2 Heb.) to-the-ones to-across-belongings-to-of to-the-ones to-great to-which they-had-come-to-seeee-unto, the-ones eyes of-thee, to-the-ones to-signlets-of and to-the-ones to-anomalies to-the-ones to-great to-the-ones-thither;

29:3 εωρακασιν] ειδον A | εκεινα] + την χειρα την κραταιαν και τον βραχιονα τον υψηλον Ba b mg A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:4 (Deu 29:3 Heb.) καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν καρδίαν εἰδέναι καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς βλέπειν καὶ ὦτα ἀκούειν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

(Deu 29:3 Heb.) and not it-gave, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity, unto-ye to-a-heart to-have-had-come-to-see and to-eyes to-view and to-ears to-hear unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-this.

29:4 εδωκ bis scr A* | βλεπειν sup ras (seq ras 2 litt) Aa pr του A | ωτα] pr τα A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:5 (Deu 29:4 Heb.) καὶ ἤγαγεν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη· οὐκ ἐπαλαιώθη τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα ὑμῶν οὐ κατετρίβη ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν.

(Deu 29:4 Heb.) And it-had-led to-ye in unto-the-one unto-solituded to-forty to-yeareednesses; not it-was-en-past-belonged the-ones apparelets of-ye, and the-ones bindings-under-to of-ye not it-had-been-rubbed-down off of-the-ones of-feet of-ye.

29:5 τεσσερακοντα ετη εν τη ερημω (ετη sup ras pr ras 2 fort litt) A | τεσσαρακ. Bb | επαλαιωθησαν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:6 (Deu 29:5 Heb.) ἄρτον οὐκ ἐφάγετε, οἶνον καὶ σίκερα οὐκ ἐπίετε, ἵνα γνῶτε ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐγώ.

(Deu 29:5 Heb.) To-an-adjustation not ye-had-devoured, to-a-wine and to-a-sikera not ye-had-drank, so ye-might-have-had-acquainted to-which-a-one, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye I.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

Note: to-a-sikera : transliterated from Heb. SEKAR meaning an-intoxicant.

29:6 Κυριος] pr ουτος A | om εγω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:7 (Deu 29:6 Heb.) καὶ ἤλθετε ἕως τοῦ τόπου τούτου, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Σηὼν βασιλεὺς Ἑσεβὼν καὶ Ὢγ βασιλεὺς Βασὰν εἰς συνάντησιν ὑμῖν ἐν πολέμῳ· καὶ ἐπατάξαμεν αὐτούς,

(Deu 29:6 Heb.) And ye-had-came unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-occasion of-the-one-this, and it-had-came-out, a-Sêôn a-ruler-of of-a-Hesebôn and an-Ôg a-ruler-of of-a-Basan, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-ye in unto-a-war; and we-smote to-them,

29:7 Βασαν] pr της A | υμιν] ημιν A | πολεμω] pr τω A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:8 (Deu 29:7 Heb.) καὶ ἐλάβομεν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτὴν ἐν κλήρῳ τῷ Ῥουβὴν καὶ τῷ Γαδδεὶ καὶ τῷ ἡμίσει φυλῆς Μανασσή.

(Deu 29:7 Heb.) and we-had-taken to-the-one to-a-soil of-them, and I-gave to-it in unto-a-lot unto-the-one unto-a-Roubên and unto-the-one unto-a-Gaddei and unto-the-one unto-half of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês.

29:8 ημισυ A | Μαννασση A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:9 (Deu 29:8 Heb.) καὶ φυλάξεσθε ποιεῖν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τῆς διαθήκης ταύτης, ἵνα συνῆτε πάντα ὅσα ποιήσετε.

(Deu 29:8 Heb.) And ye-shall-guarder to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-the-one-this, so ye-might-have-had-sent-together to-all to-which-a-which ye-shall-do-unto.

29:9 ταυτης] + ποιειν αυτους A | ποιησητε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:10 (Deu 29:9 Heb.) Ὑμεῖς ἑστήκατε πάντες σήμερον ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, οἱ ἀρχίφυλοι ὑμῶν καὶ ἡ γερουσία ὑμῶν καὶ οἱ κριταὶ ὑμῶν καὶ οἱ γραμματοεισαγωγεῖς ὑμῶν, πᾶς ἀνὴρ Ἰσραήλ·

(Deu 29:9 Heb.) Ye ye-had-come-to-stand all this-day to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, the-ones firsts-of-tribes of-ye and the-one a-senioring-unto of-ye and the-ones separaters of-ye and the-ones scribing-toer-leaders-into-of of-ye, all a-man of-an-Israêl;

29:10 σημερον παντες A | εναντι A

[Appendix] εστηκαται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:11 (Deu 29:10 Heb.) αἱ γυναῖκες ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς παρεμβολῆς ὑμῶν, ἀπὸ ξυλοκόπου ὑμῶν καὶ ἕως ὑδροφόρου ὑμῶν,

(Deu 29:10 Heb.) the-ones women of-ye and the-ones became-out of-ye and the-one comeable-toward the-one in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-ye, off of-a-wood-feller of-ye and unto-if-which of-a-water-bearer of-ye,

29:11 αι γυναικες] pr και A | εκγονα] τεκνα A | om και 3° A

[Appendix] εμμεσω A (item 16)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:12 (Deu 29:11 Heb.) παρελθεῖν ἐν τῇ διαθήκῃ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀραῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅσα Κύριος ὁ θεός σου διατίθεται πρὸς σὲ σήμερον·

(Deu 29:11 Heb.) to-have-had-came-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye and in unto-the-ones unto-cursednesses of-it, to-which-a-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee it-placeth-through toward to-thee this-day;

29:12 εν τη διαθηκη] την διαθηκην A | υμων] σου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:13 (Deu 29:12 Heb.) ἵνα στήσῃ σε αὐτῷ εἰς λαὸν καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται σου θεός, ὃν τρόπον εἶπέν σοι, καὶ ὃν τρόπον ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν σου Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ.

(Deu 29:12 Heb.) so it-might-have-stood to-thee unto-it into to-a-people and it it-shall-be of-thee a-Deity(Elohim), to-which to-a-turn it-had-said unto-thee, and to-which to-a-turn it-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee unto-an-Abraam and unto-an-Isaak and unto-an-Iakôb.

29:13 αυτω] εαυτω A | om εις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:14 (Deu 29:13 Heb.) καὶ οὐχ ὑμῖν μόνοις ἐγὼ διατίθεμαι τὴν διαθήκην ταύτην καὶ τὴν ἀρὰν ταύτην,

(Deu 29:13 Heb.) And not unto-ye unto-stayeed I I-place-through to-the-one to-a-placement-through to-the-one-this and to-the-one to-a-cursedness to-the-one-this,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:15 (Deu 29:14 Heb.) ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὧδε οὖσι μεθ' ἡμῶν σήμερον ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, καὶ τοῖς μὴ οὖσιν ὧδε σήμερον μεθ' ὑμῶν.

(Deu 29:14 Heb.) other and unto-the-ones unto-which-then-also unto-being with of-us this-day to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohey) of-ye, and unto-the-ones lest unto-being unto-which-then-also this-day with of-ye;

29:15 ουσιν A F | μεθ ημων σημερον] σημ. μεθ ημων A | εναντι A F | ωδε σημερον μεθ υμων] μεθ υμων ωδε σημ. A ωδε μεθ ημων σημ. F + εναντι κ̅̅υ̅̅ του θυ̅̅ υμων Aa? mg

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:16 (Deu 29:15 Heb.) ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἴδατε πῶς κατοικήσαμεν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, ὡς παρήλθαμεν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὡς παρήλθετε.

(Deu 29:15 Heb.) to-which-a-one ye ye-had-come-to-see unto-whither we-housed-down-unto in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos, as we-came-beside in unto-middle of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to, as ye-had-came-beside.

29:16 πως] ως A F | κατωκησαμεν A F | ως 1°] pr και A F | παρηλθαμεν] παρηλθομεν Ba b A F | ως 2°] ους A F | παρηλθετε] παρηλθομεν A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:17 (Deu 29:16 Heb.) καὶ ἴδετε τὰ βδελύγματα αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα αὐτῶν, ξύλον καὶ λίθον, ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον, ἅ ἐστιν παρ' αὐτοῖς·

(Deu 29:16 Heb.) And ye-had-seen to-the-ones to-abhorrerings-to of-them and to-the-ones to-images of-them, to-a-wood and to-a-stone, to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet, which it-be beside unto-them;

29:17 και τα] κατα A* (και τα A1) | om και τα ειδ. αυτων F* vid (hab F1 (mg))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:18 (Deu 29:17 Heb.) μή τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ ἢ πατριὰ ἢ φυλή, τίνος ἡ διάνοια ἐξέκλινεν ἀπὸ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, πορευθέντες λατρεύειν τοῖς θεοῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκείνων· μή τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ῥίζα ἄνω φύουσα ἐν χολῇ καὶ πικρίᾳ·

(Deu 29:17 Heb.) lest a-one it-be in unto-ye a-man or a-woman or a-fathering-unto or a-tribing, of-a-one the-one an-en-mulling-through-unto it-was-clining-out off of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohey) of-ye, having-been-traversed-of to-serve-of unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones-thither; lest a-one it-be in unto-ye a-rootedness up-unto-which spawning in unto-a-bile and unto-a-bittering-unto;

29:18 υμων] ημων A | πορευθεντες] πορευεσθαι A F | ριζα] + πικριας A F | χολη Ba b F1 (vid)] οχλη B* A F* | πικρια] πικρα F* (πικρια F1 (vid))

[Appendix] εξεκλεινεν B A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:19 (Deu 29:18 Heb.) καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἀκούσῃ τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ἀρᾶς ταύτης, καὶ ἐπιφημίσηται ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ λέγων Ὅσιά μοι γένοιτο, ὅτι ἐν τῇ ἀποπλανήσει τῆς καρδίας μου πορεύσομαι, ἵνα μὴ συναπολέσῃ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς τὸν ἀναμάρτητον·

(Deu 29:18 Heb.) and it-shall-be if-ever it-might-have-heard to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-cursedness of-the-one-this, and it-might-have-declared-upon-to in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-it forthing, Holied unto-me it-may-have-had-became, to-which-a-one in unto-the-one unto-a-wandering-off of-the-one of-a-heart of-me I-shall-traverse-of, so lest it-might-have-destructed-off-together, the-one un-adjusted-along, to-the-one to-un-un-adjusted-along;

Note: to-un-un-adjusted-along : double un intended.

29:19 [Appendix] επιφιμισηται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:20 (Deu 29:19 Heb.) οὐ μὴ θελήσῃ ὁ θεὸς εὐιλατεῦσαι αὐτῷ, ἀλλ' ἢ τότε ἐκκαυθήσεται ὀργὴ Κυρίου καὶ ὁ ζῆλος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, καὶ κολληθήσονται ἐν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι αἱ ἀραὶ τῆς διαθήκης ταύτης αἱ γεγραμμέναι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ἐξαλείψει Κύριος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν.

(Deu 29:19 Heb.) not lest it-might-have-determined, the-one a-Deity, to-have-goodly-sectionated-of unto-it, other or to-the-one-which-also it-shall-be-burn-belonged-out a-stressing of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and the-one a-crave of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-mankind unto-the-one-thither, and they-shall-be-togetherned-unto in unto-it all the-ones cursednesses of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-the-one-this the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet unto-the-one-this, and it-shall-smear-along-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it out of-the-one under to-the-one to-a-sky.

29:20 θελησει A F | ο θεος] κυριος F | ευιλατευσαι Bb F (ευειλ. B*)] ευειλατευειν A | τουτω] του νομου τουτου A F

[Appendix] εξαλιψει Ba A (εξαλειψ. Bb?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:21 (Deu 29:20 Heb.) καὶ διαστελεῖ αὐτὸν Κύριος εἰς κακὰ ἐκ πάντων υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἀρὰς τῆς διαθήκης τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου τούτου.

(Deu 29:20 Heb.) And it-shall-set-through to-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), into to-wedge-wedged out of-all of-sons of-an-Israêl, down to-all to-the-ones to-cursednesses of-the-one of-a-placement-through to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this.

29:21 υιων] pr των A F | τας γεγραμμενας] της γεγραμμενης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:22 (Deu 29:21 Heb.) καὶ ἐροῦσιν ἡ γενεὰ ἡ ἑτέρα, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν οἳ ἀναστήσονται μεθ' ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὁ ἀλλότριος ὃς ἂν ἔλθῃ ἐκ γῆς μακρόθεν, καὶ ὄψονται τὰς πληγὰς τῆς γῆς ἐκείνης καὶ τὰς νόσους αὐτῆς ἃς ἀπέστειλεν Κύριος ἐπ' αὐτήν,

(Deu 29:21 Heb.) And they-shall-utter, the-one a-becomedness the-one different, the-ones sons of-ye which they-shall-stand-up with to-ye, and the-one other-belonged which ever it-might-have-had-came out of-a-soil en-longed-from, and they-shall-behold to-the-ones to-smitings of-the-one of-a-soil of-the-one-thither and to-the-ones to-ailments of-it to-which it-set-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), upon to-it,

29:22 πηγας F* (πλ. F1 (vid))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:23 (Deu 29:22 Heb.) θεῖον καὶ ἅλα κατακεκαυμένον, πᾶσα ἡ γῆ αὐτῆς οὐ σπαρήσεται, οὐδὲ ἀνατελεῖ οὐδὲ μὴ ἀναβῇ ἐπ' αὐτὴν πᾶν χλωρόν· ὥσπερ κατεστράφη Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, Ἀδαμὰ καὶ Σεβωείμ, ἃς κατέστρεψεν Κύριος ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ.

(Deu 29:22 Heb.) To-a-runlet-of and to-a-salt to-having-had-come-to-burn-belong-down, all the-one a-soil of-it not it-shall-have-been-whorled, not-then-also it-shall-finish-up not-then-also lest it-might-have-had-stepped-up upon to-it, all greenish, as-very it-had-been-beturned-down a-Sodoma and a-Gomorra, an-Adama and a-Sebôeim, to-which it-beturned-down, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-passion and unto-a-stressing.

Note: to-a-runlet-of : used to refer to sulphur for its unique quality of melting in a run when burned.

Note: a-Sodoma : SODOMA is Feminine when Nominative.

29:23 αυτην] αυτης A | Σεβωειν A F | οργη] + αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:24 (Deu 29:23 Heb.) καὶ ἐροῦσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη Διὰ τί ἐποίησεν Κύριος οὕτως τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ; τίς ὁ θυμὸς τῆς ὀργῆς ὁ μέγας οὗτος;

(Deu 29:23 Heb.) and they-shall-utter, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, Through to-what-one it-did-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one-this? What-one the-one a-passion of-the-one of-a-stressing the-one great the-one-this?

29:24 ουτως κ̅̅ς̅̅ A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:25 (Deu 29:24 Heb.) καὶ ἐροῦσιν Ὅτι κατελίποσαν τὴν διαθήκην Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν, ἃ διέθετο τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν ὅτε ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου,

(Deu 29:24 Heb.) And they-shall-utter, To-which-a-one they-hath-had-remaindered-down to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-fathers of-them, to-which it-had-placed-through unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them which-also it-had-led-out to-them out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos,

29:25 κατελιποσαν] κατελειπον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:26 (Deu 29:25 Heb.) καὶ πορευθέντες ἐλάτρευσαν θεοῖς ἑτέροις οὓς οὐκ ἠπίσταντο, οὐδὲ διένειμεν αὐτοῖς·

(Deu 29:25 Heb.) and having-been-traversed-of they-served-of unto-deities(elohim) unto-different to-which not they-were-standing-upon, not-then-also it-parceled-through unto-them;

29:26 ετεροις] + και προσεκυνησαν αυτοις A F | ους] οις A F

[Appendix] διενιμεν B* (διενειμεν Bb?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:27 (Deu 29:26 Heb.) καὶ ὠργίσθη θυμῷ Κύριος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐπ' αὐτὴν κατὰ πάσας τὰς κατάρας τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου τούτου·

(Deu 29:26 Heb.) and it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-thither to-have-had-led-upon upon to-it down to-all to-the-ones to-cursednesses-down to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this;

29:27 κ̅̅ς̅̅ θυμω A F | εκεινην] ε 2° sup ras B? vid | καταρας] αρας της διαθηκης A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:28 (Deu 29:27 Heb.) καὶ ἐξῆρεν αὐτοὺς Κύριος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ καὶ παροξυσμῷ μεγάλῳ σφόδρα, καὶ ἐξέβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς γῆν ἑτέραν ὡσεὶ νῦν.

(Deu 29:27 Heb.) and it-lifted-out to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), off of-the-one of-a-soil of-them in unto-a-passion and unto-a-stressing and unto-a-sharpening-beside-of unto-great to-vehemented, and it-had-casted-out to-them into to-a-soil to-different as-if now.

29:28 om απο της γης αυτων A | om εις γην F* vid (hab F1 (mg)) | om ετεραν ωσει νυν F* (hab ετεραν εως νυν F1 mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 26)

Deu 29:29 (Deu 29:28 Heb.) τὰ κρυπτὰ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν, τὰ δὲ φανερὰ ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ νόμου τούτου.

(Deu 29:28 Heb.) The-ones hidened unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohey) of-ye, the-ones then-also en-manifested unto-ye and unto-the-ones unto-creationees of-ye into to-the-one to-an-age, to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this.

29:29 υμων bis] ημων A F | υμιν] ημιν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:1 Καὶ ἔσται ὡς ἂν ἔλθωσιν ἐπὶ σὲ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ κατάρα ἣν ἔδωκα πρὸ προσώπου σου, καὶ δέξῃ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν σου ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν οὗ ἐάν σε διασκορπίσῃ Κύριος ἐκεῖ,

And it-shall-be as ever they-might-have-had-came upon to-thee, all the-ones utterings-to the-ones-these, the-one a-goodly-fortheeing-unto and the-one a-cursedness-down to-which I-gave before of-looked-toward of-thee, and thou-might-have-received into to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to of-which if-ever to-thee it-might-have-scattered-through-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), thither,

30:1 om και 2° B* (hab ϗ superscr B?) | εδωκα] δεδωκα A F | πασι F | διασκορπ. σε A F | Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:2 καὶ ἐπιστραφήσῃ ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, καὶ εἰσακούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου,

and thou-shall-have-been-beturned-upon upon to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thou-might-have-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-it down to-all to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee,

30:2 εισακουση] υπακουση A F | εντελλομαι σοι] pr ras 3 litt A? σοι εντελλομαι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:3 καὶ ἰάσηται Κύριος τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου· καὶ ἐλεήσει σε, καὶ πάλιν συνάξει σε ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς οὓς διεσκόρπισέν σε Κύριος ἐκεῖ.

and it-might-have-cured-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-thee, and it-shall-besectionate-unto to-thee and unto-furthered it-shall-lead-together to-thee out of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to into to-which it-scattered-through-to to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), thither.

30:3 ιασεται A F | Κυριος 2°] + ο θς̅̅ σου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:4 ἐὰν ᾖ ἡ διασπορά σου ἀπ' ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἐκεῖθεν συνάξει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν λήμψεταί σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου·

If-ever it-might-be the-one a-whorleeing-through of-thee off of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-sky unto-if-which of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-sky, thither-from it-shall-lead-together to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, and thither-from it-shall-take to-thee, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-thee;

30:4 om κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου 2° A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:5 καὶ εἰσάξει σε ὁ θεός σου ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἐκληρονόμησαν οἱ πατέρες σου, καὶ κληρονομήσεις αὐτήν· καὶ εὖ σε ποιήσει, καὶ πλεοναστόν σε ποιήσει ὑπὲρ τοὺς πατέρας σου.

and it-shall-lead-into to-thee, the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, thither-from into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which they-lot-parceleed-unto, the-ones fathers of-thee, and thou-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-it; and to-goodly to-thee it-shall-do-unto, and to-most-beyond to-thee it-shall-do-unto over to-the-ones to-fathers of-thee.

30:5 ο θεος σου] pr κ̅̅ς̅̅ A F | om εκειθεν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:6 καὶ περικαθαριεῖ Κύριος τὴν καρδίαν σου καὶ τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ σπέρματός σου, ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, ἵνα ζῇς σύ.

And it-shall-cleanse-about-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee and to-the-one to-a-heart of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-thee, to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee, so thou-might-life-unto thou.

30:6 ινα ζης συ] + και το σπερμα σου Aa (ινα…αρας Deu 30:7 in mg et sup ras)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:7 καὶ δώσει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου τὰς ἀρὰς ταύτας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μισοῦντάς σε, οἳ ἐδίωξάν σε.

And it-shall-give, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-the-ones to-cursednesses to-the-ones-these upon to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee and upon to-the-ones to-hating-unto to-thee, which they-pursued to-thee.

30:7 om ο θεος σου A

[Appendix] μεισουντας B* A (μισ. Bb F)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:8 καὶ σὺ ἐπιστραφήσῃ ἐπὶ Κύριον καὶ εἰσακούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, καὶ ποιήσεις τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ὅσας ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον·

And thou thou-shall-have-been-beturned-upon upon to-Authority-belonged and thou-shall-hear-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee, and thou-shall-do-unto to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it to-which-a-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day;

30:8 om επι Κυριον A F | οσας] ας F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:9 καὶ εὐλογήσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ τῶν χειρῶν σου, ἐν τοῖς ἐκγόνοις τῆς κοιλίας σου καὶ ἐν τοῖς γενήμασιν τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐκγόνοις τῶν κτηνῶν σου. ὅτι ἐπιστρέψει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου εὐφρανθῆναι ἐπὶ σοὶ εἰς ἀγαθά, καθότι ηὐφράνθη ἐπὶ τοῖς πατράσιν σου·

and it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-a-work of-the-ones of-hands of-thee, in unto-the-ones unto-became-out of-the-one of-a-hollowing-unto of-thee and in unto-the-ones unto-becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee and in unto-the-ones unto-became-out of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses of-thee; to-which-a-one it-shall-beturn-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, to-have-been-goodly-centered upon unto-thee into to-excess-placed, down-to-which-a-one it-had-been-goodly-centered upon unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee;

Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

30:9 ευλογησει] πολυμερησει A F | εν τοις εκγ. των κτ. σου και εν τοις γεν. της γης σου A F | σοι] σε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:10 ἐὰν εἰσακούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, φυλάσσεσθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς κρίσεις αὐτοῦ τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου τούτου, ἐὰν ἐπιστραφῇς ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου.

if-ever thou-might-have-heard-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-guarder to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it and to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it and to-the-ones to-separatings of-it to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this, if-ever thou-might-have-had-been-beturned-upon upon to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee out of-whole of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee and out of-whole of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee;

30:10 εισακουσης (εισ|ακ. B* εισα|κ. Bb) B F] εισακουση A | φυλασσεσθε A | τας εντολας] pr και ποιειν πασας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:11 Ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὕτη ἣν ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον οὐχ ὑπέρογκός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ μακρὰν ἀπὸ σοῦ.

to-which-a-one the-one a-finishing-in the-one-this to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day not over-bulged it-be, not-then-also to-en-longed off of-thee.

30:11 om ουδε μακραν απο σου F | απο σου] + εστιν A

[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:12 οὐκ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω ἐστὶν λέγων Τίς ἀναβήσεται ἡμῖν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ λήμψεται αὐτὴν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἀκούσαντες αὐτὸ ποιήσομεν;

Not in unto-the-one unto-a-sky up-unto-which it-be forthing, What-one it-shall-step-up unto-us into to-the-one to-a-sky and it-shall-take to-it unto-us, and having-heard to-it we-shall-do-unto?

30:12 om ανω A* vid (ου̅̅ν̅̅ω α sup ras Aa) F | ημιν 1°] ημων A F | αυτην ημιν] ημιν αυτην A F | αυτο] αυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:13 οὐδὲ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης ἐστίν, λέγων Τίς διαπεράσει ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ λάβῃ ἡμῖν αὐτὴν καὶ ἀκουστὴν ἡμῖν ποιήσει αὐτήν, καὶ ποιήσομεν;

Not-then-also to-across of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness it-be, forthing, What-one it-shall-through-across-unto unto-us into to-the-one to-across of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness, and it-might-have-had-taken unto-us to-it and to-heard unto-us it-might-have-done-unto to-it, and we-shall-do-unto?

30:13 om B* (hab Ba b mg sup A F | λαβη] λημψεται A F | ακουστην ημιν ποιηση αυτην και] ακουσαντες αυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:14 ἔστιν σου ἐγγὺς τὸ ῥῆμα σφόδρα ἐν τῷ στόματί σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου αὐτὸ ποιεῖν.

It-be of-thee neared the-one an-uttering-to to-vehemented in unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-thee and in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee and in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-thee to-it to-do-unto.

30:14 εγγυς σου εστιν A F | om σφοδρα F | ποιειν αυτο A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:15 Ἰδοὺ δέδωκα πρὸ προσώπου σου σήμερον τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸν θάνατον, τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ κακόν.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-come-to-give before of-looked-toward of-thee this-day to-the-one to-a-lifing and to-the-one to-a-death, to-the-one to-excess-placed and to-the-one to-wedge-wedged.

30:15 υμων F* (σου F1 mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:16 ἐὰν εἰσακούσῃς τὰς ἐντολὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἃς ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, πορεύεσθαι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ, φυλάσσεσθαι τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς κρίσεις αὐτοῦ· καὶ ζήσεσθε καὶ πολλοὶ ἔσεσθε, καὶ εὐλογήσει σε Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν.

If-ever thou-might-have-heard-into to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee to-which I I-finish-in unto-thee this-day, to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-traverse-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-ways of-it, to-guarder to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-it and to-the-ones to-separatings of-it; and ye-shall-life-unto and much ye-shall-be, and it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil into to-which thou-traverse-into-of thither to-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.

30:16 εαν] + δε A F | εισακουσητε A F | σου 1°] υμων A F | ας] οσας A F | σοι] υμιν F | φυλασσεσθαι] και φυλασσειν A F | τα δικ. αυτου] pr τας εντολας αυτου και A | τας κρισεις αυτου] pr τας εντολας αυτου και F | κληρονομησαι A F

[Appendix] εσεσθαι B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:17 καὶ ἐὰν μεταστῇ ἡ καρδία σου καὶ μὴ εἰσακούσῃς, καὶ πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς θεοῖς ἑτέροις καὶ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς,

And if-ever it-might-have-had-stood-with, the-one a-heart of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-heard-into, and having-been-wandered-unto thou-might-have-kissed-toward-unto unto-deities(elohim) unto-different and thou-might-have-served-of unto-them,

30:17 προσκυνησεις A F | λατρευσεις A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:18 ἀναγγέλλω σοι σήμερον ὅτι ἀπωλίᾳ ἀπολεῖσθε, καὶ οὐ μὴ πολυήμεροι γένησθε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν.

I-leadeeer-up unto-thee this-day to-which-a-one unto-a-destructing-off-unto ye-shall-destruct-off, and not lest much-dayed ye-might-have-had-became upon of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês thither to-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.

30:18 της γης] + ης κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο θς̅̅ σου διδωσιν σοι A F | κληρονομσαι A F

[Appendix] απωλεια Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:19 διαμαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον τόν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸν θάνατον δέδωκα πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν, τὴν εὐλογίαν καὶ τὴν κατάραν· ἔκλεξαι τὴν ζωὴν σύ, ἵνα ζῇς σὺ καὶ τὸ σπέρμα σου,

I-witness-through unto-ye this-day to-the-one also to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil, to-the-one to-a-lifing and to-the-one to-a-death I-had-come-to-give before of-looked-toward of-ye, to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto and to-the-one to-a-cursedness-down; thou-should-have-forthed-out to-the-one to-a-lifing thou, so thou-might-life-unto thou and the-one a-whorling-to of-thee,

30:19 εκλεξαι] και εκλεξεται A* και εκλεξαι A1? a? (εκλεξε) F | ζωην 2°] ευλογιαν A | om συ 1° A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 27)

Deu 30:20 ἀγαπᾷν Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, εἰσακούειν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔχεσθαι αὐτοῦ· ὅτι τοῦτο ἡ ζωή σου καὶ ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν σου· τὸ κατοικεῖν σε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἧς ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν σου Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς.

to-excess-off-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee, to-hear-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-it and to-hold of-it; to-which-a-one the-one-this the-one a-lifing of-thee and the-one an-en-longness of-the-ones of-dayednesses of-thee; the-one to-house-down-unto to-thee upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-thee unto-an-Abraam and unto-an-Isaak and unto-an-Iakôb to-have-had-given unto-them.

30:20 σου 2°] αυτου B | το κατοικειν] om το A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:1 Καὶ συνετέλεσεν Μωυσῆς λαλῶν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους πρὸς πάντας υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ·

And it-finished-together-unto, a-Môusês, speaking-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these toward to-all to-sons of-an-Israêl;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:2 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι ἐτῶν ἐγώ εἰμι σήμερον, οὐ δυνήσομαι ἔτι εἰσπορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐκπορεύεσθαι· Κύριος δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς μέ Οὐ διαβήσῃ τὸν Ἰορδάνην τοῦτον.

and it-had-said toward to-them, Of-a-hundred and of-twenty of-yeareednesses I I-be this-day, not I-shall-able if-to-a-one to-traverse-into-of and to-traverse-out-of; Authority-belonged(Yahveh) then-also it-had-said toward to-me, Not thou-shall-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês to-the-one-this.

31:2 και 3°] η A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:3 Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὁ προπορευόμενος πρὸ προσώπου σου· οὗτος ἐξολεθρεύσει τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, καὶ κατακληρονομήσεις αὐτούς· καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ προπορευόμενος πρὸ προσώπου σου, καθὰ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος.

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee the-one traversing-before-of before of-looked-toward of-thee; the-one-this it-shall-destruct-out-of to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones-these off of-looked-toward of-thee, and thou-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-them; and an-Iêsous the-one traversing-before-of before of-looked-toward of-thee, down-to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

31:3 ουτος] αυτος A F

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:4 καὶ ποιήσει Κύριος ὁ θεός σου αὐτοῖς καθὰ ἐποίησεν Σηὼν καὶ ᾬγ, τοῖς δυσὶ βασιλεῦσιν τῶν Ἀμορραίων οἳ ἦσαν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν, καθότι ἐξωλέθρευσεν αὐτοὺς

And it-shall-do-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity of-thee, unto-them down-to-which it-did-unto unto-a-Sêôn and unto-an-Ôg, unto-the-ones unto-two unto-rulers-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged which they-were to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês, and unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-them, down-to-which-a-one it-destructed-out-of to-them

31:4 om ο θεος σου A F | αυτοις κ̅̅ς̅̅ A | καθα] καθως A F | τοις δυσι] om τοις A F | βασιλευσι (sic) A F

[Appendix] εξωλοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:5 καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς Κύριος ὑμῖν· καὶ ποιήσετε αὐτοῖς καθότι ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν.

and it-gave-beside to-them, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-ye; and ye-shall-do-unto unto-them down-to-which-a-one I-finished-in unto-ye.

31:5 υμιν 1°] ενωπιον υμων A F | om και ποιησετε…υμιν 2° B* (hab Ba b (mg) A F) | καθοτι] καθα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:6 ἀνδρίζου καὶ ἴσχυε, μὴ φοβοῦ μηδὲ δειλιάσῃς μηδὲ πτοηθῇς ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν· ὅτι Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὁ προπορευόμενος μεθ' ὑμῶν ἐν ὑμῖν, οὔτε μή σε ἀνῇ οὔτε μή σε ἐνκαταλίπῃ.

Thou-should-man-to and thou-should-force-hold, lest thou-should-fearee-unto lest-then-also thou-might-have-dire-belonged-unto lest-then-also thou-might-have-been-fluttered-unto off of-looked-toward of-them; to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee the-one traversing-before-of with of-ye in unto-ye, not-also lest to-thee it-might-have-had-sent-up not-also lest to-thee it-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in.

31:6 δειλιασης] διλια A δηλια F | ο προπορ.] pr ουτος A F | om εν υμιν A F | ουτε 1°] ου A F | ουτε 2°] ουδ ου A | εγκαταλειπη Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:7 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Μωυσῆς Ἰησοῦν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ἔναντι παντὸς Ἰσραὴλ Ἀνδρίζου καὶ ἴσχυε· σὺ γὰρ εἰσελεύσῃ πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν δοῦναι αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ κατακληρονομήσεις αὐτοῖς·

And it-called-unto, a-Môusês, to-an-Iêsous and it-had-said unto-it in-ever-a-one of-all of-an-Israêl, Thou-should-man-to and thou-should-force-hold; thou too-thus thou-shall-come-into before of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-us to-have-had-given unto-them, and thou thou-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto unto-them;

31:7 ημων] αυτων A υμων F | αυτοις] pr αυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:8 καὶ Κύριος ὁ συνπορευόμενος μετὰ σοῦ οὐκ ἀνήσει σε οὐδὲ μὴ ἐνκαταλίπῃ σε, μὴ φοβοῦ μηδὲ δειλία.

and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one traversing-together-of with of-thee not it-shall-send-up to-thee not-then-also lest it-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-thee, lest thou-should-fearee-unto lest-then-also thou-should-dire-belong-unto.

31:8 και κ̅̅ς̅̅ ο συνπροπορ. A | μετα σου] σοι A F | ουδε] ουδ ου A | εγκαταλειπη Bb A εγκαταλεψη (sic) F | om σε 2° F

[Appendix] συμπορ. Bb F (item 11) | διλεια B* (δειλια Bb) διλια A δηλια F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:9 Καὶ ἔγραψεν Μωυσῆς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ νόμου τούτου εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τοῖς αἴρουσιν τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης Κυρίου καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.

And it-scribed, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this into to-a-paperlet, and it-gave unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of unto-the-ones unto-lifting to-the-one to-a-box of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and unto-the-ones unto-more-eldered of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.

31:9 τα ρηματα] pr παντα A F | εδωκεν] + αυτο F | ιερευσι A F + τοις υιοις Λευι A F | αιρουσι A F | των υιων] om των F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:10 καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ λέγων Μετὰ ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἐν καιρῷ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἀφέσεως ἐν ἑορτῇ σκηνοπηγίας,

And it-finished-in unto-them, a-Môusês, in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither forthing, With to-seven to-yeareednesses in unto-a-time of-a-being-in-unto-it of-a-sending-off in unto-a-festival of-a-tent-pitching-unto,

31:10 Μωυσης αυτοις A F

[Appendix] σκηνοπηγειας F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:11 ἐν τῷ συνπορεύεσθαι πάντα Ἰσραὴλ ὀφθῆναι ἐνώπιον Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ᾧ ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος, ἀναγνώσεσθε τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ἐναντίον παντὸς Ἰσραὴλ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν·

in unto-the-one to-traverse-together-of to-all to-an-Israêl to-have-been-beheld to-in-look-belonged of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-which ever it-might-have-forthed-out, Authority-belonged, ye-shall-acquaint-up to-the-one to-a-parcelee to-the-one-this to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-an-Israêl into to-the-ones to-ears of-them;

31:11 υμων] σου A F | ω] ον A | Κυριος] + ο θς̅̅ σου Aa? (mg) | αναγνωσεσθαι A | εναντι F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:12 ἐκκλησιάσας τὸν λαόν, τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα καὶ τὸν προσήλυτον τὸν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὑμῶν, ἵνα ἀκούσωσιν καὶ ἵνα μάθωσιν φοβεῖσθαι Κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀκούσονται ποιεῖν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου τούτου·

having-out-called-to to-the-one to-a-people, to-the-ones to-men and to-the-ones to-women and to-the-ones to-became-out and to-the-one to-comeable-toward to-the-one in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-ye, so they-might-have-heard and so they-might-have-had-learned to-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, and they-shall-hear to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this;

31:12 εκκλησιασας] εκκλησιασατε A F | προσηλυτον] + σου A | υμων] σου A F

[Appendix] φοβεισθε A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:13 καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν οἳ οὐκ οἴδασιν ἀκούσονται, καὶ μαθήσονται φοβεῖσθαι Κύριον τὸν θεόν σου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ὅσας αὐτοὶ ζῶσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐκεῖ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν.

and the-ones sons of-them which not they-had-come-to-see they-shall-hear and they-shall-learn to-fearee-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) of-thee to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-which-a-which them they-life-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês thither to-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.

31:13 σου] υμων A F | οσας] ας F | κληρονομειν] κληρονομησαι A F

[Appendix] διαβαινεται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:14 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἰδοὺ ἠγγίκασιν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ θανάτου σου· κάλεσον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ στῆτε παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἐντελοῦμαι αὐτῷ. καὶ ἐπορεύθη Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἔστησαν παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-seen, they-had-come-to-near-to, the-ones dayednesses of-the-one of-a-death of-thee, thou-should-have-called-unto to-an-Iêsous and ye-should-have-had-stood beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and I-shall-finish-in unto-it. And it-was-traversed-of a-Môusês and an-Iêsous into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and they-had-stood beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.

31:14–15 om και εντελουμαι…μαρτυριου 3° B* vid (εντελουμαι αυτω sup ras και επορευθη…ο στυλος in mg inf Ba b)

31:14 [Appendix] σκηνς F* (σκηνης F1 (vid))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:15 καὶ κατέβη Κύριος ἐν νεφέλῃ, καὶ ἔστη παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ ἔστη ὁ στύλος τῆς νεφέλης παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς.

And it-had-stepped-down, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-clouding, and it-had-stood beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and it-had-stood, the-one a-pillar of-the-one of-a-clouding, beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting.

31:14–15 om και εντελουμαι…μαρτυριου 3° B* vid (εντελουμαι αυτω sup ras και επορευθη…ο στυλος in mg inf Ba b)

31:15 νεφελη] στυλω νεφελης A F | παρα bis] επι A F | σκηνης 2°] + του μαρτυριου Ba b (mg) A* vid (σκηνης| του μαρτ. in mg et sup ras Aa?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:16 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἰδοὺ σὺ κοιμᾷ μετὰ τῶν πατέρων σου, καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἐκπορνεύσει ὀπίσω θεῶν ἀλλοτρίων τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν οὗτος εἰσπορεύεται, καὶ καταλείψουσίν με, καὶ διασκεδάσουσιν τὴν διαθήκην μου ἣν διεθέμην αὐτοῖς.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-seen, thou thou-situatee-unto with of-the-ones of-fathers of-thee, and having-had-stood-up, the-one a-people the-one-this, it-shall-harlot-out-of aback-unto-which of-deities(elohim) of-other-belonged of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which the-one-this it-traverseth-into-of, and they-shall-remainder-down to-me and they-shall-through-besperse-to to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-me to-which I-had-placed-through unto-them.

31:16 κοιμα] κοιμασαι A | εισπορευεται] + εκει εις αυτην A F | καταλειψουσιν] εγκαταλ. A F

[Appendix] καταλιψ. B* (καταλειψ. Ba b: item 17)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:17 καὶ ὀργισθήσομαι θυμῷ εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ καταλείψω αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀποστρέψω τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔσται κατάβρωμα· καὶ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτὸν κακὰ πολλὰ καὶ θλίψεις, καὶ ἐρεῖ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ Διότι οὐκ ἔστιν Κύριος ὁ θεός μου ἐν ἐμοί, εὕροσάν με τὰ κακὰ ταῦτα.

And I-shall-be-stressed-to unto-a-passion into to-them in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, and I-shall-remainder-down to-them and I-shall-beturn-off to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me off of-them, and it-shall-be a-feedeeing-down-to; and they-shall-find to-it, wedge-wedged much and pressings, and it-shall-utter in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, Through-to-which-a-one not it-be Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-me in unto-ME, they-hath-had-found to-me, the-ones wedge-wedged the-ones-these.

31:17 εις αυτους] αυτοις A | πολλα] μεγαλα F | om ερει B* (hab Ba mg) | εμοι] υμιν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:18 ἐγὼ δὲ ἀποστροφῇ ἀποστρέψω τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ διὰ πάσας τὰς κακίας ἃς ἐποίησαν, ὅτι ἀπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ θεοὺς ἀλλοτρίους.

I then-also unto-a-beturning-off I-shall-beturn-off to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me off of-them in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither through to-all to-the-ones to-wedge-wedgings-unto to-which they-did-unto, to-which-a-one they-beturned-off upon to-deities(elohim) to-other-belonged.

31:18 απεστρεψαν] επεστρ. A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:19 καὶ γράψατε τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ᾠδῆς ταύτης, καὶ διδάξετε αὐτὴν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐμβαλεῖτε αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν, ἵνα μοι γένηταί ἡ ᾠδὴ αὕτη κατὰ πρόσωπον, μαρτυροῦσα ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.

And ye-should-have-scribed to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-the-one of-a-song of-the-one-this, and ye-shall-veer-veerate to-it to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl, and ye-shall-cast-in to-it into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-them, so unto-me it-might-have-had-became, the-one a-song the-one-this, down to-looked-toward, witnessing-unto in unto-sons of-an-Israêl.

31:19 και 1°] + νυν A | γραψατε] συνγραψατε F | διδαξατε A | om αυτην 1° A | εμβαλετε A | γενηται μοι A F | om κατα προσωπον A F | μαρτυρουσα] εις μαρτυριον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:20 εἰσάξω γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν, δοῦναι αὐτοῖς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι· καὶ φάγονται καὶ ἐμπλησθέντες κορήσουσιν, καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται ἐπὶ θεοὺς ἀλλοτρίους καὶ παροξυνοῦσίν με καὶ διασκεδάσουσιν τὴν διαθήκην μου.

I-shall-lead-into too-thus to-them into to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-which I-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them, to-have-had-given unto-them to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey; and they-shall-devour and having-been-repleted-in they-shall-satiate-unto, and they-shall-have-been-beturned-upon upon to-deities(elohim) to-other-belonged and they-shall-sharpen-beside to-me and they-shall-through-besperse-to to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-me.

31:20 om δουναι αυτοις A F | om και φαγονται A* vid (φαγονται ϗ| εμ Aa? (mgg)) F* vid (και φαγονται F1 mg vid) | αλλοτριους] + και λατρευσουσιν αυτοις A F | διαθηκην μου] + ην διεθεμην αυτοις A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:21 καὶ ἀντικαταστήσεται ἡ ᾠδὴ αὕτη κατὰ πρόσωπον μαρτυροῦσα· οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἐπιλησθῇ ἀπὸ στόματος τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῶν· ἐγὼ γὰρ οἶδα τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν, ὅσα ποιοῦσιν ὧδε σήμερον πρὸ τοῦ εἰσαγαγεῖν με αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν.

And it-shall-ever-a-one-stand-down, the-one a-song the-one-this, down to-looked-toward witnessing-unto; not too-thus lest it-might-have-been-secluded-upon off of-a-becutteeing-to of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-them; I too-thus I-had-come-to-see to-the-one to-an-en-necessitating-unto of-them, to-which-a-which they-do-unto unto-which-then-also this-day before of-the-one to-have-had-led-into to-me to-them into to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one to-excess-placed to-which I-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them.

31:21 και αντικαταστ.] pr και εσται οταν ευρωσιν αυτον κακα πολλα και θλιψεις A F | προσωπον] + αυτων A F | στοματος] + αυτων και απο στοματος A F | ποιουσιν] + μοι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:22 καὶ ἔγραψεν Μωυσῆς τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἐδίδαξεν αὐτὴν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ.

And it-scribed, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-song to-the-one-this in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness, and it-veer-veerated to-it to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl.

31:22 om ταυτην F

[Appendix] ε|ν εκεινη B* εν| εκεινη Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:23 καὶ ἐνετείλατο Ἰησοῖ καὶ εἶπεν Ἀνδρίζου καὶ ἴσχυε· σὺ γὰρ εἰσάξεις τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος αὐτοῖς, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μετὰ σοῦ.

And it-finished-in unto-an-Iêsous and it-had-said, Thou-should-man-to and thou-should-force-hold; thou too-thus thou-shall-lead-into to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-en-oathed, Authority-belonged, unto-them, and it it-shall-be with of-thee.

31:23 ενετειλατο] + Μωυσης A F | Ιησοι] Ιησου υιω Ναυη A F | ειπεν] + αυτω A F | om εσται F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:24 Ἡνίκα δὲ συνετέλεσεν Μωυσῆς γράφων πάντας τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου τούτου εἰς βιβλίον ἕως εἰς τέλος,

To-which-belonged-of then-also it-finished-together-unto, a-Môusês, scribing to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this into to-a-paperlet unto-if-which into to-a-finisheedness,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:25 καὶ ἐνετείλατο τοῖς Λευείταις τοῖς αἴρουσιν τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης Κυρίου λέγων

and it-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers unto-the-ones unto-lifting to-the-one to-a-box of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) forthing,

31:25 Λευιταις Bb A F | αιρουσι A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:26 Λαβόντες τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου τούτου θήσετε αὐτὸ ἐκ πλαγίων τῆς κιβωτοῦ τῆς διαθήκης Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔσται ἐκεῖ ἐν σοὶ εἰς μαρτύριον·

Having-had-taken to-the-one to-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this ye-shall-place to-it out of-side-belonged of-the-one of-a-box of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, and it-shall-be thither in unto-thee into to-a-witnesslet;

31:26 θησεται A

[Appendix] κειβωτου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:27 ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐπίσταμαι τὸν ἐρεθισμόν σου καὶ τὸν τράχηλόν σου τὸν σκληρόν. ἔτι γὰρ ἐμοῦ ζῶντος μεθ' ὑμῶν σήμερον παραπικραίνοντες ἦτε τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν· πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ ἔσχατον τοῦ θανάτου μου;

to-which-a-one I I-stand-upon to-the-one to-an-irking-to-of of-thee and to-the-one to-a-throat of-thee to-the-one to-stiffened. If-to-a-one too-thus of-ME of-lifing-unto with of-ye this-day bittering-beside ye-were to-the-ones toward to-the-one to-a-Deity; unto-whither unto-not and to-most-bordered of-the-one of-a-death of-me?

31:27 [Appendix] αιρεθισμον F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:28 ἐκκλησιάσατε πρὸς μὲ τοὺς φυλάρχους ὑμῶν καὶ τοὺς κριτὰς ὑμῶν καὶ τοὺς γραμματοεισαγωγεῖς ὑμῶν, ἵνα λαλήσω εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, καὶ διαμαρτύρομαι αὐτοῖς τόν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.

Ye-should-have-out-called-to toward to-me to-the-ones to-firsts-of-tribes of-ye and to-the-ones to-separaters of-ye and to-the-ones to-scribing-toer-leaders-into-of of-ye, so I-might-have-spoken-unto into to-the-ones to-ears of-them to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, and I-witness-through unto-them to-the-one also to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil.

31:28 και τους κριτας] pr και τους πρεσβυτερους υμων A F | διαμαρτυρωμαι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:29 οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι ἔσχατον τῆς τελευτῆς μου ἀνομίᾳ ἀνομήσετε, καὶ ἐκκλινεῖτε ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν· τὰ κακὰ ἔσχατον τῶν ἡμερῶν, ὅτι ποιήσετε τὰ πονηρὰ ἐναντίον Κυρίου, παροργίσαι αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν.

I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one to-most-bordered of-the-one of-a-finishing-of-unto of-me unto-an-un-parceleeing-unto ye-shall-un-parcelee-unto, and ye-shall-cline-out off of-the-one of-a-way of-which I-finished-in unto-ye; the-ones wedge-wedged to-most-bordered of-the-ones of-dayednesses, to-which-a-one ye-shall-do-unto to-the-ones to-en-necessitated to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-stressed-beside-to to-it in unto-the-ones unto-works of-the-ones of-hands of-ye.

31:29 ανομησατε A | εκκ..νει|τε F | απο] εκ A F | τα κακα] pr και συναντησετε υμιν A και συναντησεται υμ. F | τα πονηρα] το πονηρον A F | εναντι A F

[Appendix] εκκλεινειτε B* (εκκλιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 28)

Deu 31:30 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς εἰς τὰ ὦτα πάσης ἐκκλησίας τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ᾠδῆς ταύτης ἕως εἰς τέλος.

And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, into to-the-ones to-ears of-all of-a-calling-out-unto to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-song of-the-one-this unto-if-which into to-a-finisheedness.

31:30 εκκλησιας] pr της A + Ισραηλ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:1 Πρόσεχε, οὐρανέ, καὶ λαλήσω· καὶ ἀκουέτω ἡ γῆ ῥήματα ἐκ στόματός μου.

Thou-should-hold-toward, Sky, and I-shall-speak-unto; and it-should-hear, the-one a-soil, to-utterings-to out of-a-becutteeing-to of-me.

32:1 η γη] om η A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:2 προσδοκάσθω ὡς ὑετὸς τὸ ἀπόφθεγμά μου, καὶ καταβήτω ὡς δρόσος τὰ ῥήματά μου· ὡσεὶ ὄμβρος ἐπ' ἄγρωστιν, καὶ ὡσεὶ νιφετὸς ἐπὶ χόρτον.

It-should-be-toward-thought-unto as a-rain the-one a-voicing-off-to of-me, and it-should-have-had-stepped-down as a-dew, the-ones utterings-to of-me; as-if a-storm upon to-an-en-fielding and as-if a-sleet upon to-a-victualage;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:3 ὅτι τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου ἐκάλεσα· δότε μεγαλωσύνην τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν.

to-which-a-one to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) I-called-unto; ye-should-have-had-given to-an-en-greateningedness unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-us.

32:3 το ονομα] om το A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:4 θεός, ἀληθινὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ κρίσεις· θεὸς πιστός, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀδικία· δίκαιος καὶ ὅσιος Κύριος.

A-Deity, un-secluded-belonged-to the-ones works of-it, and all the-ones ways of-it separatings; a-Deity(El) trusted, and not it-be an-un-coursing-unto; course-belonged and holy Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

32:4 αδικια] + εν αυτω F1 mg

[Appendix] αληθεινα A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:5 ἡμάρτοσαν, οὐκ αὐτῷ τέκνα, μωμητά· γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ διεστραμμένη.

they-hath-had-un-adjusted-along, not unto-it creationees, blameable, a-becomedness skewed-belonged and having-had-come-to-be-beturned-through.

32:5 ημαρτοσαν· ουκ αυτω· τεκνα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:6 ταῦτα Κυρίῳ ἀνταποδίδοτε οὕτω, λαὸς μωρὸς καὶ οὐχὶ σοφός; οὐκ αὐτὸς οὗτός σου πατὴρ ἐκτήσατό σε, καὶ ἐποίησέν σε;

To-the-ones-these unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) ye-ever-a-one-give-off unto-the-one-this, a-people dulled and unto-not a-wisdom? Not it the-one-this of-thee a-father it-befounded-unto to-thee, and it-did-unto to-thee?

32:6 ανταποδιδοτε. ουτως F | σε 2°] + και εκτισεν σε A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:7 μνήσθητε ἡμέρας αἰῶνος, σύνετε ἔτη γενεῶν γενεαῖς. ἐπερώτησον τὸν πατέρα σου, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι· τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους σου, καὶ ἐροῦσίν σοι.

Ye-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-dayednesses of-an-age, ye-should-have-had-sent-together to-yeareednesses of-becomednesses unto-becomednesses. Thou-should-have-upon-entreated-unto to-the-one to-a-father of-thee and it-shall-leadeeer-up unto-thee; to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-thee, and they-shall-utter unto-thee.

32:7–8 συνετε ετη γενεας γενεων (in mg) επερωτησον…αγγελων θυ̅̅ (sup ras) Aa

32:7 μνησθησθητε F* (μνησθητε F1) | γενεων γενεαις] γενεας γενεων F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:8 ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδάμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ.

Which-also it-was-portioning-through-to, the-one most-lofteed, to-placeedness-belongings-to, as it-whorled-through to-sons of-an-Adam, it-stood to-boundlets of-placeedness-belongings-to down to-a-number of-leadeeers of-a-Deity.

32:7–8 συνετε ετη γενεας γενεων (in mg) επερωτησον…αγγελων θυ̅̅ (sup ras) Aa

32:8 διεμερισεν F | ως] ους Aa

[Appendix] ορεια B* (ορια Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:9 καὶ ἐγενήθη μερὶς Κυρίου λαὸς αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ, σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

And it-was-became a-portion of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) a-people of-it an-Iakôb, a-sedging-to of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it an-Israêl.

Note: a-sedging-to : used to refer to measuring allotments with a sedge (reed).

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:10 αὐτάρκησεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἐν δίψει καύματος, ἐν γῇ ἀνύδρῳ, ἐκύκλωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπαίδευσεν αὐτόν, καὶ διεφύλαξεν αὐτὸν ὡς κόραν ὀφθαλμοῦ.

It-self-lift-belonged-of-unto to-it in unto-the-one unto-solituded, in unto-a-thirsteedness of-a-burning-to, in unto-a-soil unto-un-watered, it-en-circled to-it and it-childed-of to-it and it-guardered-through to-it as to-a-shearaging of-an-eye;

Note: to-a-shearaging : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

32:10 εν τη ερημω] εν γη εν γη| ερ. (sic) F | om γη A F | κορην Bb A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:11 ὡς ἀετὸς σκεπάσαι νοσσιὰν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς νοσσοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐπεπόθησεν, διεὶς τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἐδέξατο αὐτούς, καὶ ἀνέλαβεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων αὐτοῦ.

as an-airer it-may-have-covered-to to-a-nestling-unto of-it, and upon unto-the-ones unto-nestlings of-it it-yearned-upon-unto, having-had-sent-through to-the-ones to-wings of-it it-received to-them, and it-had-taken-up to-them upon of-the-ones of-en-centerings-with of-it.

Note: an-airer : used to refer to things suspended in air, of birds skilled in gliding, particularly an eagle.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:12 Κύριος μόνος ἦγεν αὐτούς, οὐκ ἦν μετ' αὐτῶν θεὸς ἀλλότριος.

Authority-belonged(Yahveh) stayeed it-was-leading to-them, not it-was with of-them a-deity(el) other-belonged.

32:12 ουκ ην] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:13 ἀνεβίβασεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς γῆς, ἐψώμισεν αὐτοὺς γενήματα ἀγρῶν· ἐθήλασαν μέλι ἐκ πέτρας, καὶ ἔλαιον ἐκ στερεᾶς πέτρας·

It-up-step-stepped-to to-them upon to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-the-one of-a-soil, it-morseled-to to-them to-becomings-to of-fields; they-teated-to to-a-honey out of-a-rockedness and to-an-oillet out of-stabled of-a-rockedness,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:14 βούτυρον βοῶν καὶ γάλα προβάτων μετὰ στέατος ἀρνῶν καὶ κριῶν, υἱῶν ταύρων καὶ τράγων μετὰ στέατος νεφρῶν πυροῦ, καὶ αἷμα σταφυλῆς ἔπιεν οἶνον.

to-a-butter of-oxen and to-a-milk of-stepped-before with of-a-suet of-lamblings and of-rams, of-sons of-bulls and of-billies with of-a-suet of-kidneys of-a-wheat; and to-a-rushering-to of-a-grape it-had-drank to-a-wine.

32:14 επιον A επι.ν F

[Appendix] κρειων B* (κριων Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:15 καὶ ἔφαγεν Ἰακὼβ καὶ ἐνεπλήσθη, καὶ ἀπελάκτισεν ὁ ἠγαπημένος, ἐλιπάνθη, ἐπαχύνθη, ἐπλατύνθη· καὶ ἐνκατέλιπεν τὸν θεὸν τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέστη ἀπὸ θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-devoured, an-Iakôb, and it-was-repleted-in, and it-kicked-off-to, the-one having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto, it-was-fattened, it-was-thickened, it-was-broadened; and it-had-remaindered-down-in to-the-one to-a-Deity(Eloah) to-the-one to-having-done-unto to-it, and it-had-stood-off off of-a-Deity of-a-savior of-it.

32:15 ενεπλησθη] + και επαχυνθη F | ενκατελιπεν (εγκ. Bb)] εγκατελειπεν A F | τον θεον] om τον A F

[Appendix] ελειπανθη F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:16 παρώξυνάν με ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίοις, ἐν βδελύγμασιν αὐτῶν παρεπίκρανάν με·

They-sharpened-beside to-me upon unto-other-belonged, in unto-abhorrerings-to of-them they-bittered-beside to-me;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:17 ἔθυσαν δαιμονίοις καὶ οὐ θεῷ, θεοῖς οἷς οὐκ ᾔδεισαν· καινοὶ πρόσφατοι ἥκασιν, οὓς οὐκ ᾔδεισαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν.

they-surged unto-daimonlets and not unto-a-Deity(Eloah), unto-deities(elohim) unto-which not they-had-come-to-have-had-seen; fresh declared-toward they-had-come-to-arrive, to-which not they-had-come-to-have-had-seen, the-ones fathers of-them.

32:17 προσφατοι] pr και A | ηδεισαν 2°] ειδησαν B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:18 θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντά σε ἐνκατέλιπες, καὶ ἐπελάθου θεοῦ τοῦ τρέφοντός σε.

To-a-Deity to-the-one to-having-generated-unto to-thee thou-had-remaindered-down-in, and thou-had-secluded-upon of-a-Deity(El) of-the-one of-nourishing to-thee.

32:18 ενκατελιπες (εγκ. Bb ε 2° sup ras B?)] εγκατελειπες A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:19 καὶ ἴδεν Κύριος καὶ ἐζήλωσεν, καὶ παρωξύνθη δι' ὀργὴν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ θυγατέρων·

And it-had-seen, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-en-craved, and it-was-sharpened-beside through to-a-stressing of-sons of-it and of-daughters;

32:19 ειδεν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:20 καὶ εἶπεν Ἀποστρέψω τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ δείξω τί ἔσται αὐτοῖς ἐπ' ἐσχάτων ἡμερῶν. ὅτι γενεὰ ἐξεστραμμένη ἐστίν, υἱοί οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν πίστις ἐν αὐτοῖς.

and it-had-said, I-shall-beturn-off to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me off of-them, and I-shall-en-show what-one it-shall-be unto-them upon of-most-bordered of-dayednesses; to-which-a-one a-becomedness having-had-come-to-be-beturned-out it-be, sons unto-which not it-be a-trust in unto-them.

32:20 εσχατω F | om ημερων A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:21 αὐτοὶ παρεζήλωσάν με ἐπ' οὐ θεῷ, παρώξυναν με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν· κἀγὼ παραζηλώσω αὐτοὺς ἐπ' οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ' ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ αὐτούς.

Them they-en-craved-beside to-me upon not unto-a-Deity(El), they-sharpened-beside to-me in unto-the-ones unto-images of-them; and-I I-shall-en-crave-beside to-them upon not unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to, upon unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to unto-un-sent-together I-shall-stress-beside-to to-them;

32:21 παρωξυναν] παρωργισαν A

[Appendix] εθνι B* (εθνει Ba b) bis: εθνι (2°) A | ααυτους (2°) F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:22 ὅτι πῦρ ἐκκέκαυται ἐκ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου, καυθήσεται ἕως ᾅδου κάτω· καταφάγεται γῆν καὶ τὰ γενήματα αὐτῆς, φλέξει θεμέλια ὀρέων.

to-which-a-one a-fire it-had-come-to-burn-belong-out out of-the-one of-a-passion of-me, it-shall-be-burn-belonged unto-if-which of-a-hadês down-unto-which; it-shall-devour-down to-a-soil and to-the-ones to-becomings-to of-it, it-shall-blaze to-placeeer-belonged of-jutteednesses.

32:22 κατω] κατωτατου F (teste Field)

[Appendix] θεμελεια A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:23 συνάξω εἰς αὐτοὺς κακά, καὶ τὰ βέλη μου συνπολεμήσω εἰς αὐτούς·

I-shall-lead-together into to-them to-wedge-wedged, and to-the-ones to-casteednesses of-me I-shall-war-together-unto into to-them;

32:23 συνπολεμησω (συμπ. Bb)] συντελεσω A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:24 τηκόμενοι λιμῷ καὶ βρώσει ὀρνέων, καὶ ὀπισθότονος ἀνίατος· ὀδόντας θηρίων ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτούς, μετὰ θυμοῦ συρόντων ἐπὶ γῆν.

being-melted unto-a-famine and unto-a-feedeeing of-en-flailings, and stretched-aback un-curabled; to-teeth of-beastlets I-shall-set-off into to-them with of-a-passion of-dragging upon to-a-soil.

Note: of-en-flailings : groupingly refers to birds that non-glidingly flail their wings.

32:24 οπιστοτονος A | αποστελω] επαποστ. A | γην] της γης A γης F

[Appendix] βρωσι B* (βρωσει Ba b (vid))

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:25 ἔξωθεν ἀτεκνώσει αὐτοὺς μάχαιρα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ταμείων φόβος· νεανίσκος σὺν παρθένῳ, θηλάζων μετὰ καθεστηκότος πρεσβύτου.

Out-unto-which-from it-shall-en-un-creationee to-them, a-battle-section-alongedness, and out of-the-ones of-facilitatelets-of a-fearee; a-new-belonging-of together unto-a-maiden, teating-to with of-having-had-come-to-stand-down of-a-more-elder.

32:25 ταμειων] ταμιειων A F | πρεσβυτου] πρεσβυτερου A F

[Appendix] ταμιων B

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:26 εἶπα Διασπερῶ αὐτούς, παύσω δὲ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν·

I-said, I-shall-whorl-through to-them, I-shall-cease then-also out of-mankinds to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-them;

32:26 παυσω] καταπαυσω A F | δε] δη A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:27 εἰ μὴ δι' ὀργὴν ἐχθρῶν, ἵνα μὴ μακροχρονίσωσιν, ἵνα μὴ συνεπιθῶνται οἱ ὑπεναντίοι· μὴ εἴπωσιν Ἡ χεὶρ ἡμῶν ἡ ὑψηλὴ καὶ οὐχὶ Κύριος ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα.

if lest through to-a-stressing of-en-enmitied, so lest they-might-have-en-long-whiled-to, so lest they-might-have-had-placed-upon-together, the-ones ever-a-oned-in-under; lest they-might-have-had-said, The-one a-hand of-us the-one lofteed-of and unto-not Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-did-unto to-the-ones-these to-all.

32:27 μακροχρονισωσιν B F1 vid] μακροχρονισουσιν A μακροχρονιοι ωσιν F | ινα 2°] pr και A F | η υψηλη] om η A F* (superscr F1) | παντα ταυτα F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:28 ἔθνος ἀπολωλεκὸς βουλήν ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπιστήμη.

A-placeedness-belonging-to having-had-come-to-destruct-off to-a-purposing it-be; and not it-be in unto-them a-standing-upon-of.

32:28 εθνος] pr οτι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:29 οὐκ ἐφρόνησαν συνιέναι· ταῦτα καταδεξάσθωσαν εἰς τὸν ἐπιόντα χρόνον.

Not they-centered-unto to-send-together; to-the-ones-these they-should-have-received-down into to-the-one to-being-upon to-a-while.

32:29 συνιεναι ταυτα· καταδεξ. F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:30 πῶς διώξεται εἷς χιλίους, καὶ δύο μετακινήσουσιν μυριάδας, εἰ μὴ ὁ θεὸς ἀπέδοτο αὐτούς, καὶ Κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτούς;

Unto-whither it-shall-pursue, one, to-thousand, and two they-shall-move-with-unto to-myriads, if lest the-one a-Deity it-had-given-off to-them, and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-gave-beside to-them?

32:30 Κυριος] pr ο A | παρεδω|κ.αυτους F

[Appendix] χειλιους B* (χιλ. Bb) | μετακεινησουσιν B* (μετακιν. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:31 ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν οἱ θεοὶ αὐτῶν· οἱ δὲ ἐχθροὶ ἡμῶν ἀνόητοι.

To-which-a-one not it-be as the-one a-Deity of-us the-ones deities of-them; the-ones then-also en-enmitied of-us un-en-mulled.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:32 ἐκ γὰρ ἀμπέλου Σοδόμων ἡ ἄμπελος αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ κληματὶς αὐτῶν ἐκ Γομόρρας· σταφυλὴ αὐτῶν σταφυλὴ χολῆς, βότρυς πικρίας αὐτοῖς·

Out too-thus of-a-vine of-Sodoma' the-one a-vine of-them, and the-one a-branchling-to of-them out of-a-Gomorra; a-grape of-them a-grape of-a-bile, a-cluster of-a-bittering-unto unto-them;

32:32 σταφυλη 1°] pr η A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:33 θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οἶνος αὐτῶν, καὶ θυμὸς ἀσπίδων ἀνίατος.

a-passion of-serpents the-one a-wine of-them, and a-passion of-spar-alongs un-curabled.

Note: of-spar-alongs : used of shields and asps.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:34 οὐκ ἰδοὺ ταῦτα συνῆκται παρ' ἐμοί, καὶ ἐσφράγισται ἐν τοῖς θησαυροῖς μου;

Not thou-should-have-had-seen the-ones-these it-had-come-to-be-led-together beside unto-ME, and it-had-come-to-be-sealed-to in unto-the-ones unto-en-placings of-me?

32:34 [Appendix] ουχ A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:35 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐκδικήσεως ἀνταποδώσω, ὅταν σφαλῇ ὁ ποὺς αὐτῶν· ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἡμέρα ἀπωλίας αὐτοῖς, καὶ πάρεστιν ἕτοιμα ὑμῖν.

In unto-a-dayedness of-a-coursing-out I-shall-ever-a-one-give-off, which-also-ever it-might-have-had-been-befailed the-one a-foot of-them; to-which-a-one neared a-dayedness of-a-destructing-off-unto unto-them, and it-be-beside readied-of unto-ye;

32:35 οταν] pr εν καιρω A F | αυτοις] αυτων A F

[Appendix] απωλειας Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:36 ὅτι κρινεῖ Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ παρακληθήσεται· ἴδεν γὰρ παραλελυμένους αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐκλελοιπότας ἐν ἐπαγωγῇ καὶ παρειμένους.

to-which-a-one it-shall-separate, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-people of-it, and upon unto-the-ones unto-bondees of-it it-shall-be-called-beside-unto; it-had-seen too-thus to-having-had-come-to-be-loosed-beside to-them and to-having-had-come-to-remainder-out in unto-a-leading-upon and to-having-had-come-to-be-sent-beside.

32:36 ειδεν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:37 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος Ποῦ εἰσιν οἱ θεοὶ αὐτῶν, ἐφ' οἷς ἐπεποίθεισαν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς;

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged, Of-whither they-be the-ones deities(elohim) of-them, upon unto-which they-had-come-to-have-had-sured upon unto-them?

32:37 θεοι αυτων] θεοισαυτων (sic) A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:38 ὧν τὸ στέαρ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν ἠσθίετε, καὶ ἐπίνετε τὸν οἶνον τῶν σπονδῶν αὐτῶν· ἀναστήτωσαν καὶ βοηθησάτωσαν ὑμῖν, καὶ γενηθήτωσαν ὑμῖν σκεπασταί.

Of-which to-the-one to-a-suet of-the-ones of-surgings-unto of-them ye-were-eat-belonging, and ye-were-drinking to-the-one to-a-wine of-the-ones of-libationings of-them; they-should-have-had-stood-up and they-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-ye, and they-should-have-been-became unto-ye coverers.

32:38 αυτων 1°] αυτω A* (αυτων A1) | εσθιετε A

[Appendix] επεινετε B* (επιν. Bb) επινεται A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:39 ἴδετε ἴδετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν θεὸς πλὴν ἐμοῦ· ἐγὼ ἀποκτέννω καὶ ζῇν ποιήσω· πατάξω, κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐξελεῖται ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου.

Ye-should-have-had-seen ye-should-have-had-seen to-which-a-one I I-be, and not it-be a-deity(elohim) to-beyond of-ME; I I-shall-kill-off and to-life-unto I-shall-do-unto; I-shall-smite, and-I I-shall-cure-unto; and not it-be which it-shall-section-out out of-the-ones of-hands of-me;

Note: I-shall-kill-off (APOKTENNW) : later form.

32:39 καγω] και εγω F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:40 ὅτι ἀρῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν τὴν χεῖρά μου, καὶ ὀμοῦμαι τὴν δεξιάν μου καὶ ἐρῶ Ζῶ ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα·

to-which-a-one I-shall-lift into to-the-one to-a-sky to-the-one to-a-hand of-me, and I-shall-en-oath to-the-one to-right-belonged of-me and I-shall-utter, I-life-unto I into to-the-one to-an-age;

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:41 ὅτι παροξυνῶ ὡς ἀστραπὴν τὴν μάχαιράν μου, καὶ ἀνθέξεται κρίματος ἡ χείρ μου, καὶ ἀποδώσω δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσίν ἀνταποδώσω·

to-which-a-one I-shall-sharpen-beside as to-a-gleaming-along to-the-one to-a-battle-section-alongedness of-me, and it-shall-ever-a-one-hold of-a-separating-to, the-one a-hand of-me, and I-shall-give-off to-a-coursing unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied, and unto-the-ones unto-hating-unto I-shall-ever-a-one-give-off;

32:41 χειρ] χ sup ras Ba b | μου 2°] + ϗ εκδικησει Aa? mg | αποδωσω] ανταποδ. A F | μισουσιν B F* vid] + με A μισουσι με F1 vid

[Appendix] μεισουσιν B* A (μισ. Bb F: item 43)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:42 μεθύσω τὰ βέλη μου ἀφ' αἵματος τραυματιῶν καὶ αἰχμαλωσίας, ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἀρχόντων ἐχθρῶν.

I-shall-toxinate to-the-ones to-casteednesses of-me off of-a-rushering-to of-wounded-belongers and of-a-spear-capturing-unto, off of-a-head of-firsting of-en-enmitied.

32:42 αιματος] + και η μαχαιρα μου καταφαγεται κρεα αφ αιματος A F | εχθρων] εθνων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:43 εὐφράνθητε, οὐρανοί, ἅμα αὐτῷ, καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ υἱοὶ θεοῦ· εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ· ὅτι τὸ αἷμα τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκδικᾶται, καὶ ἐκδικήσει, καὶ ἀνταποδώσει δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς· καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ἀνταποδώσει, καὶ ἐκκαθαριεῖ Κύριος τὴν γῆν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

Ye-should-have-been-goodly-centered skies along unto-it, and they-should-have-kissed-toward-unto unto-it, sons of-a-Deity; ye-should-have-been-goodly-centered placeedness-belongings-to with of-the-one of-a-people of-it, and they-should-have force-held-in unto-it, all leadeeers of-a-Deity; to-which-a-one to-the-one to-a-rushering-to of-the-ones of-sons of-it it-shall-out-course-to, and it-shall-course-out-unto, and it-shall-ever-a-one-give-off to-a-coursing unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied; and unto-the-ones unto-hating-unto it-shall-ever-a-one-give-off, and it-shall-cleanse-out-to, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-one of-a-people of-it. Gr. τῶν (of-the-ones). of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim)

32:43 αυτω 1°] + παντες A | υιοι] αγγελοι F | αυτω 3°] αυτους A* (αυτο A?) F | εκδικαται] εκδικειται A εκζητειται F | εχθροις] + αυτου A F | om Κυριος F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:44 Καὶ ἔγραψεν Μωσῆς τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἐδίδαξεν αὐτὴν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ· καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐλάλησεν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου τούτου εἰς τὰ ὦτα τοῦ λαοῦ, αὐτὸς καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή.

And it-scribed, a-Môsês, to-the-one to-a-song to-the-one-this in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness, and it-veer-veerated to-it to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl; and it-had-came-into, a-Môusês, and it-spoke-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this into to-the-ones to-ears of-the-one of-a-people, it and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê.

32:44 Μωσης] Μωυσης A F | εισηλθεν] προσσηλθεν A F | Μωυσης] + προς τον λαον A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:45 καὶ ἐξετέλεσεν Μωυσῆς λαλῶν παντὶ Ἰσραήλ·

And it-finished-out-unto, a-Môusês, speaking-unto unto-all unto-an-Israêl;

32:45 εξετελεσεν] συνετελεσεν A F | λαλων] + τους νομους τουτους A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:46 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Προσέχετε τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους οὓς ἐγὼ διαμαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον, ἃ ἐντελεῖσθε τοῖς υἱοῖς ὑμῶν, φυλάσσειν καὶ ποιεῖν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου τούτου·

and it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-hold-toward unto-the-one unto-a-heart upon to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these to-which I I-witness-through unto-ye this-day, to-which ye-shall-finish-in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-ye, to-guarder and to-do-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one-this;

32:46 καρδια] + υμων A F | εντελεισθαι B A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 29)

Deu 32:47 ὅτι οὐχὶ λόγος κενὸς οὗτος ὑμῖν, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἕνεκεν τοῦ λόγου τούτου μακροημερεύσετε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐκεῖ κληρονομῆσαι.

to-which-a-one unto-not a-forthee empty the-one-this unto-ye, to-which-a-one the-one-this the-one a-lifing of-ye, and in-out-in of-the-one of-a-forthee of-the-one-this ye-shall-en-long-day-of upon of-the-one of-a-soil into to-which ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês thither to-have-lot-parceleed-unto.

32:47 κενος] καινος A | μακροημερευσητε A | κληρονομησαι] + αυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 32:48 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ λέγων

And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither forthing,

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 32:49 Ἀνάβηθι εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ Ἀβαρείν, τοῦτο ὄρος Ναβαὺ ὅ ἐστιν ἐν γῇ Χανάαν κατὰ πρόσωπον Ἰερειχώ, καὶ ἴδε τὴν γῆν Χανάαν ἣν ἐγὼ δίδωμι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ·

Thou-should-have-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one to-an-Abarein, the-one-this the-one a-jutteedness of-a-Nabau which it-be in unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan down to-looked-toward of-an-Iereichô, and thou-should-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan to-which I I-give unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl;

Note: of-a-Chanaan in 03 : of-a-Môab in 02 is correct; see Deu 34:1.

32:49 Αβαρειμ A F | Χανααν 1°] Μωαβ A F | Ιεριχω Bb A | ιδε] ιδετε A* vid (seq ras 2 litt in A?) | Ισραηλ] + εις κατασχεσιν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 32:50 καὶ τελεύτα ἐν τῷ ὄρει εἰς ὃ ἀναβαίνεις ἐκεῖ, καὶ προστέθητι πρὸς τὸν λαόν σου, ὃν τρόπον ἀπέθανεν Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἐν Ὣρ τῷ ὄρει καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ·

and thou-should-finish-of-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness into to-which thou-step-up thither, and thou-should-have-been-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-people of-thee, to-which to-a-turn it-had-died-off, an-Aarôn the-one brethrened of-thee, in unto-a-Hôr unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness and it-was-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-people of-it;

32:50 om εν Ωρ τω ορει F* (hab F1 mg)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 32:51 ὅτι ἠπειθήσατε τῷ ῥήματί μου ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος Ἀντιλογίας Καδὴς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σείν, διότι οὐχ ἡγιάσατέ με ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.

to-which-a-one ye-un-sured-unto unto-the-one unto-an-uttering-to of-me in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl upon of-the-one of-a-water of-An-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto of-a-Kadês in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein, through-to-which-a-one not ye-hallow-belonged-to to-me in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.

Note: unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (b).

32:51 οτι] διοτι A F | αντιλογιας] pr της F | Σιν A F | ηγιασατε με] + επι του υδατος της αντιλογιας F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 32:52 ἀπέναντι ὄψῃ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐκεῖ οὐκ εἰσελεύσῃ.

Off-in-ever-a-one thou-shall-behold to-the-one to-a-soil, and thither not thou-shall-come-into.

32:52 απεναντι] pr οτι A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:1 Καὶ αὕτη ἡ εὐλογία ἣν εὐλόγησεν Μωυσῆς ἄνθρωπος τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ πρὸ τῆς τελευτῆς αὐτοῦ.

And the-one-this the-one a-goodly-fortheeing-unto to-which it-goodly-fortheed-unto, a-Môusês a-mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity(haElohim), to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl before of-the-one of-a-finishing-of-unto of-it.

33:1 om και F | ηυλογησεν A F | της τελευτης] om της A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:2 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος ἐκ Σεινὰ ἥκει, καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἐκ Σηεὶρ ἡμῖν· καὶ κατέσπευσεν ἐξ ὄρους Φαρὰν σὺν μυριάσιν Κάδης, ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ ἄγγελοι μετ' αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) out of-a-Seina it-arriveth, and it-manifested-upon out of-a-Sêeir unto-us; and it-hastened-down out of-a-jutteedness of-a-Faran together unto-myriads of-a-Kadês, out of-right-belonged of-it leadeeers with of-it.

33:2 Σινα Bb A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:3 καὶ ἐφείσατο τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἡγιασμένοι ὑπὸ τὰς χεῖράς σου· καὶ οὗτοι ὑπὸ σέ εἰσιν, καὶ ἐδέξατο ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ,

And it-spared of-the-one of-a-people of-it, and all the-ones having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to under to-the-ones to-hands of-thee; and the-ones-these under to-thee they-be, and it-received off of-the-ones of-forthees of-it,

33:3 om και εφεισατο του λαου αυτου F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:4 νόμον ὃν ἐνετείλατο ἡμῖν Μωυσῆς, κληρονομίαν συναγωγαῖς Ἰακώβ.

to-a-parcelee to-which it-finished-in unto-us, a-Môusês, to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-leadings-together of-an-Iakôb.

33:4 νομον] λογον F | υμιν Μωυσης] Μ. ημιν A ημιν Μ. F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:5 καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ ἄρχων, συναχθέντων ἀρχόντων λαῶν ἅμα φυλαῖς Ἰσραήλ.

And it-shall-be in unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto firsting, of-having-been-led-together of-firsting of-peoples along unto-tribings of-an-Israêl.

33:5 om αρχων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:6 Ζήτω Ῥουβὴν καὶ μὴ ἀποθανέτω, καὶ ἔστω πολὺς ἐν ἀριθμῷ.

It-should-life-unto, a-Roubên, and lest it-should-have-had-died-off, and it-should-be much in unto-a-number.

33:6 εστω] pr Συμεων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:7 Καὶ αὕτη Ἰούδα· Εἰσάκουσον, Κύριε, φωνῆς Ἰούδα, καὶ εἰς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἔλθοις ἄν· καὶ αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ διακρινοῦσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ βοηθὸς ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἔσῃ.

And the-one-this unto-an-Ioudas; Thou-should-have-had-heard-into, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-a-sound of-an-Ioudas, and into to-the-one to-a-people of-it thou-may-have-had-came ever; and the-ones hands of-it they-shall-separate-through unto-it, and holler-ran out of-the-ones of-en-enmitied thou-shall-be.

Note: unto-an-Ioudas : HS accentuates this of-an-Ioudas.

33:7 φωνης] pr της A | ελθοις αν] εισελθοις αν A εισελθοι|σαν F | om και 3° A F | εχθρων] + αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:8 Καὶ τῷ Λευεὶ εἶπεν Δότε Λευεὶ δήλους αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀνδρὶ τῷ ὁσίῳ, ὃν ἐπείρασαν αὐτὸν ἐν Πείρᾳ, ἐλοιδόρησαν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ὕδατος Ἀντιλογίας.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Leuei it-had-said, Ye-should-have-had-given unto-a-Leuei to-distincted of-it, and to-an-un-secluding-of of-it unto-the-one unto-a-man unto-the-one unto-holied, to-which they-across-belonged-to to-it in unto-an-across-belongedness, they-reviled-unto to-it upon of-a-water of-An-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto.

33:8 Λευι bis A F | επι] εφ A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:9 λέγων τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρί Οὐχ ἑόρακά σε, καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐπέγνω, καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ἀπέγνω· ἐφύλαξεν τὰ λόγιά σου, καὶ τὴν διαθήκην σου διετήρησεν.

Forthing unto-the-one unto-a-father and unto-the-one unto-a-mother, Not I-hath-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-thee, and to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it not it-had-acquainted-upon, and to-the-ones to-sons of-it it-had-acquainted-off; it-guardered to-the-ones fortheelets of-thee and to-the-one to-a-placement-through of-thee it-kept-through-unto.

33:9 λεγων] pr ο Ba b (mg sinistr) A F | πατρι] + αυτου A F | μητρι] + αυτου A F | εορακα B* F] εωρ. Ba? b A | ουκ επεγνω] ουκ εγνω Aa (mg) (et ut vid A*) + ϗ τους αδελφους αυτου (sup ras) Aa | om και τους υιους αυτου απεγνω A | απεγνω] ουκ επεγνω F

[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Ba? b)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:10 δηλώσουσιν τὰ δικαιώματά σου τῷ Ἰακώβ, καὶ τὸν νόμον σου τῷ Ἰσραήλ· ἐπιθήσουσιν θυμίαμα ἐν ὀργῇ σου διὰ παντὸς ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου.

They-shall-en-distinct to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-thee unto-the-one unto-an-Iakôb, and to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-thee unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl; they-shall-place-upon to-an-incensing-to in unto-a-stressing of-thee through of-all upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-thee.

33:10 οργη] εορτη Ab? vid (certe superscr ε ante ο) F | του θυσιαστηριου A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:11 εὐλόγησον, Κύριε, τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ δέξαι· κάταξον ὀσφὺν ἐχθρῶν ἐπανεστηκότων αὐτῷ, καὶ οἱ μισοῦντες αὐτὸν μὴ ἀναστήτωσαν.

Thou-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-it, and to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-hands of-it thou-should-have-received; thou-should-have-en-busted-down to-a-loin of-en-enmitied of-having-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand-up-upon unto-it, and the-ones hating-unto to-it lest they-should-have-had-stood-up.

33:11 εχθρων επανεστηκ. αυτω] επανεστηκ. εχθρ. αυτου A F

[Appendix] μεισουντας B* A (μισ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:12 Καὶ τῷ Βενιαμεὶν εἶπεν Ἠγαπημένος ὑπὸ Κυρίου κατασκηνώσει πεποιθώς, καὶ ὁ θεὸς σκιάζει ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὤμων αὐτοῦ κατέπαυσεν.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Beniamein it-had-said, Having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto under of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-en-tent having-hath-had-come-to-sure, and the-one a-Deity it-shadoweth-to upon unto-it to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses, and up to-middle of-the-ones of-shoulders of-it it-ceased-down.

33:12 σκιασει F | τας ημερας] om τας F | om και 3° A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:13 Καὶ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ εἶπεν Ἐπ' εὐλογίας Κυρίου ἡ γῆ αὐτοῦ, ἀπὸ ὡρῶν οὐρανοῦ καὶ δρόσου, καὶ ἀπὸ ἀβύσσων πηγῶν κάτωθεν,

And unto-the-one unto-an-Iôsêf it-had-said, Upon of-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-soil of-it, off of-hourednesses of-a-sky and of-a-dew, and off of-depthed-along of-pitchings down-unto-which-from,

33:13 επ] απ A F | ωρων] ορεων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:14 καὶ καθ' ὥραν γενημάτων ἡλίου τροπῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ συνόδων μηνῶν,

and down to-an-houredness of-becomings-to of-a-sun of-turnings, and off of-wayed-together of-months,

33:14 om και 1° F | τροπον F | μηνων] σεληνης F1 mg (pr ut vid Συμ. F1 sed om Fa?)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:15 ἀπὸ κορυφῆς ὀρέων ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἀπὸ κορυφῆς βουνῶν ἀενάων,

off of-a-crest of-jutteednesses of-a-firsting, and off of-a-crest of-mounds of-ever-iffed,

33:15 απο 1°] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:16 καὶ καθ' ὥραν γῆς πληρώσεως· καὶ τὰ δεκτὰ τῷ ὀφθέντι ἐν τῷ βάτῳ ἔλθοισαν ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν Ἰωσήφ, καὶ ἐπὶ κορυφῆς Δοξασθεὶς ἐπ' ἀδελφοῖς.

and down to-an-houredness of-a-soil of-an-en-filling; and the-ones receivable unto-the-one unto-having-been-beheld in unto-the-one unto-briered they-may-have-had-came upon to-a-head of-an-Iôsêf, and upon of-a-crest having-been-reckoned-to upon unto-brethrened.

33:16 επ] εν A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:17 πρωτότοκος ταύρου τὸ κάλλος αὐτοῦ, κέρατα μονοκέρωτος τὰ κέρατα αὐτοῦ· ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔθνη κερατιεῖ ἅμα ἕως ἐπ' ἄκρου γῆς. αὗται μυριάδες Ἐφράιμ, καὶ αὗται χιλιάδες Μανασσή.

Most-before-creationed of-a-bull the-one a-seemlieedness of-it, horns of-a-stayeed-horning the-ones horns of-it; in unto-them to-placeedness-belongings-to it-shall-horn-to along unto-if-which upon of-extremitied of-a-soil. The-ones-these myraids of-an-Efraim, and the-ones-these thousands of-a-Manassês.

33:17 επ] απ A F | γης] pr της A F | Μαννασση A

[Appendix] χειλιαδες B* (χιλ. Bb)

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:18 Καὶ τῷ Ζαβουλὼν εἶπεν Εὐφράνθητι, Ζαβουλών, ἐν ἐξοδίᾳ σου, καί Ἰσσαχὰρ ἐν τοῖς σκηνώμασιν αὐτοῦ.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Zaboulôn it-had-said, Thou-should-have-been-goodly-centered, Zaboulôn, in unto-a-waying-out-unto of-thee, and an-Issachar in unto-the-ones unto-en-tentings-to of-it.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:19 ἔθνη ἐξολεθρεύσουσιν· καὶ ἐπικαλέσεσθε ἐκεῖ, καὶ θύσετε θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης· ὅτι πλοῦτος θαλάσσης θηλάσει σε, καὶ ἐμπόρια παράλιον κατοικούντων.

To-placeedness-belongings-to they-shall-destruct-out-of; and ye-shall-call-upon-unto thither, and ye-shall-surge to-a-surging-unto of-a-course-belongingedness; to-which-a-one a-wealth of-a-flourisheredness it-shall-teat-to to-thee, and traverselets-in to-beside-salted-belonged of-housing-down-unto.

33:19 επικαλεσασθε A F | θυσετε] + εκει A

[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:20 Καὶ τῷ Γὰδ εἶπεν Εὐλογημένος ἐμπλατύνων Γάδ· ὡς λέων ἀνεπαύσατο, συντρίψας βραχίονα καὶ ἄρχοντα.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Gad it-had-said, Having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto broadening-in a-Gad; as a-lion it-ceased-up, having-rubbed-together to-more-short and to-firsting.

33:20 ηυλογημενος A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:21 καὶ ἴδεν ἀπαρχὴν αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐμερίσθη γῆ ἀρχόντων, συνηγμένων ἅμα ἀρχηγοῖς λαῶν· δικαιοσύνην Κύριος ἐποίησεν καὶ κρίσιν αὐτοῦ μετὰ Ἰσραήλ.

And it-had-seen to-a-firsting-off of-it, to-which-a-one thither it-was-portioned-to a-soil of-firsting, of-having-had-come-to-be-led-together along unto-first-led of-peoples; to-a-course-belongingedness, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), it-did-unto and to-a-separating of-it with of-an-Israêl.

33:21 ειδεν A F | λαων] αυτων A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:22 Καὶ τῷ Δὰν εἶπεν Δὰν σκύμνος λέοντος, καὶ ἐκπηδήσεται ἐκ τοῦ Βασάν.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Dan it-had-said, A-Dan a-cub of-a-lion, and it-shall-out-scurry-unto out of-the-one of-a-Basan.

33:22 om Δαν 2° F* (hab F1 (mg)) | εκπηδησεται] εκπηδησει A

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:23 Καὶ τῷ Νεφθαλεὶμ εἶπεν Νεφθαλεὶμ πλησμονὴ δεκτῶν, καὶ ἐμπλησθήτω εὐλογίαν παρὰ Κυρίου· θάλασσαν καὶ λίβα κληρονομήσει.

And unto-the-one unto-a-Nefthaleim it-had-said, A-Nefthaleim a-repleted-staying of-receivable, and it-should-have-been-repleted-in to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto beside of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); to-a-flourisheredness and to-a-south it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto.

33:23 Νεφθαλειμ 1°] Νεφθαλει A F | Νεφθαλειμ 2°] Νεφθαλει A Νεφθαλι F | ευλογιας A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:24 Καὶ τῷ Ἀσὴρ εἶπεν Εὐλογητὸς ἀπὸ τέκνων Ἀσήρ, καὶ ἔσται δεκτὸς τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ. βάψει ἐν ἐλαίῳ τὸν πόδα αὐτοῦ·

And unto-the-one unto-an-Asêr it-had-said, Goodly-fortheeable off of-creationees an-Asêr, and it-shall-be receivable unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-it. It-shall-dip in unto-an-oillet to-the-one to-a-foot of-it.

33:24 ευλογητος] ηυλογημενος A ευλογημενος F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:25 σίδηρος καὶ χαλκὸς τὸ ὑπόδημα αὐτοῦ ἔσται, ὡς αἱ ἡμέραι σου ἡ ἰσχύς σου.

An-iron and a-copper the-one a-binding-under-to of-it it-shall-be, as the-ones dayednesses of-thee the-one a-force-holding of-thee.

33:25 το υποδημα] om το F | ως] pr και A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:26 οὐκ ἔστιν ὥσπερ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ἠγαπημένου· ὁ ἐπιβαίνων ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν βοηθός σου, καὶ ὁ μεγαλοπρεπὴς τοῦ στερεώματος.

Not it-be as-very the-one a-Deity(El) of-the-one of-a-having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto; the-one stepping-upon upon to-the-one to-a-sky holler-ran of-thee, and the-one greatly-befittinged of-the-one of-an-en-stabling-to.

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:27 καὶ σκέπασει σε θεοῦ ἀρχή, καὶ ὑπὸ ἰσχὺν βραχιόνων ἀενάων· ἐκβαλεῖ ἀπὸ προσώπου σου ἐχθρόν, λέγων Ἀπόλοιο.

And unto-a-covering to-thee of-a-Deity(Elohim) a-firsting, and under to-a-force-holding of-more-short of-ever-iffed; it-shall-cast-out off of-looked-toward of-thee to-en-enmitied, forthing, Thou-may-have-had-destructed-off.

33:27 σκεπασει σε Ba b A?] σκεπασις B* F σκεπασεις A* | om σε A* F (hab B A1) | αρχη Ba b] αρχης B* F αρχην A | εκβαλει] pr και Ba b (mg) A F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:28 καὶ κατασκηνώσει Ἰσραὴλ πεποιθώς, μόνος ἐπὶ γῆς Ἰακώβ· ἐπὶ σίτῳ καὶ οἴνῳ, καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς σοι συννεφὴς δρόσῳ.

And it-shall-en-tent-down, an-Israêl, having-hath-had-come-to-sure, stayeed upon of-a-soil an-Iakôb; upon unto-a-grain and unto-a-wine, and the-one a-sky unto-thee cloudinged-together unto-a-dew.

33:28 μονος πεποιθως A F | σιτω και οινω] σιτου και οινου A F | σοι συννεφης] συννεφης αυτω A αυτω συννεφης F

(1451 B.C. Sebat 30)

Deu 33:29 μακάριος σύ, Ἰσραήλ· τίς ὅμοιός σοι, λαὸς σωζόμενος ὑπὸ Κυρίου; ὑπερασπιεῖ ὁ βοηθός σου, καὶ ἡ μάχαιρα καύχημά σου· καὶ ψεύσονταί σε οἱ ἐχθροί σου, καὶ σὺ ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῶν ἐπιβήσῃ.

Bless-belonged thou, Israêl; what-one along-belonged unto-thee, a-people being-saved-to under of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh)? It-shall-spar-along-over-to, the-one holler-ran of-thee, and the-one a-battle-section-alongedness a-boasting-to of-thee; and they-shall-falsify to-thee, the-ones en-enmitied of-thee, and thou upon to-the-one to-a-throat of-them thou-shall-step-upon.

33:29 om Ισραηλ F | σοι] σου A | ψ..σονται F

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:1 Καὶ ἀνέβη Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ ἀραβὼθ Μωὰβ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος Ναβαὺ ἐπὶ κορυφὴν Φασγά, ἥ ἐστιν ἐπὶ προσώπου Ἰερειχώ· καὶ ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ Κύριος πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Γαλαὰδ ἕως Δάν,

And it-had-stepped-up, a-Môusês, off of-an-Arabôth of-a-Môab upon to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Nabau upon of-a-crest of-a-Fasga, which it-be upon of-looked-toward of-an-Iereichô; and it-en-showed unto-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Galaad unto-if-which of-a-Dan,

34:1 προσωπον A | Ιεριχω Bb A (item 3, 8) | om εως Δαν A

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:2 καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Νεφθαλεί, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Ἐφράιμ καὶ Μανασσή, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Ἰούδα ἕως τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς ἐσχάτης,

and to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Nepthalei, and to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-an-Efraim and of-a-Manassês, and to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness of-the-one of-most-bordered,

34:2 Νεφθαλειμ A F | Μαννασση A

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:3 καὶ τὴν ἔρημον, καὶ τὰ περίχωρα Ἰερειχώ, πόλιν φοινίκων, ἕως Σήγωρ.

and to-the-one to-solituded, and to-the-ones to-spaced-about of-an-Iereichô, to-a-city of-palms unto-if-which of-a-Sêgôr. an-Iereichô

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:4 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Αὕτη ἡ γῆ ἣν ὤμοσα Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ λέγων Τῷ σπέρματι ὑμῶν δώσω αὐτήν· καὶ ἔδειξα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου, καὶ ἐκεῖ οὐκ εἰσελεύσῃ.

And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, The-one-this the-one a-soil to-which I-en-oathed unto-an-Abraam and unto-an-Isaak and unto-an-Iakôb forthing, Unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-ye I-shall-give to-it; and I-en-showed unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-thee, and thither not thou-shall-come-into.

34:4 αυτην sup ras Aa (seq ras pl litt) | om και 4° A F | εδειξα] + αυτην A F

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:5 καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν Μωυσῆς οἰκέτης Κυρίου ἐν γῇ Μωὰβ διὰ ῥήματος Κυρίου.

And it-finished-of-unto, a-Môusês a-houser of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-soil of-a-Môab through of-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).

34:5 ετελευτησεν] + εκει A F | Μωυσης B* A F] Μωυση ο Bb

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:6 καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὸν ἐν Γαὶ ἐγγὺς οἴκου Φογώρ· καὶ οὐκ οἶδεν οὐδεὶς τὴν ταφὴν αὐτοῦ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

And they-burialed to-it in unto-a-Gai to-neared of-a-house of-a-Fogôr; and not it-had-come-to-see, not-then-also-one, to-the-one to-a-buriaging of-it unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

34:6 εν Γαι] + εν γη Μωαβ A F | ταφην] τελευτην A F1 mg

(1451 B.C. Adar 1)

Deu 34:7 Μωυσῆς δὲ ἦν ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι ἐτῶν ἐν τῷ τελευτᾷν αὐτόν· οὐκ ἠμαυρώθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἐφθάρησαν.

A-Môusês then-also it-was of-a-hundred and of-twenty of-yeareednesses in unto-the-one to-finish-of-unto to-it; not they-were-en-diminished-along the-ones eyes of-it, not-then-also they-had-been-degraded.

34:7 τελευταν] τελευτησαι A | εφθαρησαν] εφθαρη (εφθαρησαν F) τα χελυνια (χελυμια F* χελυν. F1 mg) αυτου A F

(1451 B.C. Adar 1 - Adar 30)

Deu 34:8 καὶ ἔκλαυσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ Μωυσῆν ἐν ἀραβὼθ Μωὰβ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχὼ τριάκοντα ἡμέρας· καὶ συνετελέσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι πένθους κλαυθμοῦ Μωυσῆ.

And they-sob-belonged, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, to-a-Môusês in unto-an-Arabôth of-a-Môab upon of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô to-thirty to-dayednesses; and they-were-finished-together-unto the-ones dayednesses of-a-grieveedness of-a-sobbing-of of-a-Môusês.

34:8 Μωυσην] pr τον A F

(1451 B.C. Adar 30)

Deu 34:9 Καὶ Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυὴ ἐνεπλήσθη πνεύματος συνέσεως, ἐπέθηκεν γὰρ Μωυσῆς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτόν· καὶ εἰσήκουσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐποίησαν καθότι ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.

And an-Iêsous a-son of-a-Nauê it-was-repleted-in of-a-currenting-to of-a-sending-together, it-placed-upon too-thus, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-hands of-it upon to-it; and they-heard-into of-it, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and they-did-unto down-to-which-a-one it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.

(1451 B.C. Adar 30)

Deu 34:10 Καὶ οὐκ ἀνέστη ἔτι προφήτης ἐν Ἰσραὴλ ὡς Μωσῆς, ὃν ἔγνω Κύριος αὐτὸν πρόσωπον κατὰ πρόσωπον·

And not it-had-stood-up if-to-a-one, a-declarer-before, in unto-an-Israêl as a-Môsês, to-which it-neared-to Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-it to-looked-toward down to-looked-toward;

34:10 Μωυσης A F

(1451 B.C. Adar 30)

Deu 34:11 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς σημείοις καὶ τέρασιν, ὃν ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν Κύριος ποιῆσαι αὐτὰ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ Φαραὼ καὶ τοῖς θεράπουσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ πάσῃ τῇ γῇ αὐτοῦ,

in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-signlets-of and unto-anomalies, to-which it-set-off to-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-done-unto to-them in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos unto-a-Faraô and unto-the-ones unto-ministers of-it and unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-it,

34:11 πασιν A | om παση A

(1451 B.C. Adar 30)

Deu 34:12 τὰ θαυμάσια τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν κραταιάν, ἃ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς ἔναντι παντὸς Ἰσραήλ.

to-the-ones to-marvel-to-belonged to-the-ones to-great and to-the-one to-a-hand to-the-one to-secure-belonged, to-which it-did-unto, a-Môusês, in-ever-a-one of-all of-an-Israêl.

34:12 τα θαυμασια] pr και A F | την χειρα] pr πασαν A F

[Appendix] in fine adpinxit + Κλήμης μοναχός + Bb [?]

Subscr δευτερονομιον B A F